[RSArchive Icon] Rudolf Steiner Archive Home  Version 2.5.4
 [ [Table of Contents] | Search ]


[Spacing]
Searching Rudolf Steiner Lectures by Date
Matches

You may select a new search term and repeat your search. Searches are not case sensitive, and you can use regular expressions in your queries.


Enter your search term:
by: title, keyword, or context
   


   Query type: 
    Query was: ars
  

Here are the matching lines in their respective documents. Select one of the highlighted words in the matching lines below to jump to that point in the document.

  • Title: The Inner Development of Man
    Matching lines:
    • truths for you.” It appears as if this is to be achieved by a form of
    • from what flows into him through his eyes, ears and his sense of touch.
    • thousands of years ago and will be true thousands of years hence. They
    • and years until finally such powers of soul awaken in us. Then at last
    • hears come to him from the spirit realm. It is characteristic of the
    • spirit world that one “hears” it.
    • eyes and ears, the soul and the spirit must possess organs to perceive
    • years for the physical eye to develop in man, from tiny pin-points to
    • schooling are called preparation or catharsis, enlightenment and
    • are: "Before the eyes can see, they must be incapable of tears.
  • Title: Lecture: Woman and Society (Die Frauenfrage)
    Matching lines:
    • more than fifty years ago. The idea of this arrangement — the
    • practical ones. And from this point of view Spiritual Science appears
    • a truly significant man, who twenty five years ago, pitted himself
    • years ago, had imagined in theory.
    • fifteen years ago were still valid for many, have been overcome by
    • Are not what one calls the eyes and the ears of the spirit perhaps a
    • and mean me. The word ‘I’ can never fall on our ears when
    • Bears us aloft.
    • the saying: ‘The Eternal feminine bears us aloft’
    • Eternal-feminine bears us aloft’, so others too who, as women
    • longer say: ‘The Eternal-feminine bears us aloft’, or
    • ‘The Eternal-masculine bears us aloft’, but, with deep
    • ‘The Eternal-human bears us aloft’.
  • Title: Lecture: Problems of Nutrition
    Matching lines:
    • fears aroused by our industrialized agriculture, the individual
    • appears to be a conglomeration of chemical events.
    • Tea, which tears thoughts asunder, is the opposite. This is why tea
  • Title: Lecture: The Etherisation of the Blood
    Matching lines:
    • investigation of recent years, undertaken by individuals among genuine
    • the course of the next three thousand years, He will become visible to
    • fragmentation. And in the course of the coming years you will realise
    • that Christ lived for three years on the Earth in a human body
    • Through what came to pass during those three years men have been made
    • For many thousands of years Oriental Mysticism has spoken of this
    • within a period of 5,000 years after the great Buddha achieved
    • Earth's moral atmosphere. But then, so it was said, in 5,000 years
    • appear 3,000 years after our present era and will speak of the Christ
    • he who will appear three thousand years after our era as the Maitreya
    • incarnations was that of Jeshu ben Pandira, who lived a hundred years
  • Title: Lecture: Overcoming Nervousness
    Matching lines:
    • outsiders. Scholars and laymen alike criticize the division of man into the
    • gradually disappears.”
    • to write a particular style of penmanship and after a few years were
    • life. Nevertheless, it is still a good exercise to practice in later years.
    • the child, especially during the first seven years, and it will soon become
  • Title: Jesus and Christ
    Matching lines:
    • years ago, was not chosen without due reflection. It was selected to
    • years we arrange our lives in accordance with the spiritual forces we
    • with the first thirty to thirty-five years, or with the latter part.
    • period of human life lying beyond the thirtieth to thirty-fifth years.
    • especially bears out this fact. Modern pedagogy differs markedly from
    • of man that lies between the thirtieth and thirty-fifth years.
    • years in the life of an individual man. The individual man may use a
    • bears within him. Such a disciple of the second kind of initiation
    • thirtieth to thirty-fifth years in the life of the individual man. In
    • entered the stream of earthly life for a period of three years. Then,
    • the forces of death that he bears within him. The spiritual source of
    • The Christ Event appears to the spiritual investigator in a special
    • The Christ impulse thus appears to us as the spiritual essence given
    • thirtieth to thirty-fifth years, the whole of humanity experienced at
    • the same element that bears the soul from life to life, from
    • thirty-third years gave the impulse humanity needed for its
  • Title: Lecture: Newborn Might and Strength Everlasting
    Matching lines:
    • soul in its claws to carry off, and every angel bears away a soul under its
    • eternal being during the first three years of childhood. I have tried to
    • men felt this close connection between what appears in childhood and the
  • Title: Lecture: Pre-Earthly Deeds of Christ
    Matching lines:
    • glimmerings of a feeling for Christ. Nor during the first few years
  • Title: Lecture: The Four Sacrifices of Christ
    Matching lines:
    • upon us of the science of the spirit. Much, however, that today bears the
    • man on earth, appears to us in Apollo as though ensouled in him in the
  • Title: Lecture: Anthroposophy and Christianity
    Matching lines:
    • Several hundred years ago, the dawning of the modern scientific age
    • hundreds and even thousands of years old. But truth possesses powers
    • sort of thing one hears: “This conflicts with monism, which must be
    • another, in this case we marshal all our soul forces, concentrate
    • to work for years on such concentration exercises; it is impossible to
    • toward the spiritual world for even a moment, everything disappears.
    • in confronting every least detail of what appears to us out of the
    • rejected just because it appears at the dawn of human culture, before
    • simply because it appears in Buddhistic doctrine. That is certainly no
    • of the senses to calculate the course of the stars and the particular
    • liberty of calling a book on Christianity that I wrote many years ago
    • Exoteric scholarship pays far too little attention to the role played
    • Plato that seem harsh have come down to us. He said that human souls
    • next three years. The Being that thus entered Him went through the
    • thirty years old. Prejudiced humanity confronts spiritual science with
    • time. Before Copernicus, people determined the movements of the stars
    • brings about a deepened religious awareness. Anyone who fears that
    • the sun might not shine there. He who truly bears the Christ-Sun in
  • Title: Lecture: Christ in Relation to Lucifer and Ahriman
    Matching lines:
    • the following historical facts. France, for thirty years an ally of
    • in the course of this evolution lived three years in the body of Jesus
    • eighty or ninety years of age. But in a war human beings are
    • the Peace Conferences were held, wars have never been more terrible.
    • cruel wars ever known in history. The launching of the Peace
    • terrible of all wars. In a certain sense, this war is the karma of
    • Movement is viewed by the public. A few years ago an article was
    • black cross alone. He who tears the roses from the black cross and has
    • for the past fifty years and had many personal dealings with Darwin,
  • Title: Lecture: Preparing for the Sixth Epoch
    Matching lines:
    • truths we have studied in many aspects during recent years.
    • lectures given in past years, we know that Eastern Europe is inhabited
    • retained in the forces of old age, but in his later years the human
    • racial stocks: Germans, Czechs, Poles, Ruthenians, Rumanians, Magyars,
    • And when the storm in forests roars and grinds,
  • Title: Lecture: Human Life in the Light of Spiritual Science
    Matching lines:
    • from the contributions made by the numerous scholars who believed
    • scholars of future eras will some day have to expend much acumen. Goethe
    • he appears to the senses, and to the intellect guided by those senses, and
    • appears to outer sense observation. But for this sensible observation, what
    • beings learn from mother or nurse during the first years of life more than
    • being during his earth life in about seven years. (All of this is not being
    • forces needed for these evolutionary processes within himself, he appears
    • from the seventh to the fourteenth years in the rest of the body, apart from
    • and face as well. When we are seven years old, we give birth, as it were, to
    • planetary being to whom it bears but little resemblance. We learn to
    • proper to natural science, as I did years ago. I still believe and always have
    • during the years directly after birth, does not fall within the field of
    • closely what appears strange to them, before condemning it. In such a
  • Title: Evil and the Future of Man
    Matching lines:
    • of which I spoke here nearly two years ago, in relation to very
    • the name of science and scholarship. It is often no better than
    • differently. In the two thousand years which still have to pass until
    • — it is true the two thousand years will not entirely suffice; what I
  • Title: Lecture: Social and Anti-Social Forces in the Human Being
    Matching lines:
    • average about 2000 years. Therefore much remains to be done in this
    • are indeed the pillars on which personal independence rests. At
    • know one another. It is possible for men to meet one another for years
    • we look back on the years in the more distant past to people with whom
    • years. Then we can directly, so to speak, go to the facts themselves.
    • Suppose you are 30 or 40 years of age. You think, “How was it with me
    • when I was ten years old? I will imagine myself entirely into the
    • of ten years old. I will try to forget that I was that; I will really
    • imagination directly. This objectifying of our earlier years is
    • earlier years from yourself and when you make them objective. This is
    • exception of those speaking English, had not stopped up their ears and
    • might seem unsympathetic to non-English ears, but it contains a high
    • inevitable lot of Central and Eastern Europe to block their ears and
    • eyes and ears to that which has happened, sometimes in a terrible
    • Steiner appears to be referring to the political attitudes and
  • Title: Lecture: Spiritual Emptiness and Social Life
    Matching lines:
    • out-and-out phrasemonger as Wildenbruch! In the course of years I have
    • Among those who of recent years have been talking a great deal about
    • the best that has been said at this level of scholarship. From the
    • those who, with their classical scholarship, live in that afterglow of
    • precisely where science appears in all its greatness. Man immerses his
    • forms over the earth. Truly, man is not simply the being he appears
  • Title: Lecture: Social Understanding Through Spiritual Scientific Knowledge
    Matching lines:
    • Collected Edition of Rudolf Steiner's works it appears as the second lecture
    • man's organization during the first seven years of his life, become, as it
    • man's nature as it appears in ordinary life. Only there it is not so obvious.
    • understands — for that will disappear with the passing years, and neither
  • Title: Lecture: Soul and Spirit in the Human Physical Constitution
    Matching lines:
    • modern consciousness appears endowed with content only in the form of
  • Title: Lecture: The Moral as the Source of World-Creative Power
    Matching lines:
    • supports and bears all the others. Within it, too, something is
    • or of the fixed stars, they were speaking of spiritual beings.
    • everything in the stars was conceived of as living spirit reality,
  • Title: Lecture: Search for the New Isis, the Divine Sophia: The Quest for the Isis-Sophia
    Matching lines:
    • follow it through the thousands of years that preceded the Mystery of
    • which we have been concerned for many years — namely, the relationship of
    • Christ Jesus to that being whose outer reflection appears in the sun. The
    • such references to the fact that the outwardly visible stars and their
    • course of many years. I have told you: We look back into the first
    • congruence between what appears in Christianity and the old pagan mysteries.
    • times is presented with a wisdom of the world in which the stars move
    • according to purely mechanical necessity, in which the stars are devoid of
    • wish to truly understand the world, must imagine that Lucifer appears to
    • them in the sunshine and in the light of the stars, in the movements of the
    • places what stars and planets reveal through an inner life, so that they
  • Title: Lecture: The Two Christmas Annunciations
    Matching lines:
    • during the course of the years, we have considered the
    • thousand years after the beginning of the post-Atlantean period, or
    • stars. In the existing descriptions we are made aware of an ancient
    • knowledge of the stars whereby access was gained to the mysteries of
    • revealed. This ancient knowledge of the stars was something quite
    • mathematically, whereas the ancient wisdom of, the stars perceived in
    • one of this wisdom of the stars. Men sought in the stars for a deeper
    • universal space in the movement of the stars. This was a living,
    • inner way to gain an understanding of the movements of the stars such
    • 2000 years, or even 1000 years, before the Mystery of Golgotha (such
    • for thousands of years as something communicated only to the most
    • the wind through the woods; Varuna appears in the lightning flashing
    • experienced before we had bodily eyes and ears. There we had “a
    • clear impression: “When we study the stars and apply our
    • from the earth out into the world of the stars where we live between
    • perceiving with eyes and ears, we find it to be the externalized inner
    • world which is the offspring of the shepherds' wisdom. The child bears
    • very beautiful custom, scarcely 150 years old, to have the Christmas
  • Title: Lecture: The Threshold In Nature and In Man
    Matching lines:
    • the centre, and the sun and stars revolving round the earth. Man had,
    • makes the assumption that the stars and the sun do not move, but that
    • fixed stars, whose centre is also in the sun, is so immense that the
    • of the fixed stars as is the centre of a sphere to its entire surface.
    • planetary system and his relation to the heaven of the fixed stars. In
    • For sixty years I have heard that cry;
  • Title: Lecture: The Sun-Mystery in the Course of Human History
    Matching lines:
    • the ear that hears of it. — Nevertheless man must realize that life
    • the ocean-depths of the soul that man bears the sun-nature today. It
    • mouth that speaks of it and sinful the ear that hears of it.
    • Physically it appears as though the sun gives the planets light, but
  • Title: Lecture: The Alphabet
    Matching lines:
    • brought prose and jurisprudence into the culture of later years. What
    • also bears of his own being beneath the threshold of consciousness he
    • the firmament of the fixed stars, represented in the signs of the
    • fixed stars. Man is exposed to their influence on descending from the
    • constituted out of the echo of the heavens, of the fixed stars, of the
    • reflection, as echo, appears here upon earth. Thus, when the matter is
    • vision widens and Man grows into the heavens of the fixed stars. The
    • the heavens revealed through their fixed stars and through the planets
    • stars.
  • Title: Lecture: The Human Heart
    Matching lines:
    • and appears in the original German in
    • the first periods of life, and it is many years since I first
    • At its circumference it manifests something in the nature of stars,
    • and in its lower portion something that appears more or less as an
    • sphere complete with stars and zodiac and sun and moon.
    • now they begin to be like rays. The stars dissolve away in the human
    • own. The stars have faded out, while the structure which has gathered
    • body. He keeps this etheric heart during his childhood years, but then
    • being bears within him. One may describe it by saying: not until
    • first place that every single organ bears within it, in a sense, an
    • you are forty-five years old, almost all your movements are inscribed
    • someone a box on the ears, all is inscribed into the astral body. Even
    • of the stars, out of the images of the cosmos.
  • Title: Lecture: Truth Beauty and Goodness
    Matching lines:
    • indeed, it tears him asunder. Not by way of analogy, but in very truth
    • from sheer love of goodness. I spoke of this years ago in my book,
  • Title: Lecture: The Invisible Man Within Us
    Matching lines:
    • enhances the breakdown processes and inwardly there appears that
    • and buzzing in the ears arise, because at first the breakdown
  • Title: Lecture: Polarities in Health, Illness and Therapy
    Matching lines:
    • Martha Bosch edited it. In the German it appears in
    • always permeated by nature processes. A substance only appears outwardly
    • years ago. Although it is generally imagined that it is easy for spiritual
    • thirty years. It is thought that one only needs to look into the spiritual
    • years ago. I was only able to speak about it a few years ago after
    • organism in such a way that it appears to you in its three-foldness, then
    • antimony mirror, wherever it deposits, appears like ice-flowers in the
    • the eighth, ninth, tenth, and eleventh years of life, then he does not have
  • Title: Lecture: Man As A Picture of The Living Spirit
    Matching lines:
    • So too throughout the world of stars there works a higher spiritual
    • stars. The latter too is but a picture, a revelation of the underlying
    • there. When he looks up to the stars, man in reality is looking up to
    • years ago. Before that time the Moon looked even physically different.
    • which fulfilled its human destinies more than 15,000 years ago, and,
    • world — and therefore too through the world of stars — as I
    • event when I was ten or twelve years old; all that then followed was
    • Jupiter, Mars and so on are there between Moon and Saturn.
    • those of Saturn, Mars and so on. Yet through the cosmic spaces the one
    • Venus, or of Mars. We have to tell of the relations between the
    • populations of Mars and Venus — a never-ending interaction, a
    • constant to and fro of spiritual forces between the population of Mars
    • This which goes on in the Universe between the populations of Mars
    • the deeds of Mars and Venus fertilizing one another — all this again
    • Mars and Venus related to what appears in earthly life as human
    • of action of the mutually fertilizing life which goes on between Mars
    • and Venus — between the spiritual populations of Mars and Venus.
    • streaming to and fro in the Cosmos between Mars and Venus.
    • able to look up with inner truth who knows that in the stars, raying
    • consciousness of what is going on in yonder world of stars, but He
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: The Individuality of Elias, John, Raphael, Novalis
    Matching lines:
    • And further we saw that this being appears once more in that world
    • has gone through the gate of death, he enters the world of the stars. What
    • we are accustomed to call “stars” in the external, physical sense
    • of Mercury and Venus, through the spheres of the Sun and of Mars, and of
    • art, which already on earth shone with the bright light of the stars. We
    • could only be, as it were, absolved in another life of thirty years — in
    • this, through the magic idealism that lives in the soul of Novalis, appears
    • Michael may feel when, clothed in the light rays of the Sun, Michael appears
  • Title: William Shakespeare
    Matching lines:
    • This statement appears: Copyright and all other Rights of reproduction
  • Title: The Manicheans
    Matching lines:
    • Order of the Templars and through an extraordinary concatenation of
    • of that which at higher stages appears as fetters. The Life that
    • spiritual stream. It appears in forms which many can call to mind, and
    • Revealer, Roman, Rosicrucian, Soul, Templars, Waldenses, Widow
  • Title: Mathematics and Occultism
    Matching lines:
    • Now, within the last few years, mathematical science has made
    • magnitudes has become in recent years a powerful educational means for
  • Title: The Dead Are With Us
    Matching lines:
    • situation and leave it so. Some years ago I spoke to a large number of
    • through the Gate of Death in relatively early years or later in life.
    • our own soul mourns only for those who died in the later years of
    • one who has died in later years, the individual aspect is more
    • have died in the later years of life.
  • Title: Lecture: The Origin of Speech and Language
    Matching lines:
    • only in the last sixty years. Last year, in 1921, we could have
    • have celebrated sixty years later, was an important scientific
    • discovery. It is only in the last fifty or sixty years that this
    • through their eyes or any other organ, especially the ears. In other
    • from the ears — the stream of the nerves.
    • the ears and the eyes. In other words, blood and nerves together
    • the inner brain substance appears whitish when you take it out and
    • S, W, so that one barely hears the vowels. What lies behind
    • out into the universe, we get a picture of the stars. And the two
    • the stars and language we would then be able to tell which language
    • formation of our minds through speech, we must look up to the stars
    • you must look at the position of the stars. You always have to see
  • Title: Lecture: The Sense-Organs and Aesthetic Experience
    Matching lines:
    • is living in his seeing; he hears and at the same time something is
    • breathing, warming and nutrition; not coarse nutrition, but a process
    • catharsis, by which he wished to describe the underlying purpose of
    • course they take, the soul is led to purification, to catharsis. Much
    • of course, the way of a modern materialist) means by catharsis a
    • catharsis the entire ensouling of the life-processes is embraced. If
    • For years
  • Title: Lecture: A Turning-Point in Modern History
    Matching lines:
    • nourishment into my body, What is out there, what eyes see and ears
  • Title: Lecture: Elemental Beings and Human Destinies
    Matching lines:
    • periods of about seven years in length. Roughly speaking, the first is
    • that such an event always comes back seven years later, for the lapse
    • of life, from about 2 – 2 ½ years of age. What happens is
    • ten years old our children cannot read or do sums. The Romans were not
    • years. It swings back in the interval, but then swings out again
    • the Earth bears upon her today the unmistakable signs of old age; she
    • then it somehow or other disappears; it gradually weakens and is lost.
    • something, be it material or spiritual, bears within it. And this
    • long time now, indeed for hundreds of years, mankind has set no value
  • Title: Lecture: Man, Offspring of the World of Stars
    Matching lines:
    • MAN, OFFSPRING OF THE WORLD OF STARS
    • world of the stars, above all of Sun and Moon. From the Earth are
    • of the world of stars. This is the kind of knowledge that we must
    • the influences of Saturn, Jupiter and Mars.
    • period of thirty years.
    • Egypto-Chaldean period, three or four thousand years before the
    • the first three periods of ten years. This is the period of growth,
    • thirty years. Saturn needs thirty years to complete its orbit around
    • during the first twelve years of life. Again we find the parallelism
    • Just as Jupiter has to do with thinking, so has Mars to do with speech.
    • Mars:speech
    • Mars works upon a still smaller part of the astral body than that with
    • speech, is dependent upon the working of Mars within our being. Man
    • corresponds approximately to half the time required by Mars to
    • Jupiter forces, and the Mars forces. The forces of the three outer
    • and Mars are concerned respectively with the behaviour and functioning
    • Jupiter and Mars lie on the other side of the Sun. The forces of these
    • Mars:
    • of Saturn, Jupiter, Mars, Venus, Mercury, Moon are contained. By way
    • creatures of the Earth. It appears, to begin with, as if the minerals
  • Title: Lecture: The Ear
    Matching lines:
    • are. For this is how it appears when illuminated with anthroposophical
    • stapes or stirrup, appears in the light of spiritual science as
    • appears as a transformed knee-cap. Finally, that which passes from the
    • incus to the tympanum or drum appears as a metamorphosis
    • little ossicle. Only the foot with which you walk about is coarsely
    • formed. Coarsely you feel the ground with the sole of your foot, while
    • dimensions of space. But the ear tears itself free from the three
    • movements of the legs is transformed into a harsh discord in the
    • with these ears you hear how you behaved morally down in this earthly
    • Imagination is quickly lost. It is fleeting, it disappears quickly. It
    • body after death disappears after three days. For it is the same
    • have disappeared, just as the panorama of our life disappears three
    • eighteen years old again. He perceives his youth as vividly as he
    • perceived it when he was eighteen years old. Suppose for instance that
    • when you were eighteen years old you lost someone who was very dear to
    • it is in your memory after thirty years. There need not even be a
    • lapse of thirty years; it very soon grows faint, even with those who
    • possess — you bear it within you because the first seven years of
    • seven years of life we are absolutely devoted to the outer world;
    • another realm. In our first seven years we have an impulse of
  • Title: Education for Adolescents
    Matching lines:
    • spoken about during these years, this is in itself something that
    • years old.
    • It cannot be said often enough that in the years between 14 and 18 we
    • — to such a terrible extent appears for the most part only in
    • importance and, in considering the high school years, should be taken
  • Title: Lecture: The Work of Secret Societies in the World
    Matching lines:
    • vanish without a trace. Every atom bears a trace of your spirit and will
  • Title: Lecture: The Three Stages of Sleep
    Matching lines:
    • when he is quite close it appears that he is preparing to make
    • eyes are used to perceive light and colour, the ears to hear
    • appears which can be called the harmony of the spheres, cosmic
    • remains hidden, but so appears to the consciousness of
    • eye of vision is opened there appears this figure of Ahasueris
  • Title: The Cosmic Word and Individual Man
    Matching lines:
    • complicated process than for the ordinary consciousness it appears to
    • Thus when we proceed further inwards from the senses there appears to
    • the ears of our fellow men, is as if transformed, turned inwards
    • many years ago. In the periodical, Luzifer Gnosis, it is
    • who for the earth has died. For this being no longer has physical ears
    • — and physical ears would be needed.
  • Title: Christ and the Twentieth Century
    Matching lines:
    • him for the three years after the Baptism of John had not previously
    • Thus the spiritual evolution of man disappears behind
    • soul and continued in possession for three years. In the descriptions
    • his innermost nature he bears the true Ego which passes from
    • historical growth of humanity is the Christ, Who for three years
    • Infant Jesus create the stars?” He said: This is not strictly
    • little hands, created the stars.” — From
  • Title: Lecture: Richard Wagner and Mysticism
    Matching lines:
    • with their eyes, they also heard with their ears. Wisdom was presented
    • their homes, a figure of a woman appears and puts a question to them.
    • consciousness appears before him — a personification of the
    • first idea of Parsifal was born. Many things happened in the
    • created the figure of Parsifal — the figure in whom knowledge is
  • Title: Lecture: Spiritual Wisdom in the Early Christian Centuries
    Matching lines:
    • destroy the ancient temples and altars — in short to obliterate
    • been preserved. Altars were destroyed, temples burnt to the ground and
    • came insistently to his ears the words of a writing which passed into
    • These were the things that dinned in the ears of Julian, now from one
    • away from the domain of spiritual life just as the heathen altars were
  • Title: Lecture: The Crossing of the Threshold and the Social Organism
    Matching lines:
    • renounced. During the past years, we have been involved in the
    • important events. The most important events of the past years have
    • explained to you just now. Particularly the years of sorrow, the
    • past four or five years, can send a great truth trickling into
    • events of the past four or five years have taken, had the human
    • civilised world, during the past four or five years. Many people have
    • the past four or five years resembles the waves Of the sea,
    • years and one could say: Something which has the nature of elemental
    • The armed contest of the past four or five years is only the
    • What we develop ONLY between birth and death, appears to one who is able to
  • Title: Lecture: The Weaving and Living Activity of the Human Etheric Bodies
    Matching lines:
    • being bears within him, as a disposition, the whole animal kingdom.
    • human being bears within his etheric body the whole animal kingdom.
    • As a philosopher might express himself, he bears it within him as a
    • kind of material as clever thoughts). Coarsely speaking, the Angeloi,
    • and even the Spirits of the Will. When after years or decades we have
    • ether of the cosmos. But what appears now, as a woof woven out of our
    • with what he bears along within his Ego, carrying it over into the
    • of the head bestowed upon the human being! Man bears within him
    • that strange man, who lived for many years an extremely lonely life
    • less than fifty years time, every kind of invention, every creative
    • things; you have been listening to them for many years and have thus
  • Title: Lecture: And The Temple Becomes Man
    Matching lines:
    • words which echo in our ears when the Dornach Speech Chorus declaims
    • and winged wheels, of the curious pillars and columns to be found in
    • the pillars, capitals and remarkable forms of such temples are a
    • years with which I have greater sympathy. For if one is at all
    • of the son at all costs. For seven years Diocletian receives
  • Title: Lecture: The Migrations of the Races
    Matching lines:
    • seems to be in some doubt and appears to have been abbreviated.)
  • Title: Lecture: The Mystery of Golgotha
    Matching lines:
    • from distant planets, Mars or Jupiter — would be deeply moved
    • himself in cosmic pictures. Looking up to the stars, he saw them not
    • stars are essences of Being — Beings who make felt their active
    • realm of shades” — bears witness, how deeply humanity had
    • into their physical environment, had seen in all the stars the
    • facts around them. They felt it not as Death. Only in later years, as
    • the animals, the world of stars, the clouds, mountains and streams,
    • out into Nature, or gaze into the Universe of stars with the
  • Title: Lecture: The Recovery of the Living Source of Speech
    Matching lines:
    • become no more than a sign. But it is scarcely more than 1500 years
  • Title: Lecture: Gnostic Doctrines and Supersensible Influences in Europe
    Matching lines:
    • existence. At this same stage, another Being appears, a Being
    • scholars would have us believe. The Greeks knew the reality of the
    • of the bodily structure of these beings has coarsened and become
    • form has coarsened to a bear-like form and the further West they come
  • Title: Lecture: The Influence of the Dead on the Life of Man on Earth
    Matching lines:
    • wider sense, that which mars the order of things is there through the
    • overwhelmed and drowned by the coarser ideas which flow into us from
    • see what he may have experienced perhaps many years ago; experiences
    • the foundations of the soul. Years ago, the human being had perhaps
    • 30 years of the physical. Man has a way of hastening here in the
    • equal to 30 earthly years, in one year of the spiritual he
    • experiences approximately the same piece of the world as in 30 years
    • average human life; you get the same number of years — purely
    • by as many days as the Sun requires years to advance through the
    • another. The Sun requires about 25,900 and a few more years to
    • in one day as the number of days he lives, or as the number of years
    • Now at least one such spirit-year — that is, 30 earthly years
    • has passed through a spirit-year, that is to say, 30 earthly years.
    • Death and a New Birth which I gave a few years ago in Vienna. But
    • the gate of death 60, 70 or 80 years ago, or even earlier. He feels
    • surprising that one year of spirit time represents 30 years of
  • Title: Lecture I: Ancient Myths
    Matching lines:
    • the myth by Dupuis. In other places we have repeatedly for years
    • years, Typhon made a revolution while Osiris was absent extending his
    • North a hundred years after the founding of Christianity, and he
    • Mars, Apollo, etc. But these Gods were, so to say, the last God-race
    • than looking up to the connection with the stars, as Dupuis supposed,
    • me remind you that you know how a few hundred years ago the human
  • Title: Lecture II: Ancient Myths
    Matching lines:
    • years — as you know we have already spoken of other experiences
    • years of age had Imaginations — Imaginations of spiritual
    • the thoughts break too — or when the other appears of which I
    • became coarser. How is that to be understood? Well, you can imagine
    • could say — become coarser. It has actually become different on
    • earth since that ancient time. The air has become coarser. But not
    • only the air, but man himself has become coarser. That which formerly
    • the rest of the organism, that has also grown coarser. So that in
    • Of all this the coarse
    • dregs, so to say, have been left. As in the air the coarse sediment
    • man in Imaginations in earlier ages, so in man himself are the coarse
    • essences, all this has been coarsened, not only in idea but also in
    • generations, was to be placed in the service of what the stars have
    • become coarsened in the direction we have discussed. Among other
  • Title: Lecture III: Ancient Myths
    Matching lines:
    • Osiris, Isis, Zeus, Apollo, Mars, Pallas, who are now connected with
    • the immediate present bears much in it, that points back to the Old
    • of Scorpio, and opposite in Taurus the moon appears in the Pleiades
    • the men who are scholars, are indeed very learned today and
    • scholars have naturally also discovered that there never was a Till
  • Title: Lecture IV: Ancient Myths
    Matching lines:
    • where I quoted the often harsh-sounding expressions of Plato for the
    • not even straw, but paper-abstract concepts of sun, moon and stars,
    • elemental surroundings of earth withdraws, there appears the
    • significance for this age that Mars has its house in Aries.
    • The forces of Mars are those again, but in a different way, that are
    • connected with man's head-nature. So that Mars, who at the same time
    • were developed which one can describe as a Mars-civilization. The
    • earth arose in this age essentially through a Mars-culture, a warlike
    • culture. Wars nowadays are behind the times. Although they may be
    • Mars his house in Aries, so in Pisces Jupiter has his house.
    • to man in the fifth epoch as Mars had to perform in the fourth. And
    • one could say that in a certain respect Mars was the rightful King of
    • constellations of the stars have also always known that certain help
    • — Moon-Cancer, Mercury-Gemini, Venus-Taurus, Mars-Aries,
    • Mercury, Moon; the decanates during the Gemini-age: Jupiter, Mars,
    • decanates during the Aries-age: Mars, Sun, Venus. And the decanates
    • celestial-clock: Saturn, Jupiter, Mars. Mars — here not in the
    • Aries, but Mars now as representative power for human strength. But
    • in the outer planets, Saturn, Jupiter, Mars you see what is connected
    • and death: the Saturn- Jupiter- and Mars-forces.
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture V: Ancient Myths
    Matching lines:
    • years go on becomes older. In a certain respect one can say that for
    • reverse path is to be attributed to mankind. During the 2,160 years
    • great difference in the first 2,160 years after the great Atlantean
    • catastrophe, which again lasted for approximately 2,160 years, and
    • Napoleon had seven years in which to grow familiar with what he later
    • looked on as his task; for twice seven years the tumult lasted that
    • he carried through Europe, and then for seven years more the
    • seven years is the career of this man.’ In a very fine way this
    • always makes an important painting after a definite number of years.
    • Dornach.’] which I gave two years ago, and that he now
    • five years ago sought to attach himself to this Spiritual Science, to
    • took part in group meetings five years ago, and five years ago he so
    • all suited to his own path of development. Now after five years he
    • the vilest articles on Spiritual Science. After five years the same
    • as much good will as the man in question, they need five years, many
    • other people. He was, let us say — twenty, twenty-five years
    • old; near him he saw someone of forty, fifty, sixty years. He said to
    • years I have already mentioned here and there to our friends: We grow
    • Schwabian, then seventy-two years old, who had just petitioned for
    • fragile with his seventy-two years. And the other was Michelet; he
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture VI: Ancient Myths
    Matching lines:
    • cosmos appears to you with all its stars, fixed stars, planets and
    • thing: it appears in life quite clearly. The head is the instrument
    • eighty, ninety years old. If he had still lived from thirty to ninety
    • years he would slowly have gone through, one after another, many life
    • experiences. What he would thus have experienced during sixty years
    • sun, planets, fixed stars. And then what is said of the sun, the
    • planets, the fixed stars, is at most a kind of cosmic physics —
    • imagine having such an opinion of the world of the stars. They looked
    • up to the stars, to the planets as we do today, but they did not
    • so in the other stars. Such a universe as modern astronomy fabricates
    • none of us could ever be older than twenty-seven years. Twenty-seven
    • years would be the average life of man. For in fact our head is
    • finished when we are twenty-seven years old; if it depended on the
    • stimulating its forces, the secrets of the stars, but that all this
    • young, I view in later years through what my heart gives me, that
    • forty, fifty, sixty years old, and as I grow older from decade to
    • If I am not yet forty years old, that sum of mysteries cannot lie in
    • me that can lie in one who is already forty years old. And if he
  • Title: Lecture VII: Ancient Myths
    Matching lines:
    • special time at which one observes the stars. So that by taking the
    • the stars in the heavens. Let us keep in mind that it is not the
    • spiritual secrets of the stars. One can even say in a certain sense,
    • work chiefly upon the head. So that when the human head appears here
    • establish that what a man bears within him as inherited from
    • relate how I came upon this fact years ago. The forces that play
    • years there are very many grubs — (their larvae). These grubs
    • culture knows that there will be a bad crop three to five years after
    • certain year streams in, only streams out again after several years.
    • universe to birth. Then in later years he loses connection with them.
    • connected with the stars as here on earth we are connected with
    • ninety-three years old. And Hartmann related how Michelet had just
    • is only seventy-two years old saying he cannot go on lecturing. I am
    • ready to lecture for another ten years!’ And with that he
    • takes in needs a few years for it to become at home in his organism.
    • three or four years ago, bear its good fruits.’ The whole
    • something and then had to wait a few years in order fully to
    • have value years afterwards. The conscientious spiritual
    • what the present time needs if one bears in mind these demands on
    • Lemurian civilization. It lies approximately 25,900 years before our
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Souls Progress through Repeated Earth Lives
    Matching lines:
    • appears before his soul like a panorama. This period ends when the
    • himself. The etheric body bears within itself, as it were, the
    • we must imagine that the human being, as he appears when he is born
    • incarnations and appears in this incarnation in a metamorphosed form,
    • from physical forbears in the Middle Ages as far as their blood is
    • appears as inherited characteristics in the various nationalities.
    • character. For in a certain way, what one hears from Rabindranath
    • Science this appears in a decadent form; the existence of matter is
    • last years. Often even in public lectures I have had to point in
    • indeed, the Americans should not pride themselves on their forebears,
    • it. What appears today as opposition to our work will not diminish
  • Title: Lecture: The Forming of Destiny in Sleeping and Waking
    Matching lines:
    • spirit that is added by the Ego to what it bears outwards from the
  • Title: Lecture: Goethe and the Evolution of Consciousness
    Matching lines:
    • as he says later — for at seven years he would not, of course,
    • scholarship acquired in every kind of educational institution from
    • confusing elements born of modern scholarship such men have divined
    • opinion about his capabilities and faculties; but if our ears are
    • Modern scholarship, with its limited outlook, tells us that the
  • Title: Lecture: On the Reality of Higher Worlds
    Matching lines:
    • After many long years of work in this domain of knowledge, I know
    • many years have been concerned with answering this very question, you
    • for many years. The point of importance is that the faculty of
    • in a few months; others again will need years. The principle,
    • the astral body bears the eternal core of our being, how this astral
  • Title: Lecture: The Dual Form of Cognition During the Middle Ages and the Development of Knowledge in Modern Times
    Matching lines:
    • years prior to the Mystery of Golgotha, and then it has gradually
    • followed the first four hundred years after the Mystery of Golgotha.
    • world which appears to the external observation through the senses.
    • super-sensible contents gradually pales and disappears. Also this
    • appears not only in the same period, but in the same year of that
    • century, but it appears as a necessary result of the preceding course
    • the super-sensible. Man himself, in the form in which he appears
  • Title: Lecture: The Remedy for Our Diseased Civilisation
    Matching lines:
    • seized the instincts, this now appears in the world-historical
  • Title: Lecture: The Etheric Body as a Reflexion of the Universe
    Matching lines:
    • also say: When a human being dies in his young years, his etheric
    • of him. This child (he was only seven years old) was an exceptionally
    • only seven years; nevertheless it contained forces that might have
    • natural science thinks. Other wars belonging to the past, require to
    • ideal of humanity in that human being who for three years bore within
  • Title: Lecture: Salt, Mercury, Sulphur
    Matching lines:
    • full of beauty and grandeur. On the one side it soars into
    • dissolved in water. Man bears this water within himself, in his vital
    • up which appears in outer nature at a different stage, when something
  • Title: Lecture: It is a Necessity of Our Earnest Times to Find Again the Path Leading to the Spirit
    Matching lines:
    • and with the Stars Above.
    • and with the Stars Above.
    • years of the 15th century. That time was the beginning of that epoch
    • being. Then, this knowledge of the whole human being disappears. The
    • born girl, during all those years it lived in the spiritual world.
    • Everything that appears in the account-book of life is karmically
  • Title: Lecture: Some Conditions for Understanding Supersensible Experiences
    Matching lines:
    • 2,500 years into a connection with the earthly world of such a kind
    • never uttered about the events of the last four or five years,
  • Title: Lecture: The Relation of the Movement for Religious Renewal to the Anthroposophical Movement
    Matching lines:
    • also known as: Man and the World of Stars, and
    • also known as: Man and the World of Stars, and
    • Published in Man and the World of the Stars 1963
    • about that in more recent years the way of working had necessarily to
  • Title: Lecture: The Ego-consciousness of the So-called Dead
    Matching lines:
    • including the planets and the fixed stars, if you imagine this in the
    • continually appears to us as a victory of the spirit, as the spirit
    • that is extricating itself from the physical. It then appears as the
    • life-tableau disappears after a few days. What makes it cease and
    • appears to us woven into this etheric life-tableau. It is the same
    • moment, ten or twenty years ago, when you first met him and
    • outside. Just as here on earth we see stars, mountains, rivers, so
    • body might still have worked for years upon his physical body. But
  • Title: Lecture: Concerning the Origin and Nature of the Finnish Nation
    Matching lines:
    • And so a race descends, that bears within its soul, in a natural
    • and in the character of Faust, in general — it bears within its
    • Christ appears at the end of “Kalevala”, but because he
    • together what appears to us like a transverse section of Nature: we
  • Title: Lecture: Awakening to Community - I
    Matching lines:
    • the twenty-one or twenty-two years of the Society's development, we
    • For the truth is that everything in life that flowers and bears fruit
  • Title: Lecture: Perceiving and Remembering
    Matching lines:
    • that what should be inculcated during the tender years of childhood into the
  • Title: Being of Man/Future Evolution: Lecture 1: Forgetting
    Matching lines:
    • wheat a wheat stalk and ears will grow, and out of a bean will come a
    • If you compare the beans of thousands of years ago with the beans of
    • gradually disappears and is forgotten. It is there nevertheless, and
  • Title: Being of Man/Future Evolution: Lecture 2: Different Types of Illness
    Matching lines:
    • been attending these group lectures for years will perhaps have
    • our age of materialism it appears to anyone who can see to the bottom
    • and says he has been suffering from this or that for years, is what
    • jupiter, the gall mars, the kidneys venus and the lungs mercury. If
    • the gall is described as mars, its effect would be similar to the
    • effect of mars in our planetary system. You have to know the
    • we know an illness has arisen in the etheric body, and it appears in
    • four hundred years ago clairvoyants observed materialistic thinking
  • Title: Being of Man/Future Evolution: Lecture 3: Original Sin
    Matching lines:
    • astral and the etheric body disappears, making the physical body a
  • Title: Being of Man/Future Evolution: Lecture 4: Rhythm in the Bodies of Man
    Matching lines:
    • and that we can only acquire after years of group work. Patient work
    • that life bears them out. The observation we want to start from is
    • astral body's rhythm. The day pneumonia appears the astral body
    • calendars in use in country districts certain rules referring to
    • calendars. In the farmer's lore a consciousness of these rhythms lay
  • Title: Being of Man/Future Evolution: Lecture 5: Rhythms in the Being of Man
    Matching lines:
    • together, the temperature appears, as a summons to fight the enemy.
    • the sun and stars. We set our clocks according to this and a clock is
    • as this constellation of stars occurs again. In Berlin the clocks are
    • stars. Angels know the course of the cosmos, and the course of their
    • even if we have been working at it for many years. Today we could
  • Title: Being of Man/Future Evolution: Lecture 6: Illness and Karma
    Matching lines:
    • its effect. This effect appears in the form of some illness, and here
  • Title: Being of Man/Future Evolution: Lecture 7: Laughing and Weeping
    Matching lines:
    • when the child cries its first tears and also smiles, because that is
    • forsaken. This is the expression of sorrow leading to tears, that the
    • from out of his ego this also appears physically in the expression of
    • tears which in a certain respect is like a flow of blood brought
    • tears. A certain feeling of satisfaction — whether it is
    • tears. Just as in different circumstances a kind of satisfaction is
    • obtained from smashing a chair, tears are often shed for no further
    • the mask of tears, even if the person is not conscious of it.
    • sorrow and tears in that world where they can no longer be overcome.
    • spiritual world behind the physical, and that what appears in human
    • man bears in his ego-hood. And we can say that when in the course of
  • Title: Being of Man/Future Evolution: Lecture 8: The Manifestation of the Ego in the Different Races of Men
    Matching lines:
    • present-day scholars, perhaps, will only get to know of if they
  • Title: Being of Man/Future Evolution: Lecture 9: Evolution, Involution and Creation out of Nothingness
    Matching lines:
    • process. We have repeatedly emphasised that in the first seven years
    • During the first seven years of his life the child's etheric body is
    • another. It is because man bears within him an ego that has already
    • difficult concepts. But as we have been working for some years in
    • disappears further and further and the physical grows great, whilst
    • the lily of the valley leaves in the seed; the physical disappears so
    • evolving appears at a higher stage. Where does this new element
    • should ponder over such concepts for months if not years, then we
    • constellation of stars. If he were to stand five paces away he would
    • years ago than they did three thousand years ago and from the way
  • Title: Between Death and Rebirth: Lecture One
    Matching lines:
    • to emphasise in the lectures given over the years, it is that you
    • their souls. Over the years it has often been possible to indicate
    • what way have our studies over the last ten or twelve years demonstrated
    • the gist of what I have since said in the course of years, about the
    • In the course of years we have spoken a great deal of
    • For some years now the relationship of human beings
    • demand is made that anthroposophists shall not turn deaf ears to what
    • 5,000 years in human history, the so-called Lesser Kali Yuga. Since
  • Title: Between Death and Rebirth: Lecture Two
    Matching lines:
    • spheres of Mercury, Venus, Sun, Mars, Jupiter, Saturn. Experiences
    • of his own identity. Indeed his whole life during these early years
    • of Venus, Sun, Mars, Jupiter and finally Saturn. The being who has
    • possible degree. A man with a moral quality of soul, who bears within
    • further outwards, into the Mars sphere, for example. What is
    • life expands into the Mars sphere. In order that his consciousness
    • sphere but that he can carry it over into the Mars sphere, it is
  • Title: Between Death and Rebirth: Lecture Three
    Matching lines:
    • our death. For instance, if at some particular time, say ten years
    • process would not be very much slower. Suppose, for instance, pillars
    • plant from the sun and the stars has been withdrawn. But it is what
    • sun and stars. Therefore it is not grotesque to say that what remains
    • stars has no more to do with this physical body than time as such —
    • our eyes and ears is not attributable to the soul but to the
    • our soul we belong to the world of the stars, we shall have taken a
    • brought his genius to the notice of scholars.] a lyric poet of
    • of man belong to the world of the stars. When we consider how man is
    • sleep, how this condition is independent of the world of the stars,
  • Title: Between Death and Rebirth: Lecture Four
    Matching lines:
    • forces are drawn from the world of the stars. We have also heard how
    • the human being is able to draw these forces from the world of stars
    • radiating from the worlds of the stars. In man of the present age,
    • with the forces of the stars between death and the new birth. The
    • being is restored. In the very earliest years of childhood, when any
    • concealed from the human being in his later years. Evidence for this
    • to draw these forces from the world of the stars. But this process is
    • stars work upon his being, how they gradually rebuild it. From this
    • world of stars, he too is actually in that world. And it is a fact
    • astral body move outwards and unite with the forces of the stars. But
    • human being appears to clairvoyant consciousness — but of
    • spreads out below. This part of the Ego-aura appears to clairvoyance
    • infinitudes of the world of stars. The Ego-aura is thus divided —
    • the world of stars and draw its forces into himself.
    • developing powers of attraction drawn from the world of stars; it can
    • of the stars in the night, about the heavens, although they had no
    • They watched the spectacle presented by the stars in the heavens on
    • Nowadays man has eyes only for the material picture of the stars in
    • grouping of the stars, but we have now progressed sufficiently to be
    • the physical stars implanted in a mighty spiritual Being whom they
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Between Death and Rebirth: Lecture Five
    Matching lines:
    • previous years, for I propose to do that on Tuesday. I would ask you
    • Mercury, Venus, Sun, Mars, Jupiter, Saturn. We then draw our life
    • let us say of Mars, or Venus, or Mercury — we enter different
    • ascent in the evolution of Mars, into whose sphere we pass between
    • evolution of Mars was such that what had always been bestowed upon it
    • necessary that the evolution of Mars should become a process of
    • forces gathered from the worlds of stars, among them the forces of
    • Mars. The example of a certain individuality is clear evidence of the
    • Mars to the Earth.
    • through the Mars sphere during the interval between the time of
    • decline. It was therefore not possible to bring from the Mars sphere
    • soar into the spiritual worlds. The souls who passed through the Mars
    • material nature of things. If these conditions on Mars had continued
    • would have brought with them from the Mars sphere forces that would
    • the decline of Mars were responsible for bringing modern natural
    • to be formed entirely under the influence of certain old Mars forces
    • souls would bring with them the Mars forces in their state of
    • Mars forces themselves there would come to man the impulse to work
    • Among them was one who for long years had been his pupil and friend,
    • Centre near the Black Sea, and transferring his activity to Mars. And
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Between Death and Rebirth: Lecture Six
    Matching lines:
    • the mission of Buddha in the Mars sphere referred to in the preceding
    • connected with the planetary sphere of Mars and because the human
    • death and rebirth, passes into the Mars sphere and there undergoes an
    • Mars being delegated by Christian Rosenkreutz to Buddha. This Mystery
    • months or even first years of his life will seem to external science
    • and years of life.
    • in his earliest years of speaking and thinking in the real sense, are
    • in contrast to an ‘I’ which merely appears in the field
  • Title: Between Death and Rebirth: Lecture Seven
    Matching lines:
    • influence in the Mars sphere (see Lecture Five). In the future it
    • the Buddha's influence in the Mars sphere during their life between
    • in periods of seven years. Even to ordinary observation it will be
    • clear that this systematic arrangement into periods of seven years is
    • seven years with the etheric body, then for seven years with the
    • first seven years of the life of a human being. The principle of form
    • in the human being during the first seven years of his life. It can
    • seven years of life; the human being has then reached the point when
    • — the Ego. This happens in the early years of life, in the
    • back only a few hundred years to find that conditions were very
    • lived, say, six or seven thousand years before the founding of
    • forces than those who lived a mere thousand years before the Mystery
    • assume importance, the Buddha-realm was established in the Mars
    • Mars. Christian Rosenkreutz had entrusted to Buddha a special
    • mission in the Mars sphere. And what would be futile on Earth, namely
    • rebirth during his passage through the Mars sphere. Among other
    • experience that is possible for man as a pupil of Buddha in the Mars
    • Christ Himself leads men between death and rebirth through the Mars
    • teaching. Thus in the Mars sphere men can be emancipated from the
    • earlier times Mars was said to be the planet of warlike traits, it is
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Between Death and Rebirth: Lecture Eight
    Matching lines:
    • the spiritual world that which bears a new life germinally within it,
    • follows. Only in the very first years of a child's life does this
    • and outside us only the human body. We feel that the stars and other
    • an inner world, and just as here we look outwards to the stars,
    • man bears within himself characteristics inherited from his
    • is that perhaps only after hundreds of years a particular individual
    • which bears a new life germinally within it. This is the moment of
    • through physical bodies, did not see the stars merely as material
    • bodies in the heavens; spiritual Beings were connected with the stars
  • Title: Between Death and Rebirth: Lecture Nine
    Matching lines:
    • can always know whether the dead soul also hears us, it must be said
    • present mission on Mars is one such exception. There are numbers of
    • transferred his sphere of activity to Mars, at the present time the
  • Title: Between Death and Rebirth: Lecture Ten
    Matching lines:
    • the Mars region and the mission of Buddha (Lecture Five). At the
    • of the Sun, of Mars, of Jupiter, of Saturn, and then of the starry
    • through eyes, to hear through ears, although eyes and ears no longer
    • Mars region. This region corresponds with what is described in
    • in the Mars region. It might seem strange that this Mars region which
    • Winter we could now say that from the Mars region onwards the human
    • rebirth man enters into the Mars region, he grasps the full
    • earthly rendering of what is a self-evident experience in the Mars
    • belonging to the Mars region but transferred to the Earth. To what
    • was said years ago in the book
    • about the Mars
    • age the Buddha was transferred to this same region, the Mars region.
    • had come to the Earth, to the territory where Mars wisdom had been
    • the Mars region in order to continue working there. (See Lecture
    • Five.) In ancient times Brahmanism belonged intrinsically to the Mars
    • you now know to be the Mars region and in which a self-evident
    • years ago. We then described the ‘Spiritland’ and a
    • our time as the Buddha-impulse in the Mars region — is
    • Mars; it is the impulse denoted by the word ‘Nirvana’.
    • itself entirely from the element of personality. In the Mars region,
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Christ and the Spiritual World: Lecture One
    Matching lines:
    • lectures culminate in the esoteric background to the Parsival story
    • were made by men, say two hundred years before the Mystery of
    • Golgotha and a hundred and fifty years after it, to deepen their
    • impression on one, there appears again, shining over Devachan, the
    • appears the star which sends forth its rays of power; and you can say
    • scholarship of today has come to recognise that in this period of
    • will speak of it only in so far as it bears on our present
    • explains so beautifully with his Darwinism, bears no relation to a
  • Title: Christ and the Spiritual World: Lecture Two
    Matching lines:
    • lectures culminate in the esoteric background to the Parsival story
    • Christ Being dwelt for three years only in the body of Jesus of
    • prophetic character entirely their own. External scholarship cannot
    • epoch and with an influence extending, if only sparsely, into the
    • heavens. They could read world-secrets in the motions of the stars.
    • stars what relationship it had with Him. But — in accordance
    • similar, something which external scholarship has noted in a
  • Title: Christ and the Spiritual World: Lecture Three
    Matching lines:
    • lectures culminate in the esoteric background to the Parsival story
    • Greeks later called Zeus; on Mars, the one later called Ares; on
    • later became the Nathan Jesus-child: he appears to us ensouled by the
    • Midas — was born with exceptionally long ears, the Greeks said
    • he had come into the world with ass's ears because in his life
    • he had asses ears, and that was why he preferred wind instruments to
    • had no skin — he is known in mythology as the Flayed Marsyas —
    • to occult observation: Marsyas was not flayed in his lifetime, but
  • Title: Christ and the Spiritual World: Lecture Four
    Matching lines:
    • lectures culminate in the esoteric background to the Parsival story
    • signify for the and scholarship of the present time.
    • relationships. For the Zarathustrian world-picture this appears as
    • in human souls by the forces which shone out from the stars; when the
    • courses of the stars, in the signature of their movements in cosmic
    • cannot go now into the follies of modern scholarship. The
  • Title: Christ and the Spiritual World: Lecture Five
    Matching lines:
    • lectures culminate in the esoteric background to the Parsival story
    • and the wisdom of the stars worked into the souls of men, harmonising
    • disappears below ground and reappears later on. These forces were
    • name of Parsifal in its right place.”
    • the injunction: “Search out where the name of Parsifal stands!”
    • I had quite understood something you all know from the Parsifal saga
    • — after Parsifal returns, in a certain sense cured of his
    • they appeared in the course of really a good many years, during which
    • name of Parsifal written on the Holy Grail?
    • the Holy Vessel itself “Parsifal” was to shine. I was
    • a bearing on some problem that one has been following up for years.
    • Folk Spirit, the Northern Folk Spirit, about Parsifal and he said:
    • flowed into the northern Parsifal saga
    • how Parsifal, after he has gone away for the first time from the
    • I find the name of Parsifal inscribed on the Holy Grail? For it had
    • We know that Parsifal's mother, Herzeleide, bore
    • Parsifal's arrival at the Castle is to be found in Chrestien de
    • Parsifal comes to a lonely place and finds two men: one is steering a
    • While conversing with Parsifal, the Fisher-King hands
    • him a sword, a gift from his niece. Then there appears first in the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Christ and the Spiritual World: Lecture Six
    Matching lines:
    • lectures culminate in the esoteric background to the Parsival story
    • Parsifal.
    • vessel, it appears to us as the bearer of the Sun-spirit, for the
    • Sun-spirit appears within the moon's vessel in the form of the
    • And let us remember that in the Parsifal saga it is
    • at the Easter festival, when Parsifal is again directed towards the
    • Wagner's Parsifal.
    • us ask: Was Parsifal — as Chrestien de Troyes calls him —
    • derive from the stars and served to stimulate spiritually the power
    • of the Sibyls. The influence of the stars was justified in the
    • from the stars.
    • stars receded in face of the elements which surround the Earth in the
    • the influence that plays into the elements from the stars: it
    • initiate of Hebrew antiquity look to the stars when he wished for a
    • attention three years ago — three years almost to the day —
    • with large numbers of people is abhorrent to her; her tears often
    • may venture to look up to the stars and question them about their
    • Christ Impulse, may again look up to what is written in the stars.’
    • And in fact this was done; men did look up to the stars. Although
    • his signature. Numbers, shapes, the stars and nature in general,
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Perception of the Nature of Thought
    Matching lines:
    • look out to the stars in cosmic space we do not at first find what
    • in one or another way. Let us suppose that a philosopher appears who
    • lives on the physical plane: for seven years he develops the physical
    • body, for seven years the etheric body, for seven years the sentient
    • abstract name ‘philosophy’) lives for 700 years in the
    • etheric body, 700 – 800 years in the sentient body (the time is only
    • approximate), 700 – 800 years in the sentient soul, 700 – 800
    • years in the intellectual or mind-soul and again 700 – 800 years in
    • thought. Then comes the next 7 years, what man experiences from the
    • age. This Being develops in the following 700 – 800 years what man
    • develops between the ages of 28 and 35 years. And now we are living
    • life. One year in a man's life corresponds to a hundred years
    • who stands spiritually as much higher than man as a 100 years is
  • Title: Lecture: The Spiritual Individualities of the Planets
    Matching lines:
    • The Science of Initiation and Knowledge of the Stars.
    • The Science of Initiation and Knowledge of the Stars.
    • slowly, very slowly, round his orbit, taking some 30 years. Jupiter
    • moves faster, taking about 12 years. Because of this quicker movement
    • We now come to Mars. It is difficult to find appropriate expressions
    • for these things, but Mars may be called the great “Talker”
    • the form of thoughts. Mars is constantly blurting out to the souls in
    • is not everything. Mars is the most talkative planet in our system,
    • dream. Mars has a great longing to be always talking, and whenever
    • Mars does little thinking. He has few thinkers, but many talkers, in
    • his sphere. The Mars Spirits are always on the watch for what arises
    • zest and fervour. Mars is the planetary individuality who in the
    • Mars has his good and his less good sides — he has his Genius
    • certain sense Mars may be called the Agitator in our universe. He is
    • utterances of Mars. She transforms and illumines her dreamlike
    • the universe through Mars.
    • Earth and she listens always to Mars — but without any desire
    • life that weaves between Venus and Mars. When destiny wills it, the
    • relationship of Venus to Mars is therefore a factor of great
    • when, for example, Venus is square to Mars. On the other hand a
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Problem of Destiny
    Matching lines:
    • Someone has died in his young years, he has been torn away from his
    • live ten, twenty, thirty, or forty years with another person, a far
    • let us say, fifteen years sooner. The fact that he has spent a
    • continues, and this continuation appears in the next life on earth.
    • of months and even of years. Many people can remember some important
    • experience, than the events of whole months or years.
    • course of many years and decades. I do not mean that it comprises
    • pervading our present time it appears that man's thoughts grow
  • Title: Lecture: On the Connection of the Living and the Dead
    Matching lines:
    • years. Here, for instance, is the world of our sense-perceptions, the
    • world. Just as when we open our eyes or lend our ears to the outer
    • world if I describe once more in a few words how it appears to one
    • conscious inspirations out of the spiritual world. It appears to him
    • scholarship. If we look at the facts we can well observe it: what is
    • taught in a given epoch bears a certain character only because people
    • are flowing down to them from those who died twenty or thirty years
    • years after his death. Then it will work in this way: it will come
  • Title: Lecture: The Moment of Death and the Period Thereafter
    Matching lines:
    • stars, if you imagine this in the most spiritual form, this
    • spiritual side, then death continually appears to us as a victory of
    • physical. It then appears as the greatest, most beautiful and
    • We know that this life-tableau disappears after a few
    • something. What we experienced through him now appears to us woven
    • twenty years ago, when you first met him and experienced something
    • stars, mountains, rivers, so after our death we see, in addition to
    • his etheric body might still have worked for years upon his physical
  • Title: Lecture: Relationships Between the Living and the Dead
    Matching lines:
    • think during the course of years, which is only a part, a small part,
    • pass over into warmth only after hundreds of years, indeed, even
    • after thousands of years, it is transformed finally into warmth.
    • that it appears to us as the end of existence — as that which
    • — in a very coarse way — that we do not notice the finer
    • soul-experience of colours, then something special appears. We
    • this etheric body, which then, of course, appears enlarged. We can
    • experience thoughts by looking at them as we look at the stars, or as
    • which he appears during the Earth Period — may be symbolized by
    • just because it appears to them to be entirely logical and thus they
  • Title: Mission of Folk-Souls (1929): Lecture 1
    Matching lines:
    • and in each of these we see one of the members which man bears within
    • compare the various periods, five thousand years before Christ, three
    • thousand years before Christ, and one thousand years after Christ, we
  • Title: Mission of Folk-Souls (1929): Lecture 2
    Matching lines:
    • that if at a certain time something appears as a result of the
  • Title: Mission of Folk-Souls (1929): Lecture 3
    Matching lines:
    • you are acquainted, a conception that bears some likeness to the
    • such as appears to external man, a world of external colors and
    • in which the physical world appears to man, in which he receives
    • at colors and hears sounds, so does the Archangel look down upon the
    • around which again is gathered something that appears as a sort of
    • the Archangels is what appears within, in the field of human
    • Archangel so much, that hardly anything else appears of the severance
  • Title: Mission of Folk-Souls (1929): Lecture 4
    Matching lines:
    • appears before our eyes to-day, we must look at a wonderful tissue,
    • then, in the first seven years of his life man would have had the
    • spot where a man has to pass the first years of his life; and that
    • characteristics upon man, those which belong to the years following
  • Title: Mission of Folk-Souls (1929): Lecture 5
    Matching lines:
    • Will. That which on our earth appears externally chiefly as a fluidic
    • and dissolutions, then he hears these Spirits of Motion, he perceives
    • hears his mill when it is not working.
  • Title: Mission of Folk-Souls (1929): Lecture 6
    Matching lines:
    • these others, the abnormal Spirits of Form, in Saturn, Jupiter, Mars,
    • Mars, Venus and Mercury. These forces stream down upon Earth, are
    • from an occult standpoint, quite correct in describing what appears
    • Mongolian race we find the Mars-race. We then pass over into the
    • this Mongolian race. There the Mars-spirits enter the blood: But they
    • But besides this co-operation of the Mars-spirits with
    • Mars-spirits work towards them, so in another case we must imagine
    • co-operate with the Mars-spirits, and that thus a special
    • special character, by co-operating with the Spirits of Mars, in order
    • there was here a co-operation with the Mars-spirits who direct their
    • in the blood, — the co-operation with the Mars-spirits, —
    • not taken into himself all that the Venus, Mercury, Mars and Jupiter
  • Title: Mission of Folk-Souls (1929): Lecture 7
    Matching lines:
    • respect appears in the mission of a Folk-spirit, one whom we must
    • years. That is the great polarity between Pluralism and Monism, and
    • thousands of years, gradually to spread over the whole earth. This
  • Title: Mission of Folk-Souls (1929): Lecture 8
    Matching lines:
    • the figure of one particular god appears in one mythology, and it
    • appears in a like manner in another, and so on. To one who really
    • somewhat as though someone said: ‘Thirty years ago I made the
    • twenty years ago I became acquainted with a man who wore the same
    • uniform, and ten years ago I met another who also wore the same
    • ten years ago wore the same uniform, they could be compared with one
    • no longer so fresh, no longer so young; but what appears as memory,
  • Title: Mission of Folk-Souls (1929): Lecture 9
    Matching lines:
    • Luciferic influence appears there; you may gather that from the
    • the Luciferic influence and this appears as selfishness. The etheric
    • out that everything that appears in the physical body as sickness and
    • Kali Yuga, the Dark Age, had already lasted for three thousand years,
    • by indicating the divine spiritual Being Who appears to us so
  • Title: Mission of Folk-Souls (1929): Lecture 10
    Matching lines:
    • only could it come about that nearly 100 years after the
    • what appears in our mythology in Western Europe and the strange
    • quite different. That which it offers appears to us in such a way
    • that bears only the germ of a future evolution within it, and that
  • Title: Mission of Folk-Souls (1929): Lecture 11
    Matching lines:
    • Saturn, Jupiter, Mars, Venus, and Mercury souls then descended; as
    • lasted for five thousand years
    • persons, in the course of the next three thousand years. That which
    • nineteen hundred years ago, knows nothing of the progress of
    • thousand years, Christ will be able to speak more and more to the
    • Scandinavian mythology that appears as Thor fighting the Midgard
    • will be that which swears by no prophet, because it is not under the
  • Title: Lecture: A Picture of Earth-Evolution in the Future
    Matching lines:
    • the evolution of humanity. It was because this coarse moon-substance was sent
    • and thousands of years ahead. But this is mere illusion. In reality it is by no
    • afterwards descended once more to earth-existence. I spoke of how the Mars-men,
    • down to the earth from Saturn, Jupiter, Mars, and so on — that is to say, beings
    • the course of the next few thousand years.
  • Title: Mission of Spiritual Science and of Its Building at Dornach
    Matching lines:
    • “Anthroposophy” is by no means a new name. When some years
    • years ago that I was invited by a small circle of people to give
    • science is will find that it bears no more resemblance to the Gnosis
    • midst of the universe, and that the sun and stars revolved round the
    • spiritual science be confused with that which appears under the name of
    • when the logic that bears sway in man, is treated in a certain way, the
    • sun.” Nevertheless, what appears so fantastic is really only
    • of the stars will take place. In these cases it is necessary to use
    • which appears in any diseased conditions of soul.
    • nowadays appears as spiritualism. When spiritual science remembers the
    • remember a priest who became the rector of a university some years ago,
  • Title: Lecture: The Spiritual Communion of Mankind
    Matching lines:
    • Man and the World of Stars,
    • the case if they were simply put in cellars. Why is this? —
    • in ancient times, men started by contemplating the stars; then they
    • what they learned from the stars. For example, they contemplated the
    • years ago the idea occurred that it would be advantageous to have a
  • Title: Lecture: Michelangelo
    Matching lines:
    • birth until it appears in a new life: so that a real progress and
    • though the second edition published forty years later was illustrated
    • Medici took him into his house and there he spent the three years
    • our right when we enter St. Peter's. This work still bears
    • almost spontaneously how the human body actually appears in some
    • bears the adult body of her son Jesus Christ on her lap yet seems too
    • which kept him busy for the four years from 1508 to 1512.
    • the Julius monument. But again nothing came of it for years and he
    • out for many years afterwards all those other great works of his in
    • life and being as he had done in earlier years with the figures of his
    • observe him carefully, and see how although he bears clearly within
  • Title: Lecture: Technology and Art: Their Bearing on Modern Culture
    Matching lines:
    • One hears it said so often: The literature of Spiritual
    • science and scholarship.
    • have been involved in the process for some four hundred years; it
    • In the study of Spiritual Science, spiritual ears must be trained to
  • Title: Lecture: Past Incarnations of the Peoples of Today
    Matching lines:
    • and with the Stars Above.
    • dinned into their ears and has presented itself to their minds and
  • Title: Lecture: Morality and Karma
    Matching lines:
    • same person in later years.
    • into the astral body which appears in the form of an extremely
    • though the decisive influence upon man's character only appears
    • incarnation. Such a person is born as a timid soul, full of fears. He
  • Title: Lecture: The Inexpressible Name, Spirits of Space and Time.
    Matching lines:
    • generally appears to us, only because it is permeated by the etheric
    • the living process of plants, Goethe appears to us as the
    • during the past four or five years will be followed by the mightiest
    • years ago, it would have stirred the souls so much that they would
    • of our leading men are given a classical education during the years
    • in youthful years by a Graeco-Latin schooling.
    • is to extract our educational substance for the years which young
    • something which bears the imprint of the state. In that case he can
  • Title: Lecture: The Etheric Being in the Physical Human Being
    Matching lines:
    • appears before us, might be described as follows: We ourselves
    • need to sleep which appears in the form of fatigue.
    • process; to the clairvoyant, sleep appears as if the body were
    • astral body is gnawing at the roots. This appears in the course
    • immediately appears structured, subdivided into four parts. We
    • may have lived through something years ago and gathered from it
    • on the fact that during his first seven years of life, the body,
    • years, the essential thing is to leave the child's elastic
  • Title: Lecture: The Coming Experience of Christ
    Matching lines:
    • line. Science ignores how far the form in which the animal appears in
    • years! This folly has been slowly gathering strength during recent
    • men are as Czechs, Slovaks, Magyars, Frenchmen, Englishmen, Poles and
  • Title: Lecture: Spiritual Knowledge: A Way of Life
    Matching lines:
    • Even as through the years of childhood, from birth onward, we are
    • earlier years, we discover with the eye of the spirit what we could
    • old as I am, and produced some 40 years ago much of what one has to
    • aright. Knowledge one has oneself produced many years ago becomes as
    • earlier years. In fact, I read these only when I must: for instance,
    • exercised upon the life of man by the world of stars, another on
    • knowledge to be investigated in detail. For if it takes ten years to
    • get to know something of the influence of the stars on human life, it
    • takes, not ten years, but a lifetime to explore in detail even a few
    • spiritual world which bears the stamp of eternity. As we come to
  • Title: Lecture: How Can the Destitution of Soul in Modern Times Be Overcome?
    Matching lines:
    • in which humanity will be living for many hundreds of years to come.
    • How often nowadays one hears: “I don't know what
    • and He shines up to us now like so many stars in the Christ-thought
    • the book loses touch with reality, and soars into the realms of
    • This bears out what I have been sayings that such people
    • of human souls shine upwards consolingly like bright stars, as I have
  • Title: Lecture: Modern and Ancient Spiritual Exercises
    Matching lines:
    • It appears in the original German in
    • a vivid recollection of some event that took place ten years ago in a wood
    • the will. One can, for example, say to oneself: Within five years I shall
    • appears. This causes pain so they say they are ill; when something causes
  • Title: Lecture: The Meaning of Easter: St. Paul and the Christ Impulse
    Matching lines:
    • It appears in the original German in
    • a particular constellation of the stars, a constellation of the stars
    • merely the catastrophe that happened in the recent years of the war, but
  • Title: Agriculture Course: Lecture 1
    Matching lines:
    • rules in the old “Peasants' Calendars.” How infinitely
    • and in these Calendars, beside the proverbs full of deep meaning for
    • not only appears so; it is to a high degree correct for many things
    • emancipated himself; he only bears the inner rhythms in
    • sequence: Moon, Mercury, Venus, Sun, Mars, Jupiter, Saturn. Without
    • does in rocks like quartz, appears in such a form that it does not
    • grow thick, even fleshy, as you went downward; the ears would be
    • quite stunted — they would have no full ears at all.
    • distant planets, the planets beyond the Sun — Mars,
    • limestone natures; in the former, Saturn, Jupiter and Mars; and in
    • for animal and man, then Mars, Jupiter and Saturn, working via the
    • distant planets. Whenever this occurs, Mars, Jupiter and Saturn are
    • doubt this appears as a simple piece of information. But truths like
    • Jupiter and Mars. These forces must be regarded in quite a different
    • takes thirty years to revolve round the Sun, whereas the Moon with
    • visible for fifteen years. It must therefore be connected with the
    • round, in thirty years. Let us draw it thus
    • years; or Jupiter: twelve years.
    • good knowledge of the periods of Mars; for an oak, rightly planted in
    • the proper Mars-period, will thrive differently from one that is
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Agriculture Course: Lecture 2
    Matching lines:
    • improbable as it appears at first sight — it is through the
    • within the Earth; which is under the influence of Mars, Jupiter and
    • planets — Mars, Jupiter and Saturn. In this way we must
    • red colour we shall see the forces of Mars. Or when we look at the
    • recognise Mars in the red flower, Jupiter in the yellow or white,
    • Mars influences are at work; in the heart itself the Sun, and behind
    • Mars, Jupiter and Saturn are at work. Then, from the heart backward,
  • Title: Agriculture Course: Lecture 3
    Matching lines:
    • activity appears less obvious than that of other substances,
    • undergone. How different it appears, however, when we perceive it in
    • mobility, it bears within it the creative and formative cosmic
    • constantly dismantle what the carbon builds. Our breathing tears the
    • Nitrogen is not unconscious of that which comes from the Stars and
    • coarse-grained intellectual conceptions. Such is the mistake science
    • has made in recent times. With coarse-grained, wide-meshed
  • Title: Agriculture Course: Lecture 4
    Matching lines:
    • moment. A normal human life lasts longer than ten years, and the harmful
    • into the spiritual realm. It does not merely recognise the coarse material
    • again every seven or eight years as the substance of the body is renewed)
    • thirty-four years, the methods of making and applying the Preparations
  • Title: Agriculture Course: Lecture 5
    Matching lines:
    • hand, lead, arsenic, mercury” — and they even include soda
    • if we fail to take the silicic acid or the lead or mercury or arsenic
    • mercury, and arsenic — provides them freely with the rain. On
    • the world-circumference — from the cosmic circle. Mercury, arsenic,
    • few years later. Read the Swiss newspapers of the time when someone
    • or rind. For calcium as it appears in this connection, the calcium-structure
  • Title: Agriculture Course: Lecture 6
    Matching lines:
    • originally from Jupiter, Mars and Saturn
    • nothing to arrest its influence upon our weeds. For there are wet years
    • things in Nature being subject to a cycle of four years, after the fourth
    • of the fixed stars, notably the fixed stars of the Zodiac.
    • with the influences of the stars without becoming superstitious in the
    • now, when the nematode appears? The absorption of cosmic forces which
    • these influences take place in periods of four years. The nematode is
    • well investigate the cockchafer-grubs which come in cycles of four years.
    • occur with the potatoes every four years. Wherever this is so, we have
    • a four years' cycle. Though it does not apply to the nematode
    • In Cancer it appears quite feebly, and it is feeble again when you come
    • Stars.” Modern astronomy serves as a mere mathematical orientation,
    • was when they saw in the stars something from which they could take
  • Title: Agriculture Course: Lecture 7
    Matching lines:
    • materialistic age, scientists only follow up the coarser effects of
    • the fields. Only these coarse interactions are traced. But in addition
    • to these coarse interactions, finer ones, too, are constantly taking
    • fungus-nature appears scattered and dispersed.
    • plant-diseases and harmful growths on a coarser and larger scale. If
  • Title: Agriculture Course: Lecture 8
    Matching lines:
    • for man too, is to this day thoroughly misunderstood. The coarse idea
    • In other words, the rhythmic pars of the animal does not come into being
    • which appears as potential fruit in the flower. We plant it in the earth
  • Title: Lecture: The Significance of the Mass
    Matching lines:
    • lower within himself. That was Katharsis, the purification
    • thousand years after Christ was to educate man for the
    • taken seriously and deeply. Two thousand years or
    • For two thousand years the world was to learn the value of
    • purified. Therefore for two thousand years Christianity was
    • coarser as well as in the finer substances — in bread
    • a real priestly garment. The priest wears first of all an
    • insignia of the priestly dignity. When he wears this he
    • years.
  • Title: Lecture: The Universe
    Matching lines:
    • have to adapt himself to the earth in regard to his stars.
    • the stars come into consideration insofar as they are
    • covered by the earth. In the four central members the stars
    • different stars according to the seasons. The
    • say: The stars in the proximity of Aries send their
    • Taurus, and similarly the stars near Gemini and near
    • other stars, on the opposite side
    • influence of the last groups of stars, we must reverse
    • stars send their influences more into man's inner
    • its infancy. This threefold aspect thus appears also in the
  • Title: Lecture: The Templars
    Matching lines:
    • The Templars
    • THE TEMPLARS
    • that the Order of the Templars was founded in connection with the Crusades.
    • The Order of the Templars was founded almost at the very beginning of the
    • what gradually began to live in the souls of the Templars.
    • blood of the Templars belonged to Christ Jesus — each one of them knew
    • devoted work such as the Crusades demanded, the Templars lived out in
    • further in its evolution. Through this experience of the Templars, the
    • souls of the Templars had however at the same time achieved something else.
    • forth the souls of the Templars, so that these souls, apart from the body,
    • was chosen to be the instrument who should oppose the Templars. That is to
    • the Templars had gained as knowledge of the Mystery of Golgotha and as
    • souls of the Templars should be torn out of the individuality of the Templars
    • themselves. Just as that which the Templars had experienced in connection
    • Templars were committed for trial. Not only were they accused of external
    • Of all sorts of other crimes also, even unnatural crimes, were the Templars
    • hatred and mocking and irony against the Good, with all these the Templars
    • their torture, the vision of the Templars that could look out over these
    • the victory. Every one of these Templars was obliged to seem to be the man in
    • holiest of all. (I speak of all true Templars — abuses can of course be
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Paths to Knowledge of Higher Worlds
    Matching lines:
    • permeated by the will. But this thinking now appears in a new
    • and timelessness; it is not easy to understand that it reappears in a
    • only reality, but they even wish to show that the spirit appears in
    • an inner continuity of the will. Throughout many years we should be
    • a visible song, similar to that which one ordinarily hears in the
    • bears in his transient earthly existence as an ever-developing
    • word because here on earth he lives in a physical body which bears
  • Title: Errors in Spiritual Investigation
    Matching lines:
    • appears is nothing other than a projection, a shadow image, of his
    • the materialistic thinker easily mistakes what appears in the soul
    • With the same inner force, however, the sense of self appears
    • appears as described. This means to be in the position of allowing
    • the way I described, the spiritual world that appears, the will must
    • spiritual world appears, slowly to weaken itself bit by bit, to the
    • exactly with an actual soul experience that appears in this
    • ordinary life appears as materialism, however, as the soul condition
    • wanting to give worth only to that which appears in the same way as
    • of death, which passes through the spiritual world and appears again
    • as proof acknowledges only what appears in phenomenalism. He does not
    • the world evolution of humanity, is really, when it first appears, in
    • paradoxical.” To Maeterlinck, truth appears not just
  • Title: The Supersensible Being of Man and the Evolution of Mankind
    Matching lines:
    • applying to what I have been presenting for many years — has
    • seeing in which the human body appears in quite a new way. Above all,
    • spiritual science therefore appears, in the best
  • Title: The Year as a Symbol of the Great Cosmic Year
    Matching lines:
    • contemplate all that takes place in the stars. The Earth is a being
    • that meditates on the occurrences of the stars.
    • time, knows the secrets of the stars and applies them. Plants are
    • sentient body. This takes us back 6,000 years before our Christian
    • thousands of years ago, did our soul intermingle with our astral
    • years before our era. When that consciousness came about man
    • we must realise that 6,000 years before our era a great, a mighty
    • field of wisdom six thousand years before our era, when his soul was
    • If we now add four thousand years more to the years we
    • Year on which we shall enter twelve thousand years after the previous
    • another. Twelve thousand years pass between one cosmic New Year and
    • Zarathustra spoke of epochs of twelve thousand years.
    • He meant the great cosmic years of which I have spoken to you to-day.
    • twelve thousand years) becomes a symbol of the great New Year's Eve
    • thousands of years. The year is an image of the aeons, and the aeons
    • Note: — The dream of Olaf Oesteson referred to above, appears in the
  • Title: On the Duty of Clear, Sound Thinking
    Matching lines:
    • eyes and ears and other senses, we might have other senses instead,
    • such and such a way; then in the last four hundred years there arose
    • Hence the extraordinary progress of recent years.’
    • ‘O yes! As far as to the stars!’
    • fitted for a man who can reach as far as to the stars, thus:
    • yes! As far as to the stars!
    • as to the stars,’ and who looking back on all those who had
  • Title: Lecture: The Peoples of the Earth in the Light of Anthroposophy
    Matching lines:
    • last few years have shown what intense feelings of hatred and antipathy
    • published a few years ago, I said that man, as he stands
    • years' study of the nature and being of man — a study which has
    • spiritual ‘mirror-image,’ however, it appears as
    • the East, it appears as a spiritual product of the Earth itself. When
    • as a result of sun, moon, stars, air, water and the like. The
    • stock. The kind of internationalism which appears in Marxism and all
  • Title: Lecture: The Christmas Mystery, Novalis, the Seer
    Matching lines:
    • given in Berlin and one in Cologne, during the years
    • Gods who through untold millions of years have moulded and
    • see with eyes nor hear with ears; pictures that were not
    • said holds good even of the sparse remains still surviving of
    • spiritual world but that in the spiritual worlds appears in
  • Title: Lecture: Some Characteristics of To-day
    Matching lines:
    • This lecture appears in the books:
    • — has really been striving after for years. To a certain extent
    • world for some years now. And perhaps the best result of our
    • some seven, eight or ten years now a real student of human life can
    • seven to ten years wear a melancholy expression. It is as if
    • four or five years, causing great harm; we can turn our thoughts
    • events of four or five years ago? Did they really know what they were
    • but appears of the greatest importance when viewed
    • it were, trampled under foot during the last thirty years and must be
    • ignored. But it appears as if this is being learnt with difficulty,
  • Title: Lecture: Anthroposophy's Contribution to the Most Urgent Needs of Our Time
    Matching lines:
    • This lecture appears in the book:
    • years, then in the face of this there is no possibility of
    • broken down where true thinking appears. To the same degree in which
    • become clear to us that man bears in himself a real force, which is
    • appears as soul-willing is connected with the up-building processes,
    • out of human morality which guarantees its own reality since it bears
  • Title: Lecture: Buddha and Christ: The Sphere of the Bodhisattvas
    Matching lines:
    • This lecture is one of twenty-three, given in the years 1911 and 1912,
    • This lecture is one of twenty-three, given in the years 1911 and 1912,
    • precious stones. Some scholars suppose that they were the twelve
    • months, or perhaps years, he wakens on the astral plane, in Kamaloka.
    • Middle Ages and in recent years it has been confirmed by very
    • three thousand years the number of those able to behold the etheric
    • Christ will steadily increase, until in about three thousand years,
    • physical plane. Hence during the next three thousand years men will
    • two points instead of at one. In very truth the three years' duration
    • Jesus of Nazareth who for three years of his life was permeated by
    • again, until in about three thousand years from now, he
    • Jesus of Nazareth for three years only and does not come again in a
    • how the, Maitreya Buddha will teach after three thousand years have
    • years time, will become the Maitreya Buddha. It would be so much occult
    • recognisable in his early years as the Bodhisattva. It is
    • between his thirtieth and thirty-first years that he first reveals
    • years from now, will become the Maitreya Buddha. For the statement
    • years after Gautama Buddha attained Enlightenment under the Bodhi
    • once, and once only, for a period of three years. The Bodhisattva
    • appears in every century until his existence as Maitreya
  • Title: Lecture: Nervous Conditions in Our Time
    Matching lines:
    • one does. There are whole branches of scholarship, pursued in this
    • by-and-by disappears.’ The effect of this exercise is that the
    • one with compassion if one bears a healthy soul in one's breast. Have
    • style of handwriting; then, after a few years, you saw to it that
    • especially in the first seven years of life, you will soon see that
  • Title: Lecture: The Position of Anthroposophy among the Sciences
    Matching lines:
    • objectifying space, he really bears this space within himself also
    • — if we could, in the same way, draw from ourselves what appears
    • through my ears and receive through the effects of heat”
  • Title: Lecture: Anthroposophy and the Visual Arts
    Matching lines:
    • appears to me imperfect, often indeed wrong, would be different. But
    • vaulted sky where the stars are closely clustered, almost forming
    • clouds. You see other regions where the stars are more widely spaced
    • patch of sky where the stars are close together and form almost a
    • face of these clusters of stars, pictures form themselves within the
    • which the stars of the zodiacal line revolve. (Only apparently
    • one senses what one must create (darstellen). One does not
    • with loving care: the forehead, the arches above the eyes, the ears
    • the stars. What was revealed to the hearts of primitive men in this
    • exultant and all that lies between. As one saw the stars clearly in
    • soul the formative forces from the stars, so one must take out of the
  • Title: Lecture: Evil and the Power of Thought
    Matching lines:
    • infer this from all you have been hearing for many years — in
    • after one has spoken to mankind for many years of the interests connected
    • the outer world. That is why the Ego-consciousness disappears in sleep,
  • Title: Lecture: The Seeds of Future Worlds
    Matching lines:
    • life when he hears the “word”, apparently sounding to him
    • For what we see of the stars by means of our senses — that too
    • cannot pass away. Man bears within him that which will one day be,
    • perpetual dying. Nature wears, so to speak, a deathlike hue. But over
    • that the moon appears quiet. It is not quiet. It is for ever
  • Title: Lecture: Exoteric and Esoteric Christianity
    Matching lines:
    • goes beyond the very sparse traditions concerning Christ after
    • only sparse and superficial particulars was the bearer of
  • Title: Lecture: Spiritual Science, a Necessity for the Present Time
    Matching lines:
    • All that has been cultivated for so many years in our
    • why we have in recent years spoken in these circles of times to which
    • appears so, sublimely in Fichte's philosophy, where he speaks of
    • circles, although a few years ago it did not exist at all. The
    • might still have worked for many years and decades within physical
  • Title: Lecture: Fundamentals of the Science of Initiation
    Matching lines:
    • his senses, and is even able to sum up what he sees and hears, and,
    • times when the human beings who looked up to the stars really
    • received from the stars, on the one hand, a wisdom explaining to them
    • in their own way the course of the stars, but on the other hand, it
    • the course of the stars, but in the star's course they could also
    • of the stars. In those ancient times there was no astronomy such as
    • movements of the stars or of the earth, but there was a knowledge of
    • Epicureans this gradually disappears. The ancient primeval knowledge
    • said: “Indeed, this appears to be true; I can see with my own
    • the ancient wisdom disappears, even in its traditional form. We
    • this wisdom which appears so paradoxical to-day. For in our time many
    • must be studied several years if we wish
  • Title: Lecture: Cosmogony, Freedom, Altruism
    Matching lines:
    • stars, they were not to him strange worlds; for he knew
    • and world of stars. Thus, the old civilisations possessed a
    • frequently hears made against Anthroposophy, that it lays too
    • often lately, in these troublous years, has one not heard
    • realised. For thousands of years, the Asiatics have managed
    • appears — a ghostly figure beside the living being
    • over again as the years went on, one had to point out the
    • Europe? For years and years the proletariat of the whole
    • see the old Asiatic spirit lighting up again in recent years.
    • could be effective as an ideal. For years, we have had it
  • Title: Lecture: Brunetto Latini
    Matching lines:
    • eyes, the ears, the other senses from within. You experience
    • your own eyes, for instance, or your ears — filling
    • or your ears. There you perceive how the forces are working
    • the ears will not impress me greatly. The world of the
    • world of the eyes and ears is very small. I should be gazing
    • is maya. What you envisage when you are within your ears or
    • for all these years, and that which our Building contains in
  • Title: Lecture: The Shaping of the Human Form out of Cosmic and Earthly Forces
    Matching lines:
    • Moon re-appears and gives it a fresh impetus. It does this
    • decreasing rapidity. A man needs actually twenty-eight years
    • evident during the final seven years as it is up to the age
    • of twenty-one. He needs twenty-eight years to develop his
    • the Venus-man! But this is what actually appears to spiritual
    • the world of the stars in his form, which is at the same time
    • around us, the beauty underlying our head, appears in our
    • have the male contribution in the force that appears in a
    • scholars study without understanding them — are full of
    • stars, and so on. The form is connected with the
  • Title: Lecture: Yuletide and the Christmas Festival
    Matching lines:
    • and Christmas symbols whiz past — motor cars, electric
    • tramcars and the like. These phenomena, as experienced today,
    • Europe, when in regions subject to relatively harsh climatic
    • death, we come to the moment in our early years when
    • acquired by the Ego of your later years!’— And
    • words which rang out countless times to their ears and hearts
    • performers in the Christmas Plays rehearsed, how they
    • while he was rehearsing, might sing an unworthy song; that
    • piety and fervour of scholars who still had some contact with
    • otherwise accustomed only to handling flails were rehearsed
    • to shears, a star being fixed to the end of the lattice work.
    • The star shot out when the shears were opened and the lattice
  • Title: Lecture: Buddha
    Matching lines:
    • it is lost, a new Buddha appears. Of these, Gautama Buddha was the
    • of the wisdom brought by Buddha disappears, another Bodhisattva,
    • not as yet fully conscious of this wisdom. In his earlier years he
    • compare it with Christianity. Six hundred years after the appearance
    • Six hundred years later,
  • Title: Lecture: Hygiene - a Social Problem
    Matching lines:
    • philosophical sense to the effect that man bears an immortal soul
    • meaning of the phrase is this: a healthy body bears witness to the
    • disease. The sufferer will tell you, for instance, that he hears
  • Title: Lecture: Speech and Song
    Matching lines:
    • — not only what man bears in himself, but also what surrounds
    • into the world of the stars.
    • planets, then the heavens of the fixed stars, conceived from time
    • stars in their shadowed radiance. He sees them from the Earth —
    • as the fixed stars “from behind.” But there he does not
    • hears the Beings, who have their dwelling in these heavenly bodies,
    • forth into the cosmic spaces; and the fixed stars permeate the song
    • stars at rest, and behind it the wandering planets. Whenever a planet
    • in its course passes a constellation of the fixed stars, there bursts
    • — Mars. Mars passing through the constellation of Taurus,
    • have in the heavens of the fixed stars, or the Zodiac, a wondrous
  • Title: Lecture: Three Epochs in the Religious Education of Man
    Matching lines:
    • stars, to the courses of Sun and Moon, the forces which otherwise
    • years before the Mystery of Golgotha, men learnt to make use of their
    • thousands of years before the Mystery of Golgotha that man really
    • united with the stars. — For the soul knew the stars
    • yore. Man read his destiny in the stars. He felt himself united with
    • Sun and Moon; he knew the stars. “From the Spirit in the stars,
    • from a pre-earthly existence I have come forth. To the stars to the
    • Spirit in the stars — I shall return, when I pass through the
    • of soul and Spirit flowed upwards to the stars, was no longer there.
    • stars — He Whom a later age called “Christ” and an
    • the stars, the Godhead of Whom the Divine-Earthly is also part,
    • God Who in earlier times only revealed Himself from the stars
    • stars, has descended into a human body and has vanquished death in a
    • despair of the human body in death. About six hundred years
    • thought, the Buddha had the vision of death. Six hundred years
    • united with Christ, Who as the spiritual essence of the stars
    • in the epoch that began about a thousand years before the Mystery of
    • mechanics have taught man more and more about the stars since the
    • approach of our present age. The science of the stars, of animals and
    • read in the stars, and which had descended in Christ into the body of
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Concerning Electricity
    Matching lines:
    • — Less than 150 years ago, yet electricity is now a cultural
    • people would not travel on electric tramcars they would not think
  • Title: Lecture: The Problem of Jesus and Christ in Earlier Times
    Matching lines:
    • years ago, in a certain part of the Middle East, a man named Jesus
    • explicitly that, when Yahweh appears to Moses as the burning bush, it
    • is in reality the Christ who appears in this earthly, soul-spiritual
    • Later, however, he appears as Son; he imbues all things.
    • fades away and disappears, and its influence weakens. And in one
    • disappears, because everything that had once been distributed is
    • impossibility of uniting the Christ with Jesus — appears directly
    • three years of human life and about our entrance into the world. If
    • years were to permeate one in the middle of life (as I mentioned in
    • during our earliest years we are far wiser than we are later
    • Jesus as a man, when he was between thirty and thirty-three years of
  • Title: Lecture: On the Dimensions of Space
    Matching lines:
    • fact to which I am referring appears still more distinctly when you
    • grown beyond the position in which it was when you were 12 years
    • appears, to begin with, as a cloud, but that is only the being of
  • Title: Lecture: What Has Geology to Say About the Origin of the World?
    Matching lines:
    • billions of years which geology has calculated for these happenings.
    • the course of so and so many years, and if by measuring the thickness
    • reckoned how many years it has taken for that layer to be deposited
    • years according to the results obtained by different investigators.
    • that our earth appears more and more as an utterly different
    • coarsest material as in a mighty process of elimination, which then
    • years but for decades, gives a comprehensive survey — compiled
  • Title: Lecture: Thinking and Willing as Two Poles of the Human Soul-Life
    Matching lines:
    • find that thinking always bears reference to something that is already
    • during the first seven years of his life, up to the time of the
    • those for instance who live to be more than fifty years old, have as a rule
    • time proceed from persons who are more than fifty years old! As a rule the
    • thoughts of such people can be traced back to their earlier years.
    • have everything that one sees, hears, perceives as warmth, as the
    • army of atoms, which are marshalled by the militaristic thought of
    • interesting to observe how into the holes which arise through our ears
    • four hundred years external science has collected a vast number of
  • Title: Evolution/Aspect: Lecture 1: Introductory Lecture
    Matching lines:
    • last few years we have been able to develop these dramatic
    • external existence. It appears to us very important to carry out in
    • The Architectural Hall in Berlin appears to me the maximum size; and
    • — for the simple reason that the next few years will be the
    • numerous ears, hearts and souls, and will apparently continue to find
    • the spiritual world. And yet, as the years go by it is more and more
    • evident that we are able to find our way to the ears, hearts and
    • that for some years we have designated as the Christ is the result of
    • said in the course of years concerning the Individuality we call
    • need to ask about His Being, for hundreds and thousands of years they
    • Bodhisattva was that individuality who, five hundred years before our
    • Orientalism regards it as a truth that precisely five thousand years
    • as Maitreya Buddha. That is, three thousand years after our time; so
    • only ascend to the dignity of a Buddha three thousand years after our
    • in an individuality who lived 105 years before our era, in Jesus ben
    • clairvoyant vision of the East it would appear as though 105 years
    • she could not perceive that 105 years later the Christ was there. In
    • that it was all a delusion, but that 105 years before our era there
    • nothing at all was said, but that he who was born 105 years before
    • will find an individuality described there who lived 105 years before
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Evolution/Aspect: Lecture 2: The Inner Aspects of the Saturn-embodiment of the Earth
    Matching lines:
    • the studies we have carried on in our Lodge evenings in former years,
    • beneath him, but also what eyes can see, ears hear and hands grasp;
    • is born, that something else appears — something that makes it
  • Title: Evolution/Aspect: Lecture 3: The Inner Aspect of the Sun-embodiment of the Earth
    Matching lines:
    • is who can grasp the thought: Whenever heat appears in the world
    • do we confront the ancient Sun-existence. Seen from afar it appears
    • appears as the great bestowing virtue of the Spirits of Wisdom. And
    • that what appears outwardly as air is a gift which the Spirits of
    • necessarily connected with receiving appears later. We can only
    • appears we have the gifts of the Spirits of Wisdom radiated back to
    • are the Archangels. Hence we must say: Wherever light appears to us,
    • reappears on the Earth. If this is felt — not in an external
    • a spirit were to come down to the Earth from Mars, while he would not
    • inhabitant of Mars would then see that the Sun-existence must lie
  • Title: Evolution/Aspect: Lecture 4: The Inner Aspect of the Moon-embodiment of the Earth (Part 1)
    Matching lines:
    • possessed its starting point in the world-evolution, appears to
    • Sun reappears as heat on the Moon; we see the virtue of bestowal
    • the external world. That which had been sacrifice reappears in Maya
    • as Heat; and that which was bestowing virtue appears in Maya as gas
    • or air. Resignation as it has now become appears in external Maya as
    • ‘water,’ and this appears on ancient Moon as the
    • I have often ventured to say that if an inhabitant of Mars were able
    • connection with Mars as with the earth, learn something which would
  • Title: Evolution/Aspect: Lecture 5: The Inner Aspect of the Moon-embodiment of the Earth (Part 2)
    Matching lines:
    • grumbled and complained, and shed a few tears, and that would have
    • few grumblings and tears now becomes the suicide of a schoolboy! Thus
    • one room to another. Lo! The world to me appears enclosed in a nest
    • took his own life 100 years ago, shooting first his friend, Henriette
    • planet's attractions? Yet only 100 years ago a truly penetrating and
  • Title: Evolution/Aspect: Lecture 6: The Inner Aspect of the Earth-embodiment of the Earth
    Matching lines:
    • us appears as the real or part of the real — is all this
    • first meet with a being, a thing or a fact, it appears strange to us.
    • adopt a challenging attitude towards what appears to him as ‘a
    • humanity, appears as a kind of recapitulation of this peculiar
    • appears and may be experienced.
    • in the course of the next three thousand years, as we have often
    • which will be developed in the next three thousand years, has its
    • appears as a first shining forth of Christ in the world of man. So
    • Christ for the next three thousand years from our present century.
    • can still be done to-day); and they concluded: if the stars were in
  • Title: Fall/Darkness: Lecture 1: The Driving Force Behind Europe's War
    Matching lines:
    • than three years we have seen something spread across the
    • the terrible tragedy of these last years. This is something
    • world. We may say to ourselves that it appears as if time
    • happened not just years but centuries ago.
    • through their minds four or five years ago and left an
    • that was created hundreds of years ago. Events which meant
    • all around us, just as air and water, the stars, the sun and
    • through these years — years which have turned into
    • with these terrible wars in which so much blood is shed.
    • things said in our anthroposophical lectures over the years,
    • said in these very rooms, especially in the last few years,
    • understanding of an event that appears to have come in with
    • insist that this war is just like the wars of the past and
    • there was a time, say during the last twenty or thirty years
    • during those twenty or thirty years. What would have happened
    • get heart-stoppingly fearsome and terrible. Intensely
    • remember that on a number of occasions in the last three years
    • produced by ‘scholars’ — as the world calls
    • them — sitting in libraries for months, years and
    • be able to write the history of these last years by such a
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Fall/Darkness: Lecture 2: Humanity's Struggle for Morality
    Matching lines:
    • summon up an age of wars and devastation did not hold true to
    • the Thirty Years War,
    • ten years of war in the seventeenth century, because war has
    • times we have more than a Thirty Years War behind us
    • brought to a halt by the Thirty Years War. As I have said, if
    • evolution is taking. Individuals will gain in years, being 1,
    • 2, 3, 4, years old, and later 30, 35, 40, and so on, years
    • 27 years old even if they live to be 100. It means they have
    • and a social life that is 27 years of age. We do not grow
    • to 26, 25 and 24 years, then in the sixth post-Atlantean age
    • external circumstances or, in a word, remained 27 years of
    • him in the first twenty-seven years of his life and who did,
  • Title: Fall/Darkness: Lecture 3: The Search for a Perfect World
    Matching lines:
    • the last three years. Many people have learned to work and to
    • Think of all the years in which lectures have been given here
    • the things that appears to be in contradiction to other things!
    • some local groups, and say it is a harsh rule. No, do not
    • as I said, if you think they are harsh, go to those who are
  • Title: Fall/Darkness: Lecture 4: The Elemental Spirits of Birth and Death
    Matching lines:
    • and why should they be exposed to those great and fearsome
    • This is a harsh truth, but it is important. It is intimately
  • Title: Fall/Darkness: Lecture 5: Changes in Humanity's Spiritual Make-up
    Matching lines:
    • attitude of modern ‘scholars’ to anthroposophy,
  • Title: Fall/Darkness: Lecture 6: The New Spirituality
    Matching lines:
    • eyes or ears, but inspiration comes from the world of the
    • is given ass's ears. And the interpretation of this would be:
    • ass's ears; in the spiritual world, having ass's ears as an
    • clairvoyant and sees himself wearing ass's ears. He would
    • telling a joke when I spoke of those ass's ears. If you read
    • thing. Philosophers had to see themselves with ass's ears to
    • good lawyers. But — forgive these harsh words —
  • Title: Fall/Darkness: Lecture 7: Working from Spiritual Reality
    Matching lines:
    • emphasized today that for the first seven years, up to the
    • and during the next seven years, until they reach puberty,
    • teachers have come into the world a few years earlier than
    • we are born? We are imitators in our early years because we
  • Title: Fall/Darkness: Lecture 8: Abstraction and Reality
    Matching lines:
    • if this goes on for a few hundred years the reality will be
    • some people experience as a harsh destiny in the days of
    • that wars are fought in such a way that bits are cut off from
    • years now we have been caught up in terrible events which can
    • coming and they may have had it for many years. Generally
    • have occurred in the last three years. What, then, is the
    • contradicting theory, and the life of the last three years,
    • American money, it will just cost so and so many dollars and
  • Title: Fall/Darkness: Lecture 9: The Battle between Michael and 'The Dragon'
    Matching lines:
    • of years ago, arriving, for instance, at the nebular
    • drawn: millions of years before, and millions of years
    • observe a child when it is seven, eight or nine years old,
    • a period of two or three years. We then multiply this to work
    • years ago, and going in the other direction we can also work
    • out what it will look like in a hundred and fifty years. It
    • human being, for example. A hundred years ago the child did
    • a physical human being in a hundred and fifty years'
    • never happen that in a hundred and fifty years time a child
    • in its stomach and liver in the course of two or three years
    • years from 1845 to 1879, and if we move on thirty-four years
    • for many years in lectures and lecture courses given within
    • professor who some years ago had an idea that it was not
    • 1917 — thirty-eight years after 1879, with 1879
    • thirty-eight years after 1841 — something important is
  • Title: Fall/Darkness: Lecture 10: The Influence of the Backward Angels
    Matching lines:
    • three years have brought those ideals to realization. People
    • this brings people together! Everybody hears about everybody
    • before our eyes, our ears and our other senses. Imagine this
    • see and physical ears cannot hear: a second world with
    • on the toil and trouble of their schooldays, on the years of
    • to think back to those days. It will be poison if the years
  • Title: Fall/Darkness: Lecture 11: Recognizing the Inner Human Being
    Matching lines:
    • only come in later years; children must first of all be able
  • Title: Fall/Darkness: Lecture 12: The Spirits of Light and the Spirits of Darkness
    Matching lines:
    • forebears. They were weighed down with earthly qualities
    • phrases one hears in the world today. We have to be able to
    • years this merely cast a false shadow in so far as people did
  • Title: Fall/Darkness: Lecture 13: The Fallen Spirits' Influence in the World
    Matching lines:
    • those years, and this was in all kinds of areas. We see a
    • taken place in the last three years, is something
    • “Thirty or forty years ago, I used to lecture on Goethe's
    • subject up again in recent years (1875). Why such a long
    • beauty. For thirty years I yielded to necessity rather than
    • Wilhelm Meister's Journeyman Years.
    • spirits of darkness. These last three years have been a
    • produced not only during the last three years, but also
    • We now join hands across a hundred years
  • Title: Fall/Darkness: Lecture 14: Into the Future
    Matching lines:
    • the twenty-eighth and thirty-fifth years, the development
    • the years of apprenticeship are behind them, as it were, and
    • light, the matter appears as follows. If you see a
    • as we know it today, is not much more than a hundred years
    • years old. Look at the stories or histories which preceded
    • this after the Thirty Years War,’ and so on. These
    • 150 years ago. Then the article was changed
    • when it makes the transition from its 100 years of existence
    • would be like if natural science were only 100 years old and
    • is needed to give even people of more mature years an idea of
    • people can move their ears because the muscles for this
  • Title: Lecture: Fall and Redemption
    Matching lines:
    • of mankind; and in various ways through the years we have seen how
    • in a lecture that I held many years ago in Mannheim that mankind, in
    • beyond the earthly. If one even begins to speak about the stars, the
  • Title: Foredrag: Kristusimpulsen i tidens utvikling og dens virke i mennesket
    Matching lines:
    • Foredrag holdt 7. mars 1914 i Pforzheim.
    • Pforzheim, 7 mars 1914
    • tenkning som begynner å bli klarsynt, må vi samtidig
    • bare ytterst sparsomt gjennemtrengt med Kristusimpulsen, og
  • Title: Lecture: Man's Fall and Redemption
    Matching lines:
    • man, as it appears in the present time, by showing how the fall of
    • intellectualism already bears the marks of this fall and decay;
    • look into our own selves it appears to us as something living, for it
    • the independent element that it now is, and bears us through the life
  • Title: Lecture: Calendar of the Soul
    Matching lines:
    • 4:9 And he said unto them, He that hath ears to hear, let him hear. \
    • heavenly bodies, according to knowledge of the stars.
    • intensify their connection with the world of the stars. Astrology was
    • of stars and human destiny.
    • [i.e., 1879 years after the birth of Ego-consciousness
    • derision and mockery, because it compels us to reckon with years of
  • Title: Lecture: The Spirit in the Realm of Plants
    Matching lines:
    • Teneriffa thousands of years ago, as well as in the small, unassuming
    • him loose but whisper in his ears again and again, ‘You are
    • it out of the earth. What was it millions of years ago according to
    • this condition with human sleep. I will now speak of what appears to
    • the eyes and ears together with the nerves, so the spiritual
    • spirit of the earth are the plants, just as our eyes and ears are
    • whatever arises and disappears in us during our waking state, what
    • way, the plants can be compared with our eyes and ears. What our
    • and ears and nerves mediate our self-consciousness. This makes us
    • part of the whole sun, and that our sun, as it appears to us
    • The robe ever-living the Deity wears.
  • Title: On the Mysteries of Ancient and Modern Times: Lecture 1
    Matching lines:
    • Cosmos as material influences of the stars and
    • or 15 years old were simply there in his environment inasmuch
    • fifteenth years of life, in relation to outer physical
  • Title: On the Mysteries of Ancient and Modern Times: Lecture 2
    Matching lines:
    • effective after 33 years. And after the 33 years — when
    • or of deed takes a whole human generation — 33 years
    • historic evolution for 66 years more. Thus the intensity of
    • Easter is made to vary in successive years. We know that the
    • Festival that follows 33 years later. This indeed is a fixed
    • power for the 33 years that follow, than the impulses of the
    • next year have, for the 33 years which follow it in turn; and
    • strongly his impulses will work into the next 33 years? Can
    • pillars of the Christian understanding of the world, —
    • basic pillars of the Christian world-conception.
    • conception. You may tell me that one hears very little said
    • Physical Science bears witness to this fact. You may convince
    • or “nose,” of our scholars is not yet quite
    • I have shown for many years past and along many different
    • will bear the best fruits after 33 years, the answer is: they
  • Title: On the Mysteries of Ancient and Modern Times: Lecture 3
    Matching lines:
    • observe the mineral-physical world of stars above him; in
    • association of the fixed stars with the several planets, they
    • sojourns in the body hears from the Earth, while at the same
    • himself up with devotion to the language of the stars, he
    • was intended as an answer to this question. What the stars
    • Mysteries of the Stars, the Mysteries of Light — they
    • Stars.
    • Stars was well developed. Only we must conceive that in the
    • perception of the language of the stars. As I have often
    • fixed stars.
    • on, Man bears microcosmically within him the several regions
    • within him the Heavens of the fixed stars, by virtue of the
    • system of the fixed stars corresponds to fixed places in Man,
    • the heaven of the fixed stars. Those organs on the other hand
    • Man is himself, as it were, a heaven of the fixed stars, and
    • stars. Now Pisces is associated with the feet, — that is
    • in the Cycle of 25,920 years in which we are now living?
    • the manifold secrets of these constellations of the stars;
    • they tried to express how each secret of the stars is
    • of the stars and the Heavens.
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The World Development in the Light of Anthroposophy
    Matching lines:
    • entitled: The Reality of the Higher Worlds. It appears in the original
    • It appears in the original German in
    • retrospection the whole woof of thought appears outside man's
    • everything appears to us in this way when we look back upon our
    • There is one thing which then appears to us very enigmatic, and
    • appears to us, is that we now learn to know man's relationship
    • environing world appears simultaneously with our own self, so in
    • super-sensible knowledge the spiritual world appears through this
    • purely mineral in man, what he bears within him as purely mineral
    • nervous system appears as that organ which transmits this
    • sounds through physical ears.
    • to know man's inner being, the development of the world appears
    • of your memory-store an experience which you had ten years ago,
    • knowledge of something which really existed ten years ago.
    • — to construct what you experienced ten years ago. But
    • though to the physical body it appears as a tapestry of sensory
    • interpret rightly what appears outwardly even in human
    • which appears in the animals under so many different forms. You
    • stars above will no longer exist. But spiritual science gives us
    • its spiritual forces and Beings appears in its spiritual-divine
  • Title: Lecture: The Supersensible in the Human Being and in the Universe
    Matching lines:
    • guided and directed them. When he looked up to the stars he
    • thought that the origin of the stars and the stars' movements
    • and up to the stars, to bear out our inner life to our fellow
    • thoughts dealing with the forms and the movements of the stars.
    • eliminate all these thoughts leading us out to the stars, to the
    • as devotedly as those who practice for years in a physical
    • for years in an astronomical observatory in order to become
    • the stars, so, too, the world of the senses fades away, as it
    • the physical sun. Through the sun that appears to us physically,
    • penetrate through the moon that appears to us physically, to
    • three years' time, I must have acquired an entirely different
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Anthroposophy
    Matching lines:
    • The Reality of the Higher Worlds. It appears in the original German in
    • It appears in the original German in
    • seen in the light in which Anthroposophy appears in comparison
    • people prick their ears, because in a certain way this appeals to
    • that thing may influence us, and if we look back ten years into
    • like ten years ago.
    • eyes and the ears perceive colors and sounds, so the emancipated
  • Title: Lecture: East and West in the Light of the Christmas Idea
    Matching lines:
    • European Spiritual Impulses. It appears in the original German in
    • It appears in the original German in
    • deeper share in the events of the past years feel as if they had
    • be traced back thousands of years. Immense respect can be felt
    • external world perceived through the eyes and ears as a great
    • thousands of years. We then look back into a time which lies 3000
    • years before Christ, and by going back still further into a
    • through his eyes, heard through his ears or touched with his
    • sought in the language of the stars. Here on earth – people
    • stars, they tell us in their language that reality is poured down
    • the language spoken by the stars Maya seems to obtain a true
    • the stars. Reality will then manifest itself in Maya. If anyone
    • was investigated in the stars and in their language. This was the
    • a historical moment about 600 years after the Mystery of
    • comfort when they looked up from the earth to the stars, whence
    • spoke out of the path and position of the stars! This Word
    • lived outside in the stars took up its abode in the body which
    • which once shone down from the stars and was permeated by the
    • everlasting Cosmic Word speaking out of the stars. The Mystery of
    • time only state that Christ Jesus had appeared, for the stars had
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Man and Cosmos
    Matching lines:
    • Resurrection. It appears in the original German in Lebendiges
    • It appears in the original German in
    • of fixed stars. Even as our thinking capacity streams towards our
    • derived from the stars, and this force is our will. What lies in
    • from the stars, in the same way in which our thoughts respond to
    • the constellations of fixed stars.
    • constellation of the stars. In the same way in which the human
    • participate in the movements of the stars, owing to a
    • connected — with the stars above, with the earth's depths
  • Title: Lecture: Human Freedom and Its Connection with the Mystery of Golgotha
    Matching lines:
    • Anthroposophy as Cosmosophy Vol. I. It appears in the original German in
    • It appears in the original German in
    • from many different aspects. In the course of the past years, we
    • we live from birth to death, then the world appears to us as a
    • appears to have no meaning. Let us realize this.
    • Golgotha is experienced rightly, it already tears us away from
  • Title: Lecture: Knowledge Pervaded with the Experience of Love
    Matching lines:
    • and Heavenly Wisdom. It appears in the original German in Erdenwissen
    • It appears in the original German in
    • facing the universe appears in the light of a spiritual
    • myself. I have to pass through a kind of catharsis, cleanse
    • scientists you state: Marsupials, human apes, ape-men and men
  • Title: Lecture: The End of the Dark Age
    Matching lines:
    • The Sun Mystery ... Death, Resurrection. It appears in the original
    • It appears in the original German in
  • Title: Lecture: The Golden Legend and a German Christmas Play
    Matching lines:
    • This lecture is number sixteen of nineteen, given in the years
    • This lecture is number sixteen of nineteen, given in the years
    • a tradition in the history of Christianity which repeatedly appears
    • evolution. That which man accomplishes on the Earth bears the
    • I give to the Earth evolution through my deeds bears fruit. It bears
    • into relation with the Ego from the time to which in later years
    • — lasting for some years — on our body, until that
    • the years which have passed since his birth. As has been said, we
    • tells us is that his physical body has been so many years evolving
    • remains behind. The body goes forward through the years. This is
    • the three last years of the Christ life, when the Christ was in the
    • behind in heavenly heights during his years of growth, has really
    • what appears in ‘Heliand,’ for instance, was composed by
  • Title: Lecture: The Christmas Thought and the Secret of the Ego
    Matching lines:
    • This lecture is number sixteen of nineteen, given in the years
    • This lecture is number sixteen of nineteen, given in the years
    • Dornach, 1935. It bears the title:
    • evolution through my deeds bears fruit; it bears the fruit of
    • for a period of time that lasts a few years, until we have our body
    • you?” He gives his age as the years that have passed since his
    • body pushes itself forward in years while the “I”
    • humanity in relation to the last three years of Christ's life, when
    • a sacred comprehension. Scholars are unable to grasp this
    • in a childlike way but that bears the highest mysteries. Isn't it
  • Title: Lecture: Zarathustra
    Matching lines:
    • lived about five or six thousand years before the Trojan War. We are
    • as he did thousands of years before the birth of Christianity, was
    • Zarathustra lived at least eight thousand years before our
    • as man, who bears within himself the enemies of his good impulses,
    • exist on Earth exist also on the farthest stars. In the light of
    • appears to grow deeper and deeper. While we ourselves remain in the
    • behind the world of the senses which works upon eyes and ears, there
    • the world of the senses, in the ordered grouping of the stars,
    • language is the grouping and movement of the stars. Zarathustra and
    • by Zarathustra, Ferruhars or Frawashars. The twelve forces
    • the forces affecting the animal kingdom. The Frawashars are to be
    • Frawashars? According to Zarathustra they are the spiritual essence
    • disciples appears again, materialised, in our own age. People may
    • but lives within — there dwell the Frawashars or
    • Ferruhars. They live in those thoughts which transcend the merely
    • evil, lying and falsehood. The worst enemy of Ormuzd bears the name
    • all that bears the stamp of the Deva qualities! Make your way through
    • Ahura Mazdao says to me. And he who hears not my words nor
    • who have ears to hear the dim echoes still living in our time, will,
    • if they listen with spiritual ears, hear the faint tones of
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Hermes
    Matching lines:
    • years before our era, perhaps even earlier still. This may be one
    • and reverence for thousands of years. Those who lived in the later
    • of thinking bears the same relation to the final thought, the
    • stars and planets and the other Gods. The Egyptians saw in the
    • movements of its stars and the relation of its moving stars to the
    • fixed stars, was a revelation of underlying spiritual, super-sensible
    • stars and had created in a cosmic script, an expression of
    • nature of man. Into this coffin the Osiris-nature in man disappears
    • appears as the earthly son of One who did not arise in the
    • stars to these spiritual Powers and to events in the Cosmos. The
    • language of Hermes was the language of the stars themselves. The
    • taught the Egyptians to find, in the stars, the counterpart of
    • mankind had first been taught that the movement of the stars is the
    • Wisdom and with the inspiration flowing into him from the stars, had
    • after a lapse of four times three hundred and sixty-five years it
    • one thousand, four hundred and sixty years that the heavenly
    • the course of one thousand, four hundred and sixty years the year
    • of the great Solar Years denoted a stage in the waning of clairvoyant
    • But we look back through three great Cosmic Years to an age when the
    • guiding the stars correct us.”
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: On the Nature of Butterflies
    Matching lines:
    • sting (drawing), and it crawls around lazily. Outwardly it appears to be
    • the caterpillar completely disappears into this covering, and
    • for a certain length of time, after which an opening appears in some
    • sun, very soon we should no longer have any caterpillars. They would all
    • standing. The down inside is rather sparse. So from where I stand I try
    • thinks of turning tiny children into scholars, and they are sent to
    • finds it easier to accept what it hears. The truth today is told only by
  • Title: Memory and Love
    Matching lines:
    • when in physical life we close our eyes and ears and go to sleep. If I
    • such things are easily misunderstood. Over and over again one hears that
    • a memory-picture of something experienced in physical life twenty years
    • years before refers to that past time, so does anyone who clairvoyantly
    • appears as an inner experience when after ten years you call it up. It
    • with externals, with usefulness, which appears to have no connection
  • Title: Conferencia: La Comunión Espiritual de la Humanidad
    Matching lines:
    • pertenecientes a esa antigua humanidad aún podían asomarse a
    • imaginarse que aquellos hombres de una época anterior no
    • tenemos el año anterior y el presente año viene a manifestarse
    • del Gólgota. Y esto fue lo que les hizo darse cuenta: Es en lo que
    • voluntad para darse cuenta de la necesidad de renovación — la
    • es suficiente. El hombre debe volver a darse cuenta en su experiencia
  • Title: Lecture: The Experiences of Sleep and their Spiritual Background
    Matching lines:
    • man has an experience of the fixed stars. Having lived during the second
    • fixed stars of the zodiac. This experience is a very real fact during
    • constellation in relation to the other constellations of the stars, for
    • the fixed stars, and we retain from it deeper and still more important
    • experience of the fixed stars. The activity that results is apparently a
    • of the fixed stars, just as by day when we are awake we feel within us
    • night we have in us the constellations of the fixed stars. They
    • knowledge of the experience of the fixed stars, then we learn at the
    • the realm of spirit to what appears in a physical picture as the Moon.
    • themselves in the constellations of the fixed stars, just as these
    • the experience of the fixed stars during the night, whilst the powers of
    • experience of the fixed stars shoots into our life of day by way of the
    • connection with the stars. Nor would we be able to think intelligently
    • will feel himself with his consciousness in Sun and Moon and Stars, in
  • Title: Lecture: Reincarnation and Karma
    Matching lines:
    • For the orthodox scholars of that day believed that worms,
    • and hear with his ears. Between real Natural Science and
    • where you can see with your eyes and hear with your ears. Modern
    • It appears very
    • regards the spiritual life by one who fears insecurity in this
    • fish, snake, marsupial and at last into the ape. And as Huxley,
    • appears as we know him, at least in his less perfect
    • appears to us ... to be the only one capable of explaining
    • from which he regulates his life. Man appears as if wrapped in a
  • Title: Lecture: Life and Death
    Matching lines:
    • natural science than ten years ago, when one was almost
    • sentence bears in the world of natural science. We need not
    • That is to say that this individual kernel when it appears at
    • being at birth, it appears to a certain extent in a. two-fold
    • in youth. It appears there as something which requires a
    • his life — not only through what he learns and hears
    • some kind. Such a definition appears very plausible at first
    • process of exhaustion appears in the individual human life,
    • disappears.
    • pressed into the memory. When the Ego-perception appears, the
    • “Wait till the child is ten years old, he will then be
    • reappears in new embodiments; and bound up with that is the
    • utter that which to many appears evident from the absolute
  • Title: Lecture: The Elementary Kingdoms
    Matching lines:
    • need years of study, only to be able to keep them distinct
    • appears to us endowed with a certain degree of heat. Heat is
    • fact that the Divine appears to man so far removed, in
  • Title: Lecture: 'Goethe's Faust' from the Point of View of Spiritual Science
    Matching lines:
    • words: there are spiritual eyes and ears, but human souls are
    • “awakened” when these new eyes and ears are
    • his last years, shortly before his death, he completed this
    • work upon which he had spent fifty years of his life and laid
    • “Oh, everything here appears to me in a new guise; I
    • spirit and the latter appears before him. With wonderful
    • Teach me to know my kindred. And when roars
    • years brought him the possibility of transcending that
    • who would not ascend to the work of his maturer years.
    • world, and where the knowledge, or perception, appears like
    • has felt this, one hears the echo of the spiritual words of
    • rather indistinctly in his late years because of the absence
  • Title: Lecture: Birth of the Light
    Matching lines:
    • pay homage to the great spiritual King Who appears in the high
    • souls, as it appears in the Gospel according to St. Mark, and
    • magicians, there appears before us the mighty cosmic Being who
    • Behold my tears outpouring and then hear
    • What time the fearsome dragon's feast was celebrate.
    • At seven years they consecrated me
    • ‘I numbered fifteen years, already knew
    • receive it into its ranks. It appears poor and rejected, as
    • which appears before our eyes — even unspoiled as yet
    • — in the childlike organism. And just as it appears in
    • body, the same thing also appears in the etheric body, where
    • all-power too appears personified to us, when we look on the
    • children and before whom the highest love appears in its full
  • Title: Lecture: Galileo, Giordano Bruno, and Goethe
    Matching lines:
    • a gulf which stretches from a time thousands of years ago,
    • must try and realize what at first sight appears to be the
    • originate in the heart. If there appears to be any
    • stars. Human nature exists that it may read the thoughts of
    • years. Then, as you know, man's conception of Mathematics
    • many years is conceived by the Divine thought in one second.
    • was possible to perceive the most distant stars in the
    • believed, as men had done for thousands of years before them:
    • extending across the stars were disintegrated worlds of
    • stars. In short, all which may be expressed as the revelation
    • different spheres of the stars; then comes the sphere of
    • stars.”
    • Moon and of the Stars. Then, finally, beyond these again,
    • stars, all this appeared to him as a marvelous image of what
    • lives in the Divine Spirit itself. In the moving stars, in
    • Aristotle. A time in which the leading Scholars, if they
    • boundaries, the visible appears to us to be limited by time
    • Many years after the death of Schiller, it was decided to
  • Title: Lecture: On the Occasion of Goethe's Birthday
    Matching lines:
    • from his early years, on, one may say in the truest sense of
    • the 2nd part of Faust really belongs to the closing years of
    • intellectual life, and see how it appears in the light of
    • much diligence and energy for the last forty or fifty years.
    • all that has become known of late years regarding the
    • more years ago, all on which so many fond hopes were built,
    • late years, abundant proofs have been furnished that that
    • extraordinarily fertile in results of late years, and that by
    • instance as the strange theories put forward of late years by
    • America, of Schiller in England and of other scholars in the
    • years as a celebrated poet, who was for long years condemned
  • Title: Lecture: The Errors of Spiritual Investigation
    Matching lines:
    • where it is not even easy to recognise. It often appears in
    • condition void of ordinary consciousness appears then in the
    • world, and not be persuaded by what first appears in his
    • incidental. One appears empty to oneself, as nothing,
    • appears, and how necessary it is to behold things in their
    • critical mood. Then belief appears in place of objective
  • Title: Lecture: Factors of Karma, Deficiencies in Psychoanalysis
    Matching lines:
    • This lecture appears in the book:
    • becomes a military commander and conducts wars. But from
    • take its course as it appears to man's present consciousness.
    • life. Then she lived on. Fourteen years have passed. Perhaps
    • — which, it appears, a theologian recently described
    • of what appears upon the surface. Let me give you an example
    • Consider the human being in those years of life when the
    • of these things already emerge in the first seven years of life
    • thus appears in the growing human being comes from his Karma.
    • etheric body is formative. (All that appears as
    • effect, notably in the first seven years of life, when the
  • Title: Lecture: Matter Incidental to the Question of Destiny
    Matching lines:
    • This lecture appears in the book:
    • if we fail to bear in mind, for instance, how all that appears
    • at his fireside. Well, he might have got two years imprisonment,
    • to 20 years' penal servitude. And he is ailing ...
    • the law-courts. He hears nothing; only once, as he is walking
    • along the corridor, he hears the name of the convict called. It
  • Title: Lecture: Hereditary Impulses and Impulses from Previous Earth Lives
    Matching lines:
    • This lecture appears in the book:
    •     22 years
    •     48 years old
    • years
    •     51 years old
    • years
    •     56 years old
    • (of course, I shall ask no such question), and how many years
    • years,
    •     46 years
    • it appears to be, directly, in the outer Maya — in the
    • those who were in Annie Besant's environment for years, their
    • action — the object of their fears. And indeed, if what
    • 600 years before the Christian Era. Ku Hung Ming clearly
  • Title: Lecture: The Relation of Man to the Hierarchies
    Matching lines:
    • This lecture appears in the book:
    • world, open his eyes to all that appears to his senses,
    • quarters. It only bears witness to the fact that in the circles
    • This is of great practical significance. For it bears a
    • generally attached to the one Time-Spirit, who appears to them
    • Then after a time one hears that he has been talking of these
    • years, nay, through the thousands of years, man only made use
    • much construction going on during these years, and when Watt
    • the physical stars, so must we find the way of the Spirit, out
  • Title: Lecture: The Birth of Christ in the Human Soul
    Matching lines:
    • two mighty pillars of the spirit have the two annual
    • spiritual pillars upon which are inscribed the two great
    • pillars of the spirit — the thought of Christmas and the
    • are two eternal pillars, eternal memorial pillars, of the human
    • death, the two boundary pillars of human life facing us in the
    • their death in the last few years, must reflect upon countless
    • world. And he is of such a nature that in his earliest years
    • that he reveals even in his earliest years how he has come out
    • disappears into the body, becoming continually less and less
    • ultimate form: that it first appears, as it were, tumultuously,
    • appears so clearly in human hearts in our age of the
    • bears within him an ancient heritage. It is a mere lack of
    • give health, and the person who hears this may at a certain
    • by Anthroposophy and who dies at the age of 45 years, can you
    • 42 or 40 years of age? Human beings tend always to think from
    • have ears to harken to what He is ever newly revealing in the
    • when they have looked in the right way at the two great pillars
  • Title: Lecture: The Mysteries (Die Geheimnisse)
    Matching lines:
    • see with his eyes, hear with his ears, but comprises, besides,
    • and rain, as sunshine, as the course of the stars, as sunrise
    • movements of the stars, the light that streams down from the
    • stars to humanity, the rising and setting of the sun, the
    • degree in which the “star” appears to them through the earth,
    • be led in different ways. But as a unifying power there appears
    • E'er long he nears through meadows dewy damp
    • and on what mission he has come. He is made welcome and hears
    • from the vision in his dream, the star which appears at the
    • At last he knocks. The myriad stars above him
    • Our spirit hears a word scarce comprehended:
    • bear's jaws. On both sides of the Rose-Cross there appears
    • When harshly he his services required,
    • Amazing things to every one who hears;
    • His life will be esteemed in coming years;
    • Yet to our mind incredible appears,
    • By origin another name he bears,
    • There spears and banners, come from distant lands,
    • comes to a window, a kind of lattice, and hears a strange
    • decrease.” And he increases until he appears where the sunforce
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Mission/Folk-Souls (1970): 1. Angels, Folk Spirits, Time Spirits: their part in the Evolution of Mankind.
    Matching lines:
    • what is meant by the term Folk Soul or Folk Spirit which one hears
    • description bears no relation to anything that might be known through
    • each of these incarnations we see one of the members which man bears
  • Title: Mission/Folk-Souls (1970): 2. Normal and abnormal Archangels and Time Spirits.
    Matching lines:
    • create a situation in which man appears to be stimulated fortuitously
  • Title: Mission/Folk-Souls (1970): 3. The inner Life of the Folk Spirits. Formation of the Races.
    Matching lines:
    • some familiar conception, a conception that bears a close relation to
    • world. Just as man sees colours and hears sounds by means of his
    • around which again is gathered something that appears as a kind of
    • cold, hardness and softness. The datum for Archangels is what appears
  • Title: Mission/Folk-Souls (1970): 4. The Evolution of Races and Civilization.
    Matching lines:
    • way for the last time. The second seven-years period of life from the
    • seven-year period covers the years between fifteen and twenty-one.
    • first seven years of his life man would have the consciousness
    • of the mineral kingdom. In the second seven years, between the ages
    • Through the circumstances of the earlier years, through the
    • has to spend the first years of his life. And this influence is
    • farther we move westward the more we see that the civilization bears
  • Title: Mission/Folk-Souls (1970): 5. Manifestation of the Hierarchies in the Elements of Nature.
    Matching lines:
    • the Spirits of Movement above them. That which on our Earth appears
    • synthesis and analysis, then he hears these Spirits of Movement, he
  • Title: Mission/Folk-Souls (1970): 6. The Five Root Races of Mankind.
    Matching lines:
    • Jupiter, Mars, Venus and Mercury, speaking in terms of the seven
    • proceeding from Saturn, Jupiter, Mars, Venus and Mercury. The forces
    • find the Mongolian race, which is formed by the Mars forces. Then we
    • the Mars Spirits enter into the blood. But they work in the blood in
    • from this interaction of the Mars Spirits with the six Elohim and
    • in the one case, the Mars Spirits in opposition to the six Elohim
    • sphere meet and cooperate with the Mars Spirits and thus a special
    • people with a special character by cooperating with the Mars Spirits,
    • add to this the fact that Jahve cooperated with the Mars Spirits who
    • cooperation with the Mars Spirits — that is one of the
    • had not assimilated all that the Venus, Mercury, Mars and Jupiter
  • Title: Mission/Folk-Souls (1970): 7. Advance of Folk Spirits to the Rank of Time Spirits.
    Matching lines:
    • Time Spirit who, in a certain respect, appears in the mission of a
    • the Semitic spirit in the course of thousands of years. This is the
    • centre of inspiration; in later years its spiritual mission was taken
  • Title: Mission/Folk-Souls (1970): 8. The Five Post-Atlantean Civilizations.
    Matching lines:
    • appears in one mythology is also found in a like manner in another
    • years ago I made the acquaintance of a man; he wore a uniform
    • and so on.” Then he rapidly adds: “Twenty years ago I
    • became acquainted with a man who wore the same uniform and ten years
    • became acquainted thirty, twenty and ten years ago wore the same
    • within, and in later years he still understands how, originating in
  • Title: Mission/Folk-Souls (1970): 9. Loki - Hodur and Baldur - Twilight of the Gods.
    Matching lines:
    • lasted for three thousand years, when men could no longer see into
    • the divine-spiritual Being who appears to us so mysteriously, who in
  • Title: Mission/Folk-Souls (1970): 10. The Mission of Individual Peoples and Cultures in the Past, Present and Future.
    Matching lines:
    • hundred years after Christ, Tacitus could describe the Teutons of
    • to its philosophy, appears to us as something which contains only the
  • Title: Mission/Folk-Souls (1970): 11. Nerthus, Freyja and Gerda.
    Matching lines:
    • planets, to Saturn, Jupiter, Mars, Venus and Mercury, and that these
    • Jupiter-, Mars-, Venus-, and Mercury-souls then descended upon Earth
    • (which lasted for 5,000 years, approximately from 3,100 BC to AD
    • numbers of people in the course of the next three thousand years. The
    • nineteen hundred years ago can have little understanding of the
    • course of the next three thousand years Christ will be increasingly
    • then Christianity will be the faith that swears by no prophet because
  • Title: Lecture: Wonders of the World: Lecture 1
    Matching lines:
    • annual celebration which has been held here for many years, and as
    • this in mind some years ago, when we produced this very drama at the
    • seven years; but the seed which had been laid in our souls with the
    • seven-yearly rhythm. At the end of the seven years we were ready to
    • has been known for thousands of years, and which has been rich in
    • years ago to develop the spiritual life on broader lines. And if I
    • harsh as King Thoas in
    • And we must regard it as one of the most fortunate of the stars that
    • presence of its recreator, who has now for several years rejoiced us
    • sign of fruitfulness in what we have been doing for years past, we
    • many years, the thinking which has always been present with us as a
    • too that we learn that Eros, another figure who appears in the
    • have received in recent years will enable you to view our present
    • especially those who throughout many years of work in the service of
    • previous years has composed the music for all three plays. I leave it
  • Title: Lecture: Wonders of the World: Lecture 2
    Matching lines:
    • scholarship has nothing but a few abstract ideas to offer in this
    • have acquired in the course of years, to consider it in relation to
    • disappears, things are really only transformed. Whither, then, has
    • henceforth only be used for coarser bodily nutrition. ... When at
    • of Persephone, Demeter appears before us denuded of her original
    • bears the forces of decline. The rape of Persephone also represents
    • the first seven years the physical body is changed, in the second
    • seven years the ether body, in the third seven years the astral body.
    • second seven years of transformation, when the ether body works upon
    • seven years, during which changes take place in the astral body, is
    • credulous scholars of today imagine. No, they were living figures of
    • acquiring the etheric vision. In the next three thousand years it
    • will lay hold of more and more souls, the next three thousand years
    • next three thousand years more and more men will see Him. Then will
    • thousand years the Maitreya Buddha will descend, and will speak to
    • oriental mysticism, that about three thousand years after our time
    • two thousand years ago the Buddha spoke of what was natural to the
  • Title: Lecture: Wonders of the World: Lecture 3
    Matching lines:
    • moon, in the world of the stars, he did not yet experience a natural
    • us and then disappears, belongs to the astral body; every habitual,
  • Title: Lecture: Wonders of the World: Lecture 4
    Matching lines:
    • the sun, the majestic world of the stars, at one moment is something
    • incarnated for three years in the body of Jesus of Nazareth. We know
    • the Christ did by dwelling for three years in a human body was
    • restricted to His life for three years in the sheaths of Jesus of
    • was incarnated for three years in a human body. What is the reason
    • assume a human fleshly sheath as a sacrifice for three years. But
    • dwelt for three years in such a body. What then is the consequence of
    • of His three years passed in a physical body, the Christ Being
    • Mars. They raise their eyes to Mars, receive its beneficent
    • stars, especially when he turned to Venus, he sensed in his soul the
    • in the spiritual sense stars are. What are they to a quickened
    • worlds, this is how the Greek saw the planets and the fixed stars. He
    • Stars are the bodies
    • divinity. Such a statement is inadequate; stars cannot simply be
    • one has to understand that the stars are bodies which the gods have
    • planetary residuum, as stars, will be out there in the universe and
    • will be seen from Jupiter, just as our Venus, our Mars and our
    • stars. All these sensations and feelings which the Greeks derived
  • Title: Lecture: Wonders of the World: Lecture 5
    Matching lines:
    • walking about as an Atlantean appears to be concentrated in an
    • symbolically expressed as her jealousy — appears and calls upon
  • Title: Lecture: Wonders of the World: Lecture 6
    Matching lines:
    • question as to how the human being appears to clairvoyant sight, we
    • in recent years, the physical body can only be known in its true
    • instead of the physical world as it appears to physical eyes and
    • physical ears, the world that was there for the old clairvoyant
    • in the flames of the astral world. Semele bears witness to this human
  • Title: Lecture: Wonders of the World: Lecture 7
    Matching lines:
    • with Apollo, Mars and so on. For whereas they expressed pretty well
    • about Zeus, Poseidon, Pluto, Apollo, Mars and so on, they expressed
    • snub-nose, and ears which stuck out, and anything but handsome.
  • Title: Lecture: Wonders of the World: Lecture 8
    Matching lines:
    • alienated him from the kind of scholarship he had hitherto pursued,
    • elements—not in its coarser, but in its finer parts — it
  • Title: Lecture: Wonders of the World: Lecture 9
    Matching lines:
    • the coarser physical substance of the blood which emanates all the
    • physically, the archetypal Phantom which today only appears in
    • represents what man bears within him. The craze for nudism has
    • masters the colour of the garments still bears witness to a vestigial
    • more significant Lucifer appears to him, and he has to retrace his
  • Title: Lecture: Wonders of the World: Lecture 10
    Matching lines:
    • on Goethe's theory of knowledge, which appeared many years ago.
    • us men throughout millions and millions of years by innumerable
    • through millions of years, he does not encounter in a pure form what
    • with the interpretation placed on the facts by modern scholarship,
    • millions and millions of years, then he comes to the deeds, to the
    • lead to catharsis, to purification. Aristotle, who held the tradition
    • scholarship is barely able to touch the fringe of the subject, for
  • Title: Lecture: The Mission of Raphael in the Light of Spiritual Science
    Matching lines:
    • brightly and then disappears again, becomes a member of the whole spiritual
    • gods who were described so gloriously by Homer nearly 1000 years before
    • their whole nature and constitution, appears as a kind of middle epoch when
    • we restudy human evolution during the last few thousand years. Greek
    • world that we see in Augustine, — how impossible all this appears
    • appears in the year 1483 in a “spring-like” birth, as it
    • Raphael's soul developing onwards in regular cycles of four years duration.
    • a higher stage of his soul's development. Four years after the picture
    • years later again the frescoes in the Camera dells Segnature
    • out of the depths of the soul experience although it appears in pictures
    • appears before them uttering words of fire against the current misdeeds,
    • Savonarola seem to resound again in our ears, words by which he dominated
    • appears in the right light when, — to use expression of Goethe,
    • experienced by the soul man in the course of 1500 years rises again
  • Title: Lecture: About Horses That Can Count and Calculate
    Matching lines:
    • can only be perceived by someone who has worked for years in a physiological
    • that only a professor who has worked for years in a laboratory can perceive
    • learns to know after years of work in a physiological laboratory!
    • many years ago. I made the acquaintance of several small boys —
  • Title: Lecture: The National Epics With Especial Attention to the Kalevala
    Matching lines:
    • years ago, — I mean Hermann Grimm, the nephew of the great philologist
    • fact appears at the very beginning of the Iliad; Homer does not begin
    • or Agamennon? When Achilles appears before our souls, he appears to
    • often appears such that we are obliged to say: How egotistical! How
    • which appears so remarkably in the Sagas of Central Europe. Siegfried
    • In this, Sigurd, who is none other than Siegfried, appears as the conqueror
    • thousands of years to its present lofty powers of reason and intellect,
    • and giving shape to eyes and ears, and to the physical brain; thereby
    • experience that which our eyes see, our ears hear, our senses can grasp,
    • which in its results appears in our intellectual soul, was seen by the
    • nation bear the stamp of this Sampo. Hence this etheric body bears in
    • tears of bitter longing and suffering wove its strings.”
  • Title: Four Seasons/Archangels: Lecture I: The Michael Imagination
    Matching lines:
    • is imposed upon them by the stars and the movements of the stars.
    • fixed stars, and so on. When autumn comes, they turn towards the
    • shooting-stars, while in every one of my blood-corpuscles iron is
    • taking form: my life is full of shooting-stars, miniature
    • shooting-stars.” And this inner fall of shooting-stars,
  • Title: Four Seasons/Archangels: Lecture II: The Christmas Imagination
    Matching lines:
    • it appears, is permeated with something else. Essentially, the whole
    • is different from the processes we observe in their coarse inorganic
    • kind of air in which the stars would be active. This is very plainly
    • activity of the Sun, but only with the activity of the stars, for the
    • stars in turn have a great influence on our head. Inasmuch as the Sun
    • gives us back to the cosmos, so to speak, the stars have their own
    • cosmos towards the Earth, through the shining of the stars, it would
    • stars. The picture of Mary with the little Jesus-child arises out of
    • Sun-activity resting on Mary's arm, with the radiance of the stars
  • Title: Four Seasons/Archangels: Lecture III: The Easter Imagination
    Matching lines:
    • into ears, organs of hearing, which again would be connected with the
    • influence bears particularly on our own epoch and it will go on
    • conqueror of Ahriman, appears with a countenance, a look and a
    • — such is the form of the Christ as He appears every year in
    • there appears before our eyes, between the Luciferic and the Ahrimanic
    • formation of wings, ears and larynx, you will see in him the activity
    • bound up with wings and ears in one organic whole.
    • The difference is not apparent in the coarser kind of activities, but
  • Title: Four Seasons/Archangels: Lecture IV: The St. John Imagination
    Matching lines:
    • in him. Then, since in autumn Nature dies away and thus bears death
    • appears — I cannot put it otherwise — a Form. When we
    • summer, Uriel appears in the midst of the shining Intelligence.
    • seeking to embody himself in a vesture of light, appears in the time
    • working of the fixed stars of the Zodiac; Uriel, who in his thoughts
    • there appears in high summer, with earnest countenance, a
    • beauty which appears spiritually out of the cosmic weaving at
    • historic conscience. Here at high summer appears the historic
    • It appears, as it were, in Uriel's warning gesture.
    • observation there appears, as a kind of culmination, this picture:
  • Title: Four Seasons/Archangels: Lecture V: The Working Together of the Four Archangels
    Matching lines:
    • appears to us in summer, and then follows a course which brings him
    • possibilities of illness during the first seven years of life, and
    • an outer experience is preserved in memory and after days or years
  • Title: Fifth Gospel (1950): Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • scholarship concerning Him has contributed least of all to this
    • with their subtle scholarship, whose ideas make those of
    • ineptitude? Why is Greco-Roman scholarship itself unable
    • scholarship, science and philosophy. We do not undervalue this
    • also to what appears on the surface to run counter to
    • Christianity spreads quite independently of scholarship
    • the absence, so it appears, of intellectuality, learning,
  • Title: Fifth Gospel (1950): Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • It appears before one like a word inscribed in the Cosmos, like
  • Title: Fifth Gospel (1950): Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • thereafter for three years in the physical body which then
    • three years there dwelt in the body of Jesus of Nazareth a
    • For three years He lived through experiences on the earth
    • absolutely unique earthly life of three years to which the
    • concerning these three years. This life of three years on earth
    • karma, incurred no guilt. A life of three years which neither
    • up during those three years of Christ's life on earth had that
    • came to pass in that earthly life of three years was that
    • through the course of those three years the Spirit bound itself
    • Jesus of Nazareth. In three years the path had led from this
  • Title: Fifth Gospel (1950): Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • development that took place during the following years.
    • eighteenth years of his life, however, a mighty struggle was
    • those years. What he heard from the learned scribes assembled
    • mark well, even in those early years — that much
    • Jesus of Nazareth during his sixteenth and seventeenth years.
    • eighteenth years, when, partly for reasons connected with his
    • seventeenth and eighteenth years, Jesus of Nazareth began to
    • twenty-second, twenty-fourth years. It was always with feelings
    • years cannot be said to have conduced only to inward elation,
    • twenty-fifth to the twenty-eighth years of his life and even
  • Title: Fifth Gospel (1950): Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • twenty-ninth years.
    • the amalgamation of the two families had for long years been
    • his mother. For all these years there had been a very deep and
    • know what to make of him. Even in earlier years he had spoken
    • Zarathustra-Ego into his own soul. During the subsequent years
    • went back to the preceding years and to the infinite warmth of
    • wisdom, human learning. Scholarship as such interested him
    • eighteenth and twenty-fourth years he had been brought into
    • doctrine. Many a time his thoughts turned to those years. But
    • year. But he had concealed from his mother in earlier years the
    • among the humanity around us to-day there were any with ears
    • prophets might proclaim to-day would fall upon deaf ears.
    • Talmud and can be confirmed by external scholarship. The people
    • ears to hear. It is useless and meaningless to speak of these
    • forty-sixth years. She felt as though pervaded by the
    • thirty years. He therefore passed through His first earthly
    • clearly to these particular men. In earlier years they had felt
    • were no longer any ears to hear the voices of the old prophets.
    • that they had no longer any ears capable of listening to the
    • transposed into the form suitable for the ears of men now,
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The (Four) Great Virtues
    Matching lines:
    • Publishing Company. The German text appears in
    • have won pillars supporting our spiritual movement. Many have passed
    • course of the years, leaving the physical plane. I would like to look
    • used them well, supposing we formed harsh judgments in our youth, if
    • at a later stage of life we do not judge harshly, but with
    • years of childhood. I have often mentioned this. When we enter the
    • speech. In the first years of our life we develop the forces which in
    • rightly, when we direct the head outwards towards the stars. This
    • shepherd girl appears. She appeared in a remarkable way; there lived
  • Title: Tension Between East and West: Lecture 1: Natural Science
    Matching lines:
    • when, more than twenty years ago now, I worked out my
    • scholars, to use the modern term, in the higher sphere? It
    • certain brand of scholarship often mistakenly believes, people
    • Thus, in sun and moon, in stars, in wind and weather, in spring
    • Yes, it is easy — that is, it appears so — yet the
    • think back ten or twenty years, we have to conclude: in the
    • reality must take in hand, if I may use this somewhat coarse
    • ten years ago, since life has only recently imposed them on us.
    • for whose shaping you have to work on yourself for years on
  • Title: Tension Between East and West: Lecture 2: Psychology
    Matching lines:
    • first appears before the “mind's eye” every evening
    • recent years, however, psychology has, understandably and
    • appears to be discovered in this way about purely psychic
    • soul reappears.
    • many years lived and worked here in Vienna, and who will never
    • one person years, another not so long; but each can note, as he
    • the moment when this vitalized or plastic thinking appears in
    • external world of the stars and of the sun, which sends
    • entire human substance — there appears before the soul
    • a systematic arrangement, so that everything appears to have
    • the spirit, disappears in the spiritual world, so too in that
    • world every impediment to friendship and love now disappears.
  • Title: Tension Between East and West: Lecture 3: East and West in History
    Matching lines:
    • experience in such things knows that he has to wait years or
    • make us ready to see the spiritual world when it appears to us,
    • and philosophy, as it appears for instance in the vedas.
    • encountered this pointer some forty years ago here in Vienna.
  • Title: Tension Between East and West: Lecture 4: Spiritual Geography
    Matching lines:
    • There appears to be no objective reason for man to abandon this
    • experiences it as immediate reality; he bears it with him in
    • fundamentally the same as what he bears within him. Yet he
    • of the soul, as it appears in ordinary consciousness, must say:
    • worlds — how in its particulars our physical organism is
    • not yet come (it is more than twenty years ago now): to
    • appears unutterably empty is filled once more with spiritual
    • expressed some years ago by an Englishman who compared Western
    • This was the tenor of Oriental civilization six hundred years
    • before the establishment of Christianity. Six hundred years
  • Title: Tension Between East and West: Lecture 5: Cosmic Memory
    Matching lines:
    • organic process, and then appears again in an altered form.
    • There now appears in us what we can call knowledge of man as a
    • experience that has taken place ten years before float to the
    • the material its coarseness as I would call it.
    • variations. By descending into the coarser material sphere and
    • the standpoint of the world-memory that appears in ourselves,
  • Title: Tension Between East and West: Lecture 6: Individual and Society
    Matching lines:
    • to me thirty years ago, when I was trying to look at the
    • their spiritual ramifications. It then appears, for
    • example, that neither the infant in its first years of life,
    • into the depths of the soul. Decades later it reappears. We
    • it to life. It is enormously important to us in later years to
    • this way that we can gain the strength to cast aside old fears
    • especially two years or so ago, saying: “What is the
  • Title: Tension Between East and West: Lecture 7: The Individual Spirit and the Social Structure
    Matching lines:
    • a result of the cruellest of wars, to realize the
    • many millions of men like a kind of religion, fifty years
    • priest-scholars sought to return to primeval ages in the
    • cannot help remembering what happened some eight hundred years
    • hundred years ago, over a period of three decades, until the
    • supporters expelled from China. For thirty years, a system
    • years ago there in the Far East on quite different cultural
    • which Christ appears as judge over all the world. His status as
  • Title: Tension Between East and West: Lecture 8: The Problem (Asia-Europe)
    Matching lines:
    • sense of gloom that was to be experienced in the years just
    • slavery appears quite natural to him, he would also grant those
    • This is the old religious form of catharsis, the purification
    • scholarship of our time has quite correctly observed that the
    • those who have experienced such a catharsis in these very
    • academic scholarship has arrived at. You can see this by
    • purification, or catharsis, of them. In other words, Aristotle
    • overcome by fear; and that a purification or catharsis
    • When, some years ago, I was often called upon to lecture to
    • appears once more as a spiritual residuum in the Greek
    • perceive in the use of the word “catharsis” in
    • more: work is being done here which, I would say, disappears
  • Title: Tension Between East and West: Lecture 9: Prospects of its Solution (Europe-America)
    Matching lines:
    • some years a teacher at a workers' educational college, where I
    • only be realized in four or five hundred years time.” To
  • Title: Tension Between East and West: Lecture 10: From Monolithic to Threefold Unity
    Matching lines:
    • some three years ago, at the request of a group of friends who were
    • thirty or forty years, not with some preconceived attitude or
    • going on in Europe in recent years, beneath the surface of
    • a given year will have changed so greatly, twenty years later,
    • look at the law that appears among men, and record it. In
    • spiritual life. Within the classes, there then appears once
    • also perceive clearly that in recent years there has developed
    • there anyone who bears with the development that has taken
  • Title: Lecture: Pythic, Prophetic and Spiritual-Scientific Clairvoyance
    Matching lines:
    • the senses — that is, we follow the eyes, nose, ears
    • clairvoyance arise. What appears clairvoyantly in this way has no need
    • the influence of the coarser, let us say — more selfish enjoyment:
    • develop, as a third kind, as a clairvoyance that appears neither as
    • when this appears in societies which should naturally (otherwise the
  • Title: Lecture: Pythic, Prophetic and Spiritual-Scientific Clairvoyance
    Matching lines:
    • is, when we follow the eyes, nose, ears and taste nerves, we follow
    • clairvoyance. What appears clairvoyantly in this way has no need of
    • coarser, let us say more selfish enjoyment; they can still live with
    • evoked when this appears in societies that should naturally
  • Title: St. Augustine
    Matching lines:
    • Manichaeism only “gets on” (this is coarsely
    • appear to our eyes, or are audible to our ears, or which make
    • appears, when one shuts one's Sense organs to it. That is the
    • think how, 600 years before the Mystery of Golgotha, Buddha,
    • we now turn to 600 years after the Mystery of Golgotha, to
    • There is a wonderful connection within this 1200 years. Six
    • hundred years Before Golgotha, the turning away from a corpse
    • gives an uplift to one's concept of the World; 600 years after
    • which appears so magnificently on the horizon.
    • Therefore the Mystery of Golgotha appears as that power in
  • Title: The Social Question and Theosophy
    Matching lines:
    • years later, in the spring of 1955. A review of the
    • future that he has closed his ears too long to what was
    • We are sort of like an engineer who absorbs himself for years
    • years previously had been called upon to deal with the human
    • starvation wages wears clothes that have been produced in turn
    • and 120 years ago, and you will see that much has gotten
    • years ago was accustomed to claiming equality for the beyond
    • circumstances. In fifty years the
    • Among the numerous work stoppages in the first years of
  • Title: Architectural Forms
    Matching lines:
    • hree years have passed to-day
    • life. Three years ago we held this celebration, feeling that we
    • that we have worked three years at our building it seems indeed
    • brought to a standstill by the misery of the Thirty Years War
    • Thirty Years War fanned and provoked by a spirit which already
    • feelings. We see introduced into the pillars, into the element
    • many a church building whose pillars we no longer understand
    • where pillars have shapes which are not architectural, but
    • picturesque; recesses are marked by pillars in picturesque
    • recesses. And the way such pillars have to support what they
    • three years ago, must understand it by a living understanding
    • have now worked three years at the building, and those whose
    • years have also brought with them difficult food for thought
    • impulses which inspired us three years ago, we can only pledge
    • us, even in what it has been since it was built three years
    • earth upon this hill three years ago.
  • Title: Goethe's Secret Revelation: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • Batsch. Two men, one some ten years older than the other, listened
    • appears to us a modern, it will be a sufficient justification if in
    • wishes to say more in it than appears from the scenes. For the
    • feel pillars and also shapes like human beings, but till then she
  • Title: Goethe's Secret Revelation: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • does not lie in the nature of the thing that it appears to you ugly
    • or beautiful, that you desire it or not. That it appears to you red
    • speak of purification or catharsis, as it was called in the old
    • hears that the Snake will sacrifice herself, he can even say:
    • which for hundreds and thousands of years have brought the message of
  • Title: Goethe's Secret Revelation: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • tears.
    • In the form in which Faust appears in 1808 it seems as if
    • thousands of years of human development resound. We are
    • Though the first part in many ways appears to be
    • to have such experiences, spiritual eyes and spiritual ears are
    • heard with the outer physical ears. From such a work we can promise
    • are only to be perceived through spiritual eyes and spiritual ears
    • the rosy dawn of a new time bringing out such stars as Giordano
    • From what we know of Faust he appears as one who felt very
    • ripen and bear fruit very much later, in years to come. We see too
    • or thirty years previously when a fluid was poured into his soul
    • and then stored over by the events of the following years and by
    • many experiences, so that only thirty years later he is able to
    • there appears the sign of the little world, the pentagon, and its
    • awake certain slumbering forces, appears before Goethe's soul.
    • develop and the ‘earth spirit’ appears, that spirit
    •  The garment of Life that the Deity wears!’
    • turns away and hears the words:
    • until after long years the seed grows, are unable to see the way
    • appears to outer vision as unreal, that to me is now true, and it
  • Title: Goethe's Secret Revelation: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • therefore cavil at what appears to be ungrammatical. Here in this
    • physical which sounds in the ears of him who is entering the
    • passage, again, we hear the sounds of thousands of years
    • human spirit through thousands of years will be reminded in this
    • passage of some great words spoken thousands of years ago; words
    • spoken by one who through his initiation knew that what appears to
    • appears at the turn of the modern age as that being which prompts
    • all appears confusing if the student is not sufficiently prepared.
    • says, describing this realm as it appears to all who step into it:
    • incomplete to the complete appears here in the picture. The spirit
  • Title: World History: Lecture I: Evolution of the Soul and of Memory
    Matching lines:
    • picture disappears in a kind of cloud, and before that again we
    • ten thousand, or fifteen thousand years ago, and how different
    • perception of some ten years ago. Now try and understand
    • exactly what that really means. Ten years ago you experienced
    • something. Ten years ago you may have visited a gathering of
    • event which occurred ten years ago. Now not only according to
    • descendants: that is, let us go back really thousands of years.
    • the Earth bears to the stars that live far out there in cosmic
    • said: Mars impels me, Mars is active in me. Going forward was
    • felt as a Mars impulse in the legs.
  • Title: World History: Lecture II: Mysteries of 'Asia'
    Matching lines:
    • dream. He is asleep. Suddenly there appears before him a
    • dream-picture of a flaring fire. He hears the call of ‘Fire!’
    • enslavements. Undoubtedly that appears to many people as
    • extremely barbarous. To-day, although wars of aggression do
    • such wars; they are not quite easy in their conscience.
    • conscience as regards these wars of aggression, he felt
    • earth, had it not been for these terrible wars and struggles
    • the reflective faculties, set out to find these in wars of
  • Title: World History: Lecture III: Asiatic Mysteries of Ephesus, Gilgamesh and Eabani
    Matching lines:
    • hirteen years
    • back more than a few thousand years.
    • waking condition, bears the Ego and astral body within him
    • physical bears within it, along with the etheric body, a much
    • that I touched upon thirteen years ago, when I spoke of
    • thirteen years ago, as they manifest themselves directly to
    • my Stuttgart lectures of thirteen years ago.
    • Now this was not easily understood by the personality who bears
    • in the Epic bears the name of Gilgamesh, we have still to see
    • such a way that in the subsequent years of Gilgamesh's life he
    • himself one with the world of the stars, one with the processes
    • in the world of the stars. He did not feel himself as earthly
    • indicated this in my lectures at Stuttgart thirteen years ago;
  • Title: World History: Lecture IV: Atlantean Wisdom in the Mysteries of Hibernia, Gilgamish and Eabani at Ephesus, Logos Mysteries of Artemis at Ephesus
    Matching lines:
    • of Truth means, in short, that he tears out of him his own
    • us, or from the experience of our ears can tell the working of
    • pushed back, in the Persian wars, the last thrust as it were of
    • the Moon. And from the Cosmos, reaching from the stars to the
    • Zodiac, from the stars — is the Ether, filling cosmic
    • this may still be read by scholars in the books that have been
  • Title: World History: Lecture V: Mysteries of the East, West, and of Ephesus
    Matching lines:
    • hundreds of years, forming a bark on the outside, hardening to
    • by one would have to wait, perhaps thirty years, until the
    • Mysteries every thirty years; all that was concerned with the
    • Moon about every eighteen years. And so on. The priests of the
    • independence of the seasons, or of the course of years and
    • Divine-Spiritual existence. And then something else appears
    • Wrote history of the Persian Wars.],
    • came forward to carry on the work he had begun. In the years
    • that followed, many more scholars went over from Greece. Apart
    • no longer needed to wait for the constellations of the stars or
  • Title: World History: Lecture VI: Mysteries of the Ancient Near East Enter Europe
    Matching lines:
    • between three or four hundred years before, and three or four
    • hundred years after, the Mystery of Golgotha. The real
    • divinely-inspired civilisation. And four hundred years after
    • now let us examine a little this period of time as it appears
    • across the years to human beings who still knew that as surely
    • experienced 20 or 30 years ago. This inward recollection in
    • gradually disappears.
    • Universe. The recognised scholars meanwhile were occupying
    • third stage appears only in modern times and that is the stage of the
    • has been possible in recent years still to meet here and there
    • Similarly in these years one could still find isolated
  • Title: World History: Lecture VII: The Fifteenth Century and the Transition from Mind-Soul to Spiritual-Soul
    Matching lines:
    • the coarser measuring instruments with which to determine how
  • Title: World History: Lecture VIII: The Burning of the Ephesian Temple and the Goetheanum
    Matching lines:
    • writing of the stars. And you will remember how we were able
    • crystal; it bears its form within it. The Earth enables it to
    • phenomena of the Earth for many years, the noising of the
    • that he bears within him. In this way the Rosicrucian pupil
    • ancient holier years of mankind's history and had worked
    • one of us before the highest, the Divine, that he bears within
    • Goetheanum, building it up through ten years of work. If this
  • Title: World History: Lecture IX: World History in the Light of Anthroposophy
    Matching lines:
    • same for years now — destructive elements on a colossal
    • the threshold. And in numberless cases one then hears the voice
    • have ears to hear, direct and significant experiences in
    • in recent years.
  • Title: Purpose of the Goetheanum and Anthroposophy
    Matching lines:
    • to give here in Basel, in this same hall, for many years past.
    • course of the years in which the Goetheanum was being built,
    • one I have employed here for many years — to answer the
    • three or four hundred years was of such a nature that in the
    • the soul-life that was ours during the first three years on
    • appears in varying pictures — according to one's
    • of what occurred years ago, and is not now before us in
    • memory-concept of something witnessed in earlier years in which
    • which otherwise appears shadowy, even in memory-pictures, and
    • more in this way comes at last — it may be even years
    • quiet of the soul appears now also in the personal life as you
    • it descended to the earth. There actually appears now to the
    • know that what the child works out in the first years of' life
    • appears so difficult to them, but judge according to the
    • conclusion — more than ten years ago friends of our cause
    • he needs it even more. What appears before the silent soul, as
    • described it to you, is something that appears more fleetingly.
    • also when, after years of longing, he reached Italy and
  • Title: Goethe, Comte and Bentham
    Matching lines:
    • the physical body absorbs that consciousness, so that it appears as
    • we hear with our ears, all that we perceive around us with all our
  • Title: Whitsuntide in the Course of the Year
    Matching lines:
    • the soul force when it wakes to consciousness wears out and
    • in winter, with your gaze directed to the stars, with perhaps
    • the moon among the stars, and you have to say that the whole
    • interwoven indirectly with the life of the stars in the
    • years of physical existence we have to strive for the
    • truth, in what appears as knowledge on the one hand, and on
    • world, and this appears today in the sphere of art as well as
  • Title: Meditation and Concentration
    Matching lines:
    • many years ago, when someone wrote to me urgently requesting
    • projects itself out into the world, and it appears to you
  • Title: Tree of Knowledge and the Christmas Tree
    Matching lines:
    • tears him in pieces if he errs in this direction, but if, on
    • himself and tears himself away from his connection with
    • when it is passionately manifested; when it appears merely as
    • disinclination for all that mars man as a part in the
    • these three stars shall be the three moral forces which shall
    • was in the year 1828, three-and-a-half years before his own
  • Title: Karma of Vocation: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • but never harsh influence of his father and his poetically
    • endowed mother. In later years he could recall with inner
    • happiness these years of his boyhood and childhood that led to
    • literally hundreds of years old. There “law and rights like an
    • tears to fall upon the pages that were being read. To be
    • Then he weeps hot tears into his handkerchief over the discord
    • occupation, and he achieved a good deal during his ten years in
    • Goethe appears, not as the poet of Werther, of
    • Goethe lived in Weimar for about ten years and then could no
  • Title: Karma of Vocation: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • some years in Leipzig as a student,
    • he went there again many years later to visit his old
    • wearing the clothes in which he had seen himself many years
    • gradually between his twenty-fifth and fiftieth years, in which
    • them in those early years, but to continue to live thus was no
    • that after this dampening down for ten years there followed a
    • crest, as it was in Goethe's Weimar years, the awakening that
    • We may really say, therefore, that Goethe bears within him in his view
    • And when the storm roars in the wood and creaks,
  • Title: Karma of Vocation: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • whereas a university instructor had to work for years
    • or more years. In all such things there is obviously a bit of
    • destined to enter a life of scholarship and knowledge
    • sleep — the ten years in Weimar. This dampening was
    • and then that which appears as the highest achievement.
    • way. A seed often appears quite insignificant beside the
  • Title: Karma of Vocation: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • prosaic, mundane matter.” The way vocational life appears to
    • experience in his or her profession even a hundred years ago
    • this subject matter. Schoolmasters, literary scholars, parsons
  • Title: Karma of Vocation: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • becomes a commander-in-chief and conducts wars, but in the
    • reality, Mephistopheles carries on these wars. In the end we
    • years pass. She is perhaps now married in keeping with her
    • sediment. A theologian recently called it somewhat coarsely —
    • observe a human being in those years when, as explained in my
    • fourteenth years, we shall note that just at this time certain
    • appears during the first seven years can be more thoroughly and
    • fourteenth. It will be found that something appears in a more
    • said, not all, but a great part of what thus appears in the
    • during the seventh to the fourteenth years. In other words, two
    • life. As a matter of fact, during the first seven years in
  • Title: Karma of Vocation: Lecture VI
    Matching lines:
    • to some particulars.
    • seen a map until they were fairly well along in years. Many
    • without taking into consideration that what appears in the form
    • would probably have been imprisoned for a couple of years
    • acquainted with a man who was a jurist in his younger years
    • previously described. For a number of years he belonged to the
    • years the penitentiary.
  • Title: Karma of Vocation: Lecture VII
    Matching lines:
    • passes through a period of seven years, approximately to the
    • and sixteenth years, accepting that it differs according to
    • between the fourteenth and sixteenth years with respect to
    • years. The very thing a person is elaborating here mainly in
    • Reigned for ................................. 22 years
    • age was ................................. __48 years
    • reigned ................................. 6 years
    • years
    • amounts to .......................... 3 years
    • years
    • was in the Society .......................... 4 years
    • __46 years old
    • places. There something often appears to be quite
    • her company have sighed for years because of the state into
    • It came from an earlier culture six hundred years before our
    • that appears today, often from the most dubious sources, in the
  • Title: Karma of Vocation: Lecture VIII
    Matching lines:
    • certain harshness in the expression of his life. He was
    • and his profession was that of a merchant. His harshness may be
    • after his son had studied for a few years, he did not have much
    • money and tried to secure a scholarship for him. He did not
    • relationships in which it would be my desire to pass the years
    • refrain from speaking my mind. For twenty years now, and indeed
    • significance when he bears it through the portal of death and
    • appears, however, the connection between the inherited
    • Thomas School in Leipzig some two hundred years ago, and who
    • by 1850, a hundred years after the death of Johann Sebastian
    • after fifty years such families may no longer exist.
    • indications of fetishism and worship of the stars.] Those that
    • your attention for years — that the first generation will
  • Title: Karma of Vocation: Lecture IX
    Matching lines:
    • because it bears within it a certain germ in that men speak of
    • hundreds and even thousands of years, man made use of only that
    • way to the physical stars and into the cosmos by means of the
  • Title: Karma of Vocation: Lecture X
    Matching lines:
    • Roman Caesars had themselves worshipped as gods, how they
    • the form of the Roman Caesars, been found? In man himself; no
    • one worshipped the Caesars through the Caesars, but through the
    • such a human being appears to you to be in the external world
    • the portal of death maintains for many years, of course, the
    • the midnight of existence; it appears to some
    • that chains man to the earth. He bears the sins of the world,
    • haven't seen Hermann Bahr for the past twenty-eight years
    • the sleeping compartment of a train, he hears the voice of his
    • but deceased fourteen years prior to the date of the letter, would
  • Title: Mysteries of the Sun: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • today. We know how men now look at the stars and say: other
    • around the sun, and there are innumerable other fixed stars
    • appears, it was possible to learn much. For instance, one
    • you can see in the way of stars, light-phenomena; see what
    • look out into the wide Cosmos; they saw stars upon stars,
    • circumference as stars, as heavenly bodies, will pass away.
    • years of age, your head becomes so that out of itself nothing
  • Title: Mysteries of the Sun: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • feeling, as I have stated here during past years, in feeling
    • beginning of the fourth post-Atlantean period, 747 years
    • eyes, your ears, your sense of smell, or whichever sense you
    • diagrammatically thus. To one's ordinary view it appears
    • blue; seen from the other side it appears red (but naturally
    • years they have been thinking a tremendous deal. We can
    • gather up what they have been thinking for two hundred years,
    • the last hundred and fifty years, shall we say, has prompted
    • In recent years people have been breaking each others heads
    • like from the time of the Caesars; try to learn about this
  • Title: Mysteries of the Sun: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • feet. Nothing, absolutely nothing, as it appears in Maya is
    • which form a thick mist. That is why your body appears as a
    • ascending from man as he appears, to man as he really is,
    • to be. Then, it was the thirty years war that swept the thing
  • Title: Threefold Order II: Lecture 1: Influence of the human will upon the course of economic life
    Matching lines:
    • hundred years should give rise to this belief in an
    • years old, will be still living in 30 years time, and how
    • so many persons of 20 years old, only so and so many will be
    • living in 30 years' time. And from this one can then
    • and one can tell, that during this number of years so and so
    • occurring every five years within a particular area, that
    • should happen, that at 50 years old you came to look round
    • were dead, of those who at 20 years old were calculated to
    • in comfortable circumstances for a few years, they will
    • not have been possible 150 years earlier.
    • years 1810 to 1815. It was at this period first, that the
    • number of strikes went up 87 per cent between the years 1907
    • soars aloft into abstract, mystical heights, and that sort of
    • last half-hundred of years in the nineteenth century. And
    • disappears, then wants of this sort will disappear too:
    • what has taken place in these last few years; How much has
    • 12 million men have been shot dead in the course of 5 years,
    • of what is left over from the years 1911–18. That will come
    • in thinking that one could employ people for years in manufacturing
    • An abstract, lifeless unity bears no fruits, and destroys
  • Title: Threefold Order II: Lecture 2: On Propaganda of the Threefold Social Order
    Matching lines:
    • talks, and the like, — or which bears the least odour
    • years past it should have been, to hold such a language in
    • learning for many years past. Directly one approaches people
    • wears to-day. Had the people, who accomplished this, been of
  • Title: Reincarnation and Immortality: Lecture I: Free Will, Immortality
    Matching lines:
    • approach I have represented for many years now — and also
    • Twenty-five years ago in my Philosophy of Spiritual
    • may perhaps take years of trying, but the passing years stand
    • is what appears in the soul when the latter has been
    • perceive with our physical eyes and ears. In fact, anyone who
    • evolution to the human organism, as the latter appears to our
    • with our normal eyes, but which appears immediately when we
    • thinking, on the other, what bears our soul life in a kind of
    • twenty-five years ago I pointed out in my Philosophy of
    • world before he bears a body, and in which this super-sensible
  • Title: Reincarnation and Immortality: Lecture II: The Historical Evolution of Humanity
    Matching lines:
    • the last six years, for already before the war I expressed my
    • have spoken for so many years, I will not shrink from
    • we go back thousands of years. What we come to then is not an
    • the first years of childhood and in the later years of
    • the 25th and 30th years until old age — our souls no
    • describe, and which reaches back thousands of years. At that
    • body in a way that today only happens in our childhood years.
    • experiences the life of the body in our younger years.
    • lives through the various cultures of the earth and he bears
    • erected a monument to him. A hundred years earlier his father,
    • years later — such is the course of history — a
  • Title: Reincarnation and Immortality: Lecture III: The Supersensible Being of Man
    Matching lines:
    • that in this new activity memory actually disappears, and he is
    • constantly reappears. And then, when we have accustomed
    • There had first to be a training of several hundred years in
    • earlier times, hundreds or even thousands of years ago, there
    • this kind of motivation, which for our ordinary life appears to
    • that the activity of our senses disappears in a particular
    • disappears too. Then we remain in a state of
    • were to say in the normal way that each person bears a second
    • come to understand why it appears like this in the form of
    • it without being properly adapted to it, it therefore appears
    • present in the spiritual world appears before us as living
    • conception and birth, all this appears before us as living
    • years ago. It can then happen, in the way that one spirit
    • years ago, and who had quite special artistic gifts which were
  • Title: Reincarnation and Immortality: Lecture IV: Nature of Anthroposophy
    Matching lines:
    • the pictures of such impressions from our memories, often years
    • unintentionally, years later. It may not reappear in its
    • constitution; it may arise in the soul years later, entirely
    • practice, according to a man's capacities, years, months, or
    • Into this disappears his ordinary consciousness, with its power
    • result of anthroposophical research appears before the soul's
    • gaze. The entire earthly life appears in a mighty single
    • learned in direct perception that man bears within him
    • picture of what he experienced ten years ago. The content
    • to something which happened ten years earlier. What now is
    • changed in the course of the years. Everyone knows how in
    • the course of ten years he has changed in his whole mood and
    • the years, has been achieved by life, by external reality.
    • and tones are hidden in the sensory world — appears
    • feel deep satisfaction if a spiritual stream appears in our
  • Title: Reincarnation and Immortality: Lecture V: Mystery of the Human Being
    Matching lines:
    • this for many years now, even in this city. It is particularly
    • with the methods of modern science. Years ago it was believed
    • hears frequently from those who are at home in this subject is:
    • years already there have been some personalities with
    • through his eyes and ears, that he does not perceive what
    • The experience disappears, but the fact of its existence
    • in us. Years later, or whenever it might be, we can recall it.
    • present. But then it appears later, according to the images we
    • after years does there come back what we have perceived in the
    • fine, noble, soul body from the coarse body ... a soul, which
    • man, that bears within its spirit-body all the limbs normally
    • has marshaled from the scientific viewpoint against
    • What we experienced in the first years of our childhood we can
    • and appears again in a new life on earth. All this becomes
    • open ears, so we accustom ourselves to a spiritual world,
    • theology, only appears to be irreconcilable with the more
    • human society can use for fifty years such phrases as bitter
  • Title: Differentation of Primeval Wisdom into East, Middle, West
    Matching lines:
    • stars, the moral truths were permeated which resound from out
    • goes through different metamorphosis and then reappears in
    • contemplation of those works of art. Goethe bears testimony
    • coarse, material ideas which can be grasped in sharp
    • with astonishment that Field-Marshal Hindenburg said, if he
    • constantly resounds in one's ears from the world to-day,
  • Title: The Real Being of Man
    Matching lines:
    • Connection with the Planet Earth and with the Stars Above,
    • Connection with the Planet Earth and with the Stars Above,
    • vision the Earth appears as it presents itself to the
    • simply an external illusion. What appears thus as this stony
    • again, that which appears to us as being outside the Earth,
    • Stars, even that as it appears to our external sense
    • What appears to us as the Earth filled with
    • world of Stars, with that we are more closely related between
    • which appears simply externally to us here on Earth as the
    • Stars — what is their appearance? We only have that
    • special vision of the Stars, of the Milky Way, of the Heavens
    • appears the inclination in man which hinders him from
    • life of the East, something appears which has never been
    • to see that what appears below on the Earth appears as the
    • yield to the illusion of what appears to me physically on the
    • Earth. If I look up to the world of the Stars and form ideas
    • appears in the external illusion, and break through that to
    • the spirit, then I can say: “Yes, I can see the Stars,
    • Spiritual beings; in the Stars they did not see merely what
  • Title: Necessity for Spiritual Knowledge: Lecture 1
    Matching lines:
    • that; we have to turn to what in this life on earth man bears
    • Christ through inner perception. What for many years
    • the knowledge that man bears within him different impulses
    • fearful catastrophe of these last years, the only reason we
    • throughout the years it has been necessary, my dear friends,
  • Title: Necessity for Spiritual Knowledge: Lecture 1 (alternate translation)
    Matching lines:
    • heart — not up to the stars!
    • has maintained for many years to found an understanding of a
    • fearful catastrophe as that of these last years , the cause
    • It was this that caused me over ten years
    • years that facts which have been described should have been
  • Title: Necessity for Spiritual Knowledge: Lecture 2
    Matching lines:
    • years, from the standpoint of spiritual science, the question
    • life at the ages of, say, 30, 40, or 50 years. If he thinks
    • The abstract mystic may talk from the age of 25 years, right
    • with the outer world; we perceive through eyes and ears,
    • appears to us as something uniform, a unity perceived through
    • anything else in the outer world it appears to you as a
    • conception has for the last three or four hundred years had a
    • the last three to four hundred years. It is not in accord
    • seventh and fifteenth years is of such a kind as to kill out
    • in a healthy way are not dead and benumbed as appears to be
    • 13th, and 14th years are told that lightning comes from
    • exhortations to children up to fifteen years old and then
    • young men and girls of 20 years of age — you will attain
    • seventh and fifteenth years is not there for nothing. During
    • possible for anyone who is 18 or 19 years old and has a
    • written by someone only 18 years old — and take them
    • years old are considered mature enough to go into Parliament,
    • considered to be unnecessary at the age of 40 years to try to
    • hundred years and then it will be necessary again to consider
    • lasted for a thousand years to be right for all time. It is
  • Title: Man and Nature: Intellect in Man and Nature Bereft of the Gods
    Matching lines:
    • thousands of years ahead — in this future there will be
    • and our ears hear will all pass away with the Earth. Only
  • Title: The Physical-Superphysical: Its Realisation Through Art
    Matching lines:
    • something appears which shows man as a kind of ossified
    • one only in the forms of the head, Something appears that in
    • up with the wings, In short, there appears a kind of
    • beside red. This appears rather trivial to anyone with a
    • women it appears indeed as if they had not only been secretly
  • Title: The Sources of Artistic Imagination and the Sources of Supersensible Knowledge
    Matching lines:
    • soul — which bears him into that world — is served by
    • catchwords and phrases appears to him as grotesque
    • appears to be in inward movement, it is not static or final;
  • Title: La Piedra Fundamental - Meditación
    Matching lines:
    • aquella con la que son emitidos, y, por ello, es necesario preguntarse
  • Title: The Foundation Stone Meditation
    Matching lines:
    • years later, and after both versions have been published in book
  • Title: Lecture: Human Knowledge and Its Significance for Man and the Cosmos
    Matching lines:
    • may say that the head disappears, and the rest of the body is then transformed
    • body of the next incarnation from the Earth. The head disappears,
    • independently of each other, that during the first three or four years
    • the three years spent in later life at the university. This is literally
    • true. In the first three years of life we learn a very great deal; we
    • and a great deal more besides. In those first three years we learn very
    • the Divine, disappears and is lost. It can be used neither for the purpose
  • Title: Anthroposophical Ethics ... St. Francis, Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • tears him in pieces if he errs in this direction, but if, on
    • himself and tears himself away from his connection with
    • when it is passionately manifested; when it appears merely as
    • disinclination for all that mars man as a part in the
    • these three stars shall be the three moral forces which shall
    • was in the year 1828, three-and-a-half years before his own
  • Title: Teachings of Christ the Resurrected
    Matching lines:
    • It appears in the lecture series,
    • us, where today we see only clouds and stars, the earthly life
  • Title: Christianity in the Evolutionary Course of Modern Mankind
    Matching lines:
    • for three years in a body of flesh, and Who since that time has
  • Title: Eternal Soul of Man in the Light of Anthroposophy
    Matching lines:
    • and, from this, everyday life likewise appears as though out of dreams.
    • says: “Well, I have this point of view. What appears to
    • me to be true from this point of view is true; what appears to
    • years ago were experienced in all of their vitality. What is
    • When the ear hears, that which is heard must be there, and so
    • This appears chiefly to be like that which we confront
    • the human being, yet everything appears from within us.
    • conceptions and then clears them away again. There then occurs
    • ears, is in the physical-sensory world. And in the deep silence
    • speak, that coarser part that is bound to the physical body;
    • And this can happen as well for everyone who hears these things
    • awareness of time, that scholarship has just spoken of a
    • eternity, guided by the stars and the aims of people through
  • Title: Supersensible Knowledge: Lecture I: The Significance of Supersensible Knowledge Today
    Matching lines:
    • Theosophical movement emerged thirty years ago,
    • thirty years of intensive work, it has not the best
    • kind of neo-Buddhism. Nothing that one can say appears to
    • affairs. Who would have thought, a few years ago, that what
    • scientific conference, whereas only two years ago Ledebur
    • important questions, has existed for thirty years. Theosophy
    • such specific knowledge has been available for thirty years,
    • thinking to the matter, and see if life itself bears out what
  • Title: Supersensible Knowledge: Lecture II: Blood is a Very Special Fluid
    Matching lines:
    • face. A hard, coarse face denotes coarseness of soul, a smile
    • inner joy, and tears inner suffering.
    • it appears to physical sight. Take first what we have in
  • Title: Supersensible Knowledge: Lecture III: The Origin of Suffering
    Matching lines:
    • appears like an unwelcome intruder; it destroys, in the midst
    • beautiful stars on the Hellenic firmament. The wise Silenus,
    • appears as a testing, as an incentive to greater striving. In
    • exists; but he also has Bone through a catharsis, and feels
    • only sees spirit where it appears as a kind of crown on
    • looks at the way spirit first appears in the natural world,
    • life. The spirit that in the physical world appears as the
    • spirit reappears as if reborn within them.
    • the cross of Christ Jesus bears witness to this truth, for,
  • Title: Supersensible Knowledge: Lecture IV: The Origin of Evil
    Matching lines:
    • place through which the spiritual eyes and ears are opened.
    • electricity. At first love appears as sexual love and evolves
  • Title: Supersensible Knowledge: Lecture VI: Education in the Light of Spiritual Science
    Matching lines:
    • years ago, its aim was not to satisfy curiosity about the
    • connected with the world of stars. The forces that permeate
    • fourteenth years to habits, memory, temperament and so on;
    • years is the time when the faculty of the critical intellect
    • matters greatly what it sees and hears and generally absorbs.
    • vital that during these years the educator is an exemplary
    • years, it is mainly a question of authority, confidence,
    • disposition. During these years allegories and symbols act
    • social impulses in the young during the formative years. What
  • Title: Supersensible Knowledge: Lecture V: Illness and Death
    Matching lines:
    • riddle to which during thousands of years the most varied
    • hand, if one fears death, it is a consolation to know that
    • arsenicus,” because he saw arsenic as the remedy
  • Title: Supersensible Knowledge: Lecture VII: Education and Spiritual Science
    Matching lines:
    • physical senses of eyes and ears are protected before
    • the Asiatic wars and their repercussions in Europe, and also
    • between the seventh and fourteenth years corresponds in the
    • seventh and fourteenth years is also the time to foster the
    • what is taught bears fruit and forms the character. What the
  • Title: Supersensible Knowledge: Lecture VIII: Insanity in the Light of Spiritual Science
    Matching lines:
    • tears inner sadness. Cheerfulness and sadness we must in this
    • tears, that is, the material expression of cheerfulness and
    • delusions. These imprints are like scars from the wounds in
  • Title: Supersensible Knowledge: Lecture IX: Wisdom and Health
    Matching lines:
    • being, looking at the stars, will recognize the eternal laws
  • Title: Supersensible Knowledge: Lecture X: Stages in Man's Development in the Light of Spiritual Science
    Matching lines:
    • during life, so that instead of coarser enjoyments he takes
    • realized that in the first seven years of life only what is
    • of eyes and ears will provide far more pleasure; this is
    • principle is at work in the first seven years, and should be
    • years; the mother who breast-feeds her child pays heed to
    • first years.
    • ready to begin his “years of apprenticeship”
    • approaches his “years of mastery”
    • years. However, these time limits must not be taken too
  • Title: Supersensible Knowledge: Lecture XI: Who are the Rosicrucians?
    Matching lines:
    • that appears as a basic feature of various accounts can be
    • scholars. The disputes were by no means confined to the usual
    • who in his later years was an ordinary normal clergyman, was
    • to be an initiate. Spiritual knowledge and scholarship have
    • seen with physical sight or heard with physical ears. One
    • the person's inner life. Likewise you recognize tears to be
    • plant and animal, every current of air, the stars, all
    • brow or tears. If you do not stop short at today's
    • The garment of Life which the Deity wears!
    • depicted in calendars.
    • person back the oxygen. Plants that grew millions of years
    • to the persistent drip of water that wears away the stone.
    • follow mankind's evolution through millions of years.
  • Title: Supersensible Knowledge: Lecture XII: Richard Wagner and Mysticism
    Matching lines:
    • work The Flying Dutchman bears witness to his belief in the
    • expressed movements in nature and movements of the stars. In
    • of more than can be perceived by eyes and ears. We should be
    • Parsifal we witness, powerfully presented, great
    • forswears the love through which he is a member of a
    • incorporated into his Parsifal. The Victor
    • other creative ideas pushed those concerned with Parsifal
    • Parsifal is born out of his mystical feeling for the Holy
    • spirit of Christianity, thus combining the Parsifal legend
    • the connection between the legend of Parsifal and Redemption
    • Parsifal was inspired by the festival of Easter. He
    • words from Parsifal:
    • Parsifal: Redemption for the Redeemer.
  • Title: Supersensible Knowledge: Lecture XIII: The Bible and Wisdom
    Matching lines:
    • harshly rejected as having nothing to do with the Bible. Such
    • "Blessed are those who are beggars of the spirit, for within
    • soul begins to evolve spiritual eyes and ears. We must not
    • saying: “Blessed are those who are beggars of the
    • and ears can be opened so that he attains a higher kind of
    • physical light; it appears like a sea of spirituality out of
    • what appears to live in human beings as a mere point , aa a
    • astral bodies. It appears as a mere point to which we say:
    • “I am. But this member of our being, which appears so
    • think of man as he is today or as he was thousands of years
    • “Blessed are those who are beggars of the Spirit, for within
  • Title: An Impulse for the Future
    Matching lines:
    • Thus was it with the French Revolution and also the world wars of our
    • years ago. It was not understood then, and since then hardly anyone
    • years for this art.
    • think of it as something which appears immodestly in the world and
    • years”. The many complaining letters revolving around this
    • person of Miss Berta Meyer. During the months of the war years we
    • thanked their being, were also rehearsed with these seals. Thus
  • Title: Article/Lecture: West-East Aphorisms
    Matching lines:
    • Orient, willed by the Spirit, bears with reference to the handling of
  • Title: Contrasting World-conceptions of East and West
    Matching lines:
    • last two or three thousand years before Christ, this powerful
    • thousand years preceding the Mystery of Golgotha — when
    • we may say, that during the last thousand years before the
    • during the last thousand years before the Mystery of Golgotha
  • Title: The Mystery of Golgotha
    Matching lines:
    • light upon the occult wisdom of thousands of years ago, an the
    • of Christ-Jesus who lived upon the earth for three years and
    • was Saturn. We should bear in mind that milliards of years ago
    • Zarathustra, by Pythagoras, who all lived about 600 years
    • an epoch of many thousands of years, we would find a moment
  • Title: Year's Course as a Symbol for the Great Cosmic Year
    Matching lines:
    • spaces and harbours thoughts of all that goes on in the stars.
    • The earth is a being that thinks about the stars and the events
    • vegetable kingdom becomes aware of the secrets of the stars, it
    • of years ago our soul passed through our astral body, through
    • astral body were one. This leads us back thousands of years, to
    • minerals, so 6000 years before our Christian ere marked the
    • What took place at that time? At that time, 6000 years
    • unites with the mineral consciousness, so 6000 years
    • years before our era. This, is the source from which
    • add about 4000 years to the time which has passed since the
    • 12,000 years after the old cosmic year.
    • to another union. Twelve thousands of years pass by from one
    • surrounding world not only in the way in which it appears to
    • Zarathustra speaks of twelve thousands of years, the twelve
    • thousand years mentioned just now. He described the course of
    • thousand years.
    • encompasses thousands of years.
  • Title: Spiritual Relations in the Configuration of the Human Organism: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • rhythmic processes, which go on from seven to seven years, something
    • in reality only seven years old at 28. So, this is something, which
    • 14th years lives only in the head very slowly and has come to an end
    • come to an end. Four times seven years come into consideration. (The
    • leave after seven years. Now something must remain, even when matter
    • work into each other, that we truly have to know that, being 28 years
    • old, we would be only seven years in reality, if we were a head being
    • 35 years old, we would be in fact only 14 years if we were only
    • It is not as coarse as one
    • and coarse view, if one believes that arterial blood immediately goes
    • is perception, which appears as perception of sight, just as you notice
  • Title: Spiritual Relations in the Configuration of the Human Organism: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • in the course of 7–8 years. Its substance is completely demolished,
    • expressed in the legend of the Grail, in the Parsifal legend, in all
    • In the Parsifal epic, in the true Parsifal epic one motif especially
    • particular the Parsifal motif, are permeated by it and everything strives
    • Parsifal. Parsifal develops from dullness to Sälde.
    • and a sensitivity. In the beginning Parsifal is as one arising out of
    • who have fashioned the Parsifal-motif, they were pioneers, the first
    • who describes Parsifal and says: If one describes Parsifal, one must
    • and the “spleen” appears today already in a variety of forms.
  • Title: Spiritual Relations in the Configuration of the Human Organism: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • his organism after seven years. But I also mentioned last time how this
    • after 7 or 8 years. The heart is being renewed. It is made anew. What
    • years seriously you will see: if that which will come as renewed substance
    • is already there after 6 years, that which is there as the old heart
    • At best something like an inkling appears in the contrasting attitude
  • Title: Necessity and Freedom: Lecture I: The Past Shows Us a Picture of Necessity
    Matching lines:
    • studies of the last few years will actually have more or less
    • other things too. It always appears when human beings want to
    • find a solution. Ahriman is the one who appears first when this
    • materialist, he will jeer and scoff when he hears people
    • always, as I say. But I have counted many cases over the years
    • next moment another being appears and changes the whole thing,
    • or a being you were counting on drops out and disappears and no
  • Title: Necessity and Freedom: Lecture II: The Legend of the Prague Clock
    Matching lines:
    • duality. Look at nature. Mere nature always bears the
    • vent the sarcasm of harsh criticism upon Goethe's Faust.
    • can now say that everybody bears his past within him, and this
  • Title: Necessity and Freedom: Lecture III: Three Teachers with Different Attitudes
    Matching lines:
    • otherwise. I hardly need mention that after a few years the two
    • Many years passed. By chance a very unusual event followed. The
    • not concern himself with this sort of thing hears by chance
    • been predetermined hundreds of years before in the life
  • Title: Necessity and Freedom: Lecture IV: The Roman World and the Teutonic Tribes
    Matching lines:
    • and how it became compressed into the poem Parsifal:
    • Parsifal, a hero of mythology and various epics and romances,
    • Parsifal, the striving human being, belonging to a certain period
    • came about, due to which the Parsifal concept was quite
    • what one might call a Parsifal of a later age. Goethe can
    • Obviously we must not be pedantic; fifty years more or less do
    • empty space appears for new impulses which can then enter the
    • in the consecutive events and realize that Parsifal and so on,
    • Roman-Teutonic wars — we would get nowhere. However, the
  • Title: Necessity and Freedom: Lecture V: The "I" is Found on the Physical Plane in Acts of Will
    Matching lines:
    • we look at his portrait thirty years later. Is it no longer
    • like him, thirty years later, because it does not agree with
  • Title: Social Question as a Problem: Lecture I: The Inner Experience of Language
    Matching lines:
    • immediate forbears or ancestors of the last century. I told
    • essentially to the events on the earth in recent years.
    • human beings in their earliest years; one must indeed develop
    • book you find you must have been for years accustomed to what
    • twenty-seven years old, that is—we have in our
  • Title: Social Question as a Problem: Lecture II: The Inner Experience of Language
    Matching lines:
    • in the early years, first babbling, then gradually learned to
    • for some years have been coming out of the spiritual world
  • Title: Goetheanism as an Impulse for Man's Transformation - Lecture I: The Difference Between Man and Animal
    Matching lines:
    • during the catastrophe of these last years. Although in a one-sided
    • years in which to practise their Roman Catholicism and yet have fallen
    • has been preached during these 1900 years by the various Christian
    • something that appears to them as a radical difference between animal
    • eighteen, nineteen years ago for fifteen years he had been writing a
    • gone on for fifteen years since when eighteen, nineteen years have passed;
    • odd this appears. Man's attention is directed to one dog, two, three
    • to approach the Guardian of the Threshold who appears on mankind's horizon
    • about 1413, for the 2160 years that the epoch of the consciousness soul
    • years! And just look at what comes to light through animals in the way
    • faculty for abstraction, even though it appears one-sidedly in the various
    • for the first time anyone hears the kind of things I have been saying
    • regard very much of whet has been done for years by the clever as pure
  • Title: Goetheanism as an Impulse for Man's Transformation - Lecture III: Clairvoyant Vision Looks at Mineral, Plant, Animal, Man
    Matching lines:
    • constellation of the stars, and after that the thread of thought can
    • being of man as he appears on earth is supposed to develop without any
  • Title: Goetheanism as an Impulse for Man's Transformation - Lecture 4: Human Qualities Which Oppose Antroposophy
    Matching lines:
    • immediately she bears a child—this love of the mother for her
    • Now you know that a certain relation existed some years ago between
  • Title: Goetheanism as an Impulse for Man's Transformation - Lecture 5: Paganism, Hebraism, and the Greek Spirit, Hellenism
    Matching lines:
    • the man Jesus was born, lived thirty years in the way we have often
    • he lived on another three years, during the last year going through
    • stage runs from 747 years before the event of Golgotha to the year 1413
    • for the fifth post-Atlantean period. For how many years go by, my dear
    • friends, in one culture period? You know that if you take 1413 years
    • after the Mystery of Golgotha and 747 years before, that gives us one
    • culture period, 2160 years, a little over 2000 years. This is about
  • Title: Goetheanism as an Impulse for Man's Transformation - Lecture 6: Goetheanism as an Impulse for Man's Transformation
    Matching lines:
    • world as a man through his eyes and ears knows about the physical world
    • to recall something I have often said to you during these years of catastrophe,
    • as countries of the Magyars, men from the Rhine were moved in—like
    • of which will be fulfilled above everything else during the next years,
    • gave you a picture in what has to do with the Magyars. This radiating
    • not understood, perhaps underlay his remarkable saying of later years:
    • “Perhaps a hundred years hence Germans will be different from
    • what they are now, perhaps from scholars they will have grown into human
    • at the last years of the eighties, for example. When after the death
    • of the word—by a gathering of scholars. In fact the Goethe cult
    • of scholars into men. One may even go farther. You know how much I revere
    • that even a hundred years after Goethe is in reality far more scholarly
    • out of scholars, whereas Goethe struggled through out of a scholarly
    • The scholars Who in Weimar
  • Title: Regarding Higher Worlds
    Matching lines:
    • throughout Austria and Germany in the years 1908–1909.
    • throughout Austria and Germany in the years 1908–1909. Nine of the
    • Whoever has worked for many years within these circles, or are
    • flash through the realm — and then something else appears. Here
    • which appears to you as a row of separate spheres, here a
    • The astral body only appears in a kind of firm, steady form as
    • it appears in the astral body as all kinds of thickenings,
    • where it blossoms and bears fruit. Thus astrality gradually
    • appears, here the astral has the upper hand. The principle of
    • researching the plant, how it grows through summer and bears
    • human being exists in a certain place. He hears all kinds of
    • disappears. Just so it is with sensory perceptions: the human
    • or she will meet something which appears as quite new, a
    • appears as spiritual hearing. This is of course difficult to
    • a varied manner. The one, which appears most strongly when you
  • Title: Goethe's Relationship to his 'Faust'
    Matching lines:
    • throughout Austria, Germany and Switzerland in the years 1916–1919.
    • throughout Austria, Germany and Switzerland in the years 1916–1919.
    • folk tradition in which appears the “Puppet Show”
    • Faust encounters the Earth Spirit in such a form as it appears
    • not philistine, self knowledge appears to Faust. What was it
    • soul, when we keep everything in mind, which appears as
    • Mephistopheles appears as Lucifer to Faust. This results in the
    • experience everything which appears as a luciferic element.
    • he appears amid all that had been brought from the mothers,
    • work which had accompanied Goethe during nearly sixty years of
    • Spaniard, a harsh criticism, exercised on Goethe's
  • Title: What is Self-knowledge?
    Matching lines:
    • throught Austria and Germany in the years 1908–1909.
    • throught Austria and Germany in the years 1908–1909. Eight of the
    • well, you must improve,” it appears that he has developed a
    • such and such a date in Vienna, but rather about fifty years
  • Title: The Building at Dornach (Bn/GA 289): Lecture I: The Goetheanum
    Matching lines:
    • columns or pillars. There is nothing in this but the feeling for form
  • Title: The Building at Dornach (Bn/GA 289): Lecture II: Bau Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • as it appears at present from the outside, the idea called up through
    • our view that which shuts off the space above, the first two pillars
    • say that these pillars are symbolic of Saturn and Sun, I simply mean
    • by itself. In the next picture (5) we show the second and third pillars
    • the third and fourth pillars together with their architraves. We shall
    • and its points directed downwards appears to be growing larger, and
    • future can develop out of that which today appears in the form of social
    • the pillars do not stand there in order to define a limit. But the thing
    • that is expressed in the pillars, the thing that is expressed in the
    • here you see the last two pillars with their architraves. Everything
    • pillars follow one after another so that we can see how one forms. as
    • same way with pillars and architraves of which I can show you only a
    • we have another aspect of the pillars and architraves of the little
    • in past years we thought we should be successful.
    • will lie. But it is not a matter of convincing liars of the truth; they
  • Title: The Building at Dornach (Bn/GA 289): Lecture III: Lecture 3
    Matching lines:
    • pillars, the architrave and the capitals, etc. In these is reflected
    • itself, appears from below and approaching man above is the real Being
    • appears in its whole outline growing out of the blue. You will see more
    • appears physiologically in man as actual formative principles, the Luciferic
    • in this figure of Ahriman. He appears as if slain by light, hence the
    • to a certain extent appears in his essence. This is what I would beg
    • is thus indeed, especially as at present man wears in many respects
    • to the destructive forces in Europe during the last 4 or 5 years; only
    • of Spiritual Science or Anthroposophy, bears no fruit on this account,
  • Title: Problem of Faust: Lecture I: The Problem of Faust
    Matching lines:
    • powerful, and during the sixty years in which he was creating
    • With tears and sighs and frenzied wringing
    • And now the crowd's applause rings in my ears like
    • Faust standing between the divine, spiritual world that bears
    • Climb not eternal stars the sky?
    • makes quite clear. And what appears now? A travelling
    • warlike Mars but by birth is a child of ancient Saturn,
    • further back in time, say a few thousand years before the
    • coarsest, most material form in the piece of silver. He
    • veil, also of stone — the veiled Isis of Sais. it bears
  • Title: Problem of Faust: Lecture II: The Romantic Walpurgis-Night
    Matching lines:
    • strolling — as it appears in the text — at his
    • long ago, nearly thirty years, in the eighties of the 19th
    • when she again appears, also glides along. Thus with Goethe
    • were rehearsing that corrections would be needed even in the
    • clambered for three hundred years. That means that Goethe
    • calls up spirits who are three hundred years behind. The
    • origin of Faust lies three hundred years back; the Faust
    • witch souls, for they are three hundred years behind. Since
    • Three hundred years I've clambered zealous.”
    • who is really three hundred years old. The witches are not as
    • the one who has been clambering for three hundred years,
    • him. To Mephistopheles himself she appears as Medusa, from
  • Title: Problem of Faust: Lecture III: Goethe's Feeling for the Concrete.
    Matching lines:
    • often appears foolish. This is why such a great spirit as
    • appears no doubt, very witty but it is really nothing more
    • Mephistopheles, the ahrimanic element, appears. For the
    • would then see a whole world. But the ego tears man's astral
    • there appears before the world a document living entirely in
  • Title: Problem of Faust: Lecture IV: Faust and the "Mothers"
    Matching lines:
    • course of years, we need reflect only upon how the Greek
    • considering during these past years, what is supposed to
    • actually different from what it appears at first sight. What
    • insinuating all this into the courtiers' ears. But
  • Title: Problem of Faust: Lecture V: Faust and the Problem of Evil
    Matching lines:
    • 1413. We shall add certain particulars to what we already
    • and an epoch lasts 2166 years) We have to solve in the widest
    • where Helena herself appears. For these three scenes
    • Helena appears: —
    • the scene at the Emperor's Court, and finally appears in its
    • where Helena appears not merely as a spectre, but as a
    • robbed, and now she hears all that is being said of her. It
    • not to the reality come to her ears, and in the last resort
    • it will soon have lasted as many years. Why is it so? Why do
    • suggestion — out of the rhythm of the stars. Connect
    • Helena comes from the stars; but she guides the impulses
    • the stars, which is of cosmic origin; while the other, the
  • Title: Problem of Faust: Lecture VI: The Helena Saga and the Riddle of Freedom
    Matching lines:
    • Thus, of the 2160 years of the fourth post-Atlantean epoch,
    • 747 years had to run their course before the main impulse
    • reached the ears of his father, so that he had his son
    • carries Helena away when she is ten years old, and keeps her
    • three Goddesses? The human being then appears as the mere
    • politician appears upon the scenes to-day, wishing to speak
    • have been consigned to death during two years and three to
    • was so after two years, and now, considerably more than three
    • years have elapsed. This is only the consequence of the false
  • Title: Problem of Faust: Lecture VII: Some Spiritual-Scientific Observations
    Matching lines:
    • self-knowledge appears comparatively early in man, though not
    • significant dreams. In former years I have often told you
    • to what often happens on waking: one hears something that
    • appears to be still in the dream spiritually, in imaginative
  • Title: Problem of Faust: Lecture VIII: Spiritual Science Considered with the Classical Walpurgis-Night
    Matching lines:
    • Spiritual Science for many years, and yet am no whit
    • become anthroposophists, appears to differ very little from
    • layers of consciousness appears,
    • the world that re-appears in the vague experience of dreams.
    • Empusa who appears in this scene among the Lamiae around
    • twenty years of the eighteenth century during which these
    • Saturn. On a higher level, the earlier appears in the later.
    • It is the same as regards evil. Evil appears in order that
  • Title: Problem of Faust: Lecture IX: Goethe's Life of the Soul from the Standpoint of Spiritual Science
    Matching lines:
    • life of spirit contains that this life appears in the right
    • understanding. nevertheless, it appears to me of quite
    • white appears and he has to realize: The wall is still white
    • means directing the we to the phenomenon to what appears,
    • reflected in what appears to one as life between death and a
    • be stock of ideas that we may take it he has when 42 years
    • bespangled theatrical garments appears in man's
    • followed for nearly two thousand years, how is it that
  • Title: Problem of Faust: Lecture X: Faust's Knowledge and Understanding of Himself
    Matching lines:
    • the Pillars of Hercules in ancient myths. It was
    • stages of knowledge he sails, through the Pillars of
    • world. Once past the Pillars of Hercules, he became free of
    • question: Is it like?—Often indeed one hears the
    • years he was striving to find the way of putting into outward
  • Title: Problem of Faust: Lecture XI: The Vision of Reality in the Greek Myths
    Matching lines:
    • Faust for about sixty years. Moreover, we have to do here
    • most difficult circumstances about two years before his
    • the crown of this metamorphosis-idea, that appears for us
    • metamorphosis-idea. Proteus appears in his various forms that
    • Marsi, kinds of snake-demons, who bring with them the
    • and Marsi are demonic snakes, who draw into the spiritual the
    • nature, when the moon disappears and dawn breaks. But man
  • Title: Problem of Faust: Lecture XII: Goetheanism In Place of Homunculism and Mephistophelianism
    Matching lines:
    • appears, to even a moderately unprejudiced observation! The
    • head to develop further, a fearsome monster would emerge in
    • moment when Faust appears before Manto. Goethe is trying here
    • clearly seen when Mephistopheles appears for the last time
    • looking into ourselves, we hear with our external ears;
  • Title: Anthroposophy as a Demand of the Times
    Matching lines:
    • bears this world of nature within himself in his outer physical
    • soul life appears much more characteristically in a dream than
    • the dream creates initially something which appears
    • years ago. But what there asserts itself rises up next to other
    • Occurrences which took place ten years ago are tied together
    • Over against this there now appears that which I always call
    • another by years. We can combine them in such a way that the
    • ears and so on, but it now fills itself with spiritual content.
    • — The particulars about this you can read up in the above
    • looks at one's own self, that one can love that which appears
    • of our time, which as a demand of heart and soul appears in
  • Title: The Ten Commandments
    Matching lines:
    • mankind, although it appears far removed from the realm of our
    • which appears above in the heaven, which works out of the earth
    • appears as an image of something which shines above in the
  • Title: Way of Knowledge
    Matching lines:
    • instance. It appears, when we contemplate the plant, that
    • activity within the entire development appears to us as one of
    • of years, a spiritual and meaningful stages were reached. High
    • from all sides it appears that we encounter the physical planet
    • as spiritual; it appears penetrated by spirit. We then learn to
    • appears to people. Further we will learn to understand that
    • this world disappears. We call this unconsciousness.
    • movement, it appears cold and calculated by the mind. When we
  • Title: Haeckel, "The Riddle of the Universe," Theosophy
    Matching lines:
    • For years past this man, imbued with an enormous amount of
    • fairly bears out my meaning.
    • understanding of man. Even as a miniature firmament of stars
    • consciousness through which he appears before us as a
    • sense-organs of the body, the eyes and ears, have been
    • Those ancestors are the physical forebears of man, but this is
    • undeveloped forebears of man should be installed; for
  • Title: Karmic Relationships, Volume III: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • years past, we have had to draw attention to a certain point of
  • Title: Cosmic Forces in Man: Lecture I: Cosmic Forces in Man
    Matching lines:
    • lectures given in this very town many years ago, before the war, and
    • less in detail for many years. I have said more than once that a time
    • In the years that have passed since we were last together, you
    • form of senselessness. What went on between the years 1914 and 1918
    • during the actual years of the war.
    • disarmament, about the desirability of ending wars... a great war
    • terms of mathematics and mechanics. We look at the stars through
    • death and a new birth he passes through the world of stars to which
    • essence, the soul and the spirit of the world of stars must be known
    • man from the world of the fixed stars. Even our mechanistic astronomy
    • heaven of fixed stars represented by the constellation of Aries.
    • forth. In old calendars we frequently find the symbol of Aries, but
    • those days. Thus, according to the wisdom of the stars, a man might be
    • forces of the heavens of the fixed stars or their representatives the
    • down upon the Earth from the outer planets: Saturn, Jupiter, Mars.
    • working of the fixed stars, but also to the working of the planetary
    • Saturn, Jupiter, Mars — the so-called outer planets —
    • fixed stars, that is to say, to their representatives, the zodiacal
  • Title: Cosmic Forces in Man: Lecture II: The Soul Life of Man ...
    Matching lines:
    • stars, or rather to the representative of the fixed stars — the
    • these stars when combined with the Sun forces, and how the shape and
    • Earth. So that we can say: The fixed stars — for the Zodiac is
    • only the representative of the fixed stars — work upon the human
    • spheres. Whereas the fixed stars work in man through his physical
    • shape from the fixed stars, not from anything earthly; and its stages
    • own Angel, just as through our eyes and ears we are connected with the
    • ears are in the physical world. And the more idealistic thoughts and
    • realm of the fixed stars and his life-stages from the planetary
    • fixed stars; to understand the stages of life in man we must
  • Title: Cosmic Forces in Man: Lecture III: The Mission of the Scandanavian Peoples
    Matching lines:
    • And we then tried to understand how the heaven of the fixed stars and
    • recent years. True, someone may say that it seems to him as though he
    • had lived through centuries in these few years, but in general there
    • Everything was compressed into a few short years. Events like those of
    • years of the Thirty Years War, and a measure of illumination can only
    • this was done here some years ago (1910) but to-day we will
    • by other Asiatic peoples and later by the Mongols and Tartars, nor
    • External wars and conflicts are ultimately only the material images of
    • sparsely flowering rock-plants. A great picture arises in your souls
  • Title: Spirit of Fichte: Lecture I: The Spirit of Fichte Present in Our Midst
    Matching lines:
    • Years' War. The standard of life prevailing at this time in the
    • Two years after this time, in 1771, Baron von Miltitz was
    • do so.” And so Gottlieb, now nine years of age, was fetched,
    • Gottlieb in these early years imbibed from this Anti-Goeze all
    • was a post as tutor at Warsaw. However, as soon as he arrived and
    • was thirty years of age. Then a remarkable thing happened. Kant immediately
    • appears as completed existence within the outer senses. It must
    • several years the man worked on, never repeating the same lecture,
    • they are invariably behind their times by at least as many years as
    • an intellectual phenomenon as Fichte appears in the world, the very
    • into his soul, always he appears to us as the most direct
    • was kindled by his words as they poured through the ears into the
    • the ears of the spirit we can hear Fichte, if we understand him at
  • Title: Lecture: The Christmas Festival In The Changing Course Of Time
    Matching lines:
    • People felt united with what spoke to them from the stars, the weeks,
    • years of contemplative work on this great event we were able to
    • rehearsals. Anyone who wanted to take part had to adhere strictly to
    • trees, Christmas sales, and cars and electric trains running through
    • Outside, the traffic of cars may move by, electric trains may speed
  • Title: Occult Significance of the Bhagavad Gita: Lecture 1 of 9
    Matching lines:
    • thousands of years. He was one who looked deeply into spiritual life
    • such a way that it appears as a teaching given to his pupil. But to
    • appears almost like a justification of these human conflicts. If we bring
    • easily understood, whereas the one from the book appears for the
    • how, in the midst of the battle, Krishna appears and unveils before
    • can in his true spirit form. Then Krishna appears to him (later we
    • for the life of earth around him appears as something strange and
    • meet one of the first of those who through thousands of years have
  • Title: Occult Significance of the Bhagavad Gita: Lecture 2 of 9
    Matching lines:
    • horror-stricken, his charioteer suddenly appears as the instrument
    • souls of the ancestors. But now what must he see? Instead of altars
    • I said many years ago, publicly in my books
  • Title: Occult Significance of the Bhagavad Gita: Lecture 3 of 9
    Matching lines:
    • consciousness that appears between our ordinary waking state and our
    • or less recently, or perhaps even many years ago, has reappeared in
    • recollection of an experience in everyday life we had years ago,
    • years ago, although they have been doing exercises all the time. The
    • battle.” But that is not what happens. Krishna appears, and
  • Title: Occult Significance of the Bhagavad Gita: Lecture 4 of 9
    Matching lines:
    • this case for thousands of years. Therefore we ask again if these
    • paradox appears, for sleep after all is characterized by the complete
    • call the Christ, Who remained on earth altogether for three years.
  • Title: Occult Significance of the Bhagavad Gita: Lecture 5 of 9
    Matching lines:
    • ears. The reason for Miss Keller's intellectual development is that,
    • use during the last four hundred years because they were spent in
    • two hundred years ago suspended the constructive activity on his
  • Title: Occult Significance of the Bhagavad Gita: Lecture 6 of 9
    Matching lines:
    • when he poured into Arjuna’s ears the most powerful, incisive,
    • In this way Western scholars today have so
    • that appear as forms of light. One finds that he hears sounds like
    • the latter presuppose eyes and ears, that is, sense organs. In the
    • mood of soul bears us up into the ninth and tenth discourses because
    • it can only be the holy and formless, the super-sensible, that appears
    • Eastern poem appears in its fullness, where Krishna finally appears
    • one fears to reproduce them.
    • world’s history, and when the author of this impulse appears to
    • bring to mankind’s ears the voice that should speak of slaying
  • Title: Occult Significance of the Bhagavad Gita: Lecture 7 of 9
    Matching lines:
    • Gospel I delivered years ago in Basel, when for the first time I drew
    • outside there came into this body during three years of its life
  • Title: Occult Significance of the Bhagavad Gita: Lecture 8 of 9
    Matching lines:
    • reverence to that climax of spiritual achievement that appears in
    • of that period somewhat as follows. What appears to a person today in
  • Title: Occult Significance of the Bhagavad Gita: Lecture 9 of 9
    Matching lines:
    • free heavens appears to him, the impression he gains is none other
    • stars, everything he can see. He does not think about it however. He
    • ears. They must appear in clouds of light because such are visible to
    • that he wears them like a garment, while in his real self he grows
    • years; the Christ who came to mankind to bring together these two
    • years from the baptism by John until the Mystery of Golgotha.
  • Title: Mysteries of the East: Lecture 1
    Matching lines:
    • to be a boundary. It becomes transparent, and behind it appears that
    • with what he is himself producing, something absolutely new appears.
  • Title: Mysteries of the East: Lecture 2
    Matching lines:
    • aggregates itself in such a way that this crystal form appears. We
    • certain epidemics are preparing. So we see what appears to be untimely
    • Sun and Stars went round it, it was tiresome to have to learn
    • violently. That is the “malice of things”. But it appears
    • with Sun, Moon and Stars. In his feeling and perception the green
    • relations between Earth-growth and plant-growth and the Sun and Stars.
    • feelings towards nature now forsaken by Sun and Stars to the feelings
    • the course of the Sun and Stars, has no influence on man. Certainly if
    • connection between human beings and the course of the Sun and Stars.
    • which the plant comes to through the position of the Sun and Stars
    • regulate itself entirely in accordance with the course of the stars.
    • world of the Stars and Sun. This same direction of feeling applies to
    • longer feels the Sun and Stars only in their physical substantiality
  • Title: Mysteries of the East: Lecture 3
    Matching lines:
    • time the work appears in such a light that one asks: Wherefore all
    • Greek Initiation, where it appears in its solemnity. What had been
    • feels himself forsaken and alone if nothing else appears, because he
  • Title: Mysteries of the East: Lecture 4
    Matching lines:
    • Parsifal: the ideal of later Initiation. Present-day Mysteries are an
    • recognised before the forces of Parsifal can be developed in human
    • somewhat as a stream which has been on the surface and then disappears
    • Everything that appears at a certain time in the evolution of
    • stars but also the spiritual beings united with them. And so, when in
    • achievements. On the other side, there appears in Goethe, tormenting
    • Parsifal. All the legends connected with King Arthur and the Round
    • connected with the Holy Grail, apart from Parsifal, represent what the
    • the figure of Parsifal, this ideal of the later Initiation in so far
    • that bears on education, with its popularisation of modern science.
    • regions through which Parsifal went; he must overcome “apathy and
    • discernible through the raiment of the spiritual, as with Parsifal.
    • Parsifal and brings him at last, in spite of everything, to the
    • stronghold of the Holy Grail. In the whole picture drawn of Parsifal,
    • virtues of Parsifal, while knowing that — because of the modern
    • Parsifal, wounded Amfortas. That is what his self-knowledge must lead
    • wounded in body and soul, and Parsifal, whose task is to cultivate the
    • Amfortas within himself, so that he may also come to know Parsifal.
    • develop the forces of Parsifal in human nature, the Amfortas-nature in
    • nature which man bears within himself: concerning Amfortas and
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Esoteric Cosmology: Lecture I: The Birth of the Intellect and the Mission of Christianity
    Matching lines:
    • a matter of twenty years or so, a certain number of them will already
    • a thousand years before the Christian era. It is the epoch of Thales,
    • The special mission of the period which began about a thousand years
  • Title: Esoteric Cosmology: Lecture II: The Mission of Manicheism
    Matching lines:
    • Manes, lived on the Earth three hundred years after Jesus the Christ.
    • continent now submerged under the ocean that bears its name. Traces of
  • Title: Esoteric Cosmology: Lecture IV: Involution and Evolution
    Matching lines:
    • In the opinion of modern scholars, the myths are poetic interpretations
    • their homes, the figure of a woman appears and places a number of
    • appears and oppresses man during his sleep. The reversed Lord's Prayer
    • Think of the marvelous structure of the femur, of the bone which bears
  • Title: Esoteric Cosmology: Lecture V: Yoga In East and West
    Matching lines:
    • For thousands of years the higher wisdom was guarded in profound
    • last hundred years under the influence of scientific discoveries. As
    • has arrived at the stage of catharsis. Only then can he work at
  • Title: Esoteric Cosmology: Lecture VI: Yoga In East and West (conclusion)
    Matching lines:
    • “Before the eyes can see, they must be incapable of tears.”
    • appears in all mythologies. In the Edda, he whispers into the
    • Fourth degree: the Initiate bears the name of his people — he is
    • In deep sleep, the Initiate hears these sounds as if they were the
  • Title: Esoteric Cosmology: Lecture VII: The Gospel of St. John
    Matching lines:
    • Brothers of St. John, the Albigenses, the Catharists, the Templars and
    • legend of the Grail, Parsifal and Lohengrin emanated from these
    • re-incarnation, therefore, was to be lost for two thousand years and
  • Title: Esoteric Cosmology: Lecture VIII: The Christian Mystery
    Matching lines:
    • The neophyte who meditates on this theme for months and years has a
    • remain aloof when everything is tumbling about our ears, to say
    • impulses of will, his desires and his thoughts, appears to the
    • appears before him and speaks these words:
  • Title: Esoteric Cosmology: Lecture IX: The Astral World
    Matching lines:
    • follows the cause. In the astral world, the aim appears as the cause
    • hatred entertained against another being appears as an attacking
    • bears within him. The black magician has the urge to kill, to create a
  • Title: Esoteric Cosmology: Lecture X: The Astral World (continued)
    Matching lines:
    • seven years, but the form remains. Behind substance is the
    • happening in higher worlds. This fact appears again in masonic ritual
  • Title: Esoteric Cosmology: Lecture XI: The Devachanic World (Heaven)
    Matching lines:
    • years. Similarly, etheric substance is renewed, although its
    • years. For them there is neither Kamaloca or Devachan but unbroken
    • God — the Christ. 2,160 years before that, the vernal equinox
    • cults of the Egyptian Apis or the Mithras Bull in Persia. 2,160 years
    • the movement of the Earth in its relation to Sun and stars. This fact
    • new meaning to the incarnations occurring in them. 2,160 years is
  • Title: Esoteric Cosmology: Lecture XII: The Devachanic World (continued)
    Matching lines:
    • man sees marvelous forms and hears words that are pregnant with
    • physical substance appears as an empty sheath. But it is only the
    • sound, penetrating by the ears into the brains of others, where images
    • ‘Swan.’ He hears the sounds through which his master speaks
    • Apollo brings to the ears of men the tones of the Beyond. The swan is
    • stars. He no longer reads the Akashic Records from the side of the
    • occult script of the stars and the Initiate experiences the primal
    • Swan is the chela who bears the master.
  • Title: Esoteric Cosmology: Lecture XIII: The Logos and the Word
    Matching lines:
    • ears with which to hear. Movement in the semi-liquid, semi-gaseous
    • into ears and the frontal parts of his structure into arms and
  • Title: Esoteric Cosmology: Lecture XV: The Evolution of Planets and Earth
    Matching lines:
    • scholars regard living beings as mere machines and reject the idea of
    • will be giving body to the word which bears and sustains the image.
  • Title: Esoteric Cosmology: Lecture XVI: Earthquakes, Volcanoes, and Human Will
    Matching lines:
    • fluid forces emanating from the planet Mars. Before this passage of
    • Mars not the slightest trace of iron existed on this earth. In fact,
    • as our blood have been subjected to the influence of Mars. Mars has
    • evolution is referred to as the period of Mars.
    • Mars and Mercury. And it is this which Initiates have woven into our
    • of our evolution: Mars and Mercury are placed between the Moon and
    • appears there as joy. And all joy is experienced as sorrow. Its
    • 8) In this layer everything appears fragmented and reproduced to
    • ninth layer represents the substantial origin of what appears on earth
  • Title: First Lecture: The Gospel of St. John
    Matching lines:
    • events in Palestine between the years 1 and 33 A.D. He who
    • several years in a modern European initiation — because
    • would be in the physical world without eyes or ears. One
    • had no eyes there would be no colours, if one had no ears
    • incarnations, another in seventy years, another in seven
    • years, others in seven months, seven days or seven hours.
    • higher ego appears before Him — his own higher ego,
    • Everything appears reversed on the astral plane. Even time is
    • When one has left the physical body, this appears to one as a
    • mentioned previous to the awakening. He appears for the first
  • Title: Second Lecture: The Gospel of St. John
    Matching lines:
    • This is the mystical death. The whole world appears as
    • disciple who bears witness that Christ lives. Now the higher
    • vanishes, and every doubt disappears, if one knows that what
  • Title: Third Lecture: The Gospel of St. John
    Matching lines:
    • realise that everything we do by means of our eyes, ears and
    • the two incarnations is fifteen to eighteen hundred years.
    • group of boys no more than ten years old, and set about
    • finish learning. Sometimes when one hears an explanation like
  • Title: At the Gates: Lecture I: The Being of Man
    Matching lines:
    • appears in perpetual movement except for one small space, shaped like
    • space. Just as the empty centre of a flame appears blue when seen through
    • the light around it, so this empty space appears blue because of the
  • Title: At the Gates: Lecture II: The Three Worlds
    Matching lines:
    • not yet accessible to ordinary people, one often hears an objection to
    • sentences. “Night and darkness lay around me for years and then
    • of anyone who hears of higher worlds only through the communications of
    • The spiritual eyes and ears of everyone can be opened, if he brings
    • in seven; one in seven years, another in seven months or seven days
    • appears as its mirror-reflection, and it is essential to be aware of
    • All such images appear in the astral world reversed. Scholars attribute
    • only in the soul. To box someone's ears is wrong, but a bad thought
    • At first the sea of colour appears uncontrolled, unattached to any objects;
    • in the world of Devachan. And so another world appears to him; after
    • Bear to spirit-ears the ringing
    • Eyes are dazed and ears astounded,
    • in the physical world appears dark, and vice versa. We see things, too,
    • space he occupies appears dark, but round him is a radiant halo.
    • a battle appears like a great thunderstorm, fiery flashes of lightning,
    • looks like a hollow globe encircled by stars, so it is with this boundary
  • Title: At the Gates: Lecture III: Life of the Soul in Kamaloka
    Matching lines:
    • time appears to us as a kind of unconsciousness; only a few memories
    • entire life appears before his soul in a moment, like a great tableau.
    • body with its coarser rhythms conceals them. But in moments of deadly
    • reappears; hence also the recollection of the whole past life immediately
    • our ears, absolute silence; and no feeling of heat or cold without the
    • music — but he lacks ears.
    • of which he was so suddenly deprived. Nothing else bears comparison
    • for instance he has lived for seventy-five years, his time in Kamaloka
    • will be twenty-five years. And what happens then? The astral bodies
  • Title: At the Gates: Lecture IV: Devachan
    Matching lines:
    • the sixth and fourteenth years is taken up with acquiring knowledge:
    • only a few thousand years ago this region was covered with primeval
    • backwards round the Zodiac year by year, taking 2,160 years to
    • And indeed the period of 2,160 years does signify a complete change
    • these 2,160 years as a period during which conditions on Earth change
    • incarnations is in fact about 1,000 years. It is not true that there is
    • is that a soul appears once as a man and once as a woman during this
    • period of 2,160 years. It will then have had all the experiences available
    • or animal, and everything physical that still exists, appears as a
  • Title: At the Gates: Lecture V: Human Tasks in the Higher Worlds
    Matching lines:
    • interval of about I,000 years between death and the next incarnation,
    • his being, and then it appears as a Double, a Doppelgänger.
    • memory of a man's past life appears like a tableau before his soul, so is
    • thread in the causal body darkens and disappears. It persists through
    • tomorrow how Theosophy bears on these problems of education, which point
  • Title: At the Gates: Lecture VI: The Upbringing of Children. Karma.
    Matching lines:
    • will be disturbed. During the first seven years it is best to leave
    • the child during his first seven years is through the development of
    • are significant, and everything a child sees or hears affects him in
    • The most important thing during the first seven years is to nourish
    • the first seven years. Hence during these years we must try to influence
    • during these early years a child should be surrounded by noble-minded,
    • seven years. Because of the extreme sensitivity of the inner members
    • the third period of seven years, the age of puberty, the astral body
    • of years, the law will of its own accord become part of our feelings.
  • Title: At the Gates: Lecture VII: Workings of the Law of Karma in Human Life
    Matching lines:
    • the physical body, in so far as it bears on the law of karma. All our
    • him. Think of yourselves as you were a few years ago before you knew
    • separate years of his life and over his life as a whole. In this way he
    • is today because of the changes in human evolution. Five thousand years
    • have, was deliberately planned for thousands of years ahead, and it
    • very widespread today, which was hardly known a hundred years ago —
    • which has been given out to meet the needs of humanity. A hundred years
    • were twenty-eight highly gifted musicians in a period of 250 years. Again,
    • you will find good musical ears, and so when a soul with a strongly
  • Title: At the Gates: Lecture VIII: Good and Evil. Individual Karmic Questions.
    Matching lines:
    • At our present stage of evolution conscience appears as a kind of inner
    • appears quite late, and in the language of the earlier Greeks no word
    • scholarship gives a quite false picture. The Manicheans are supposed
    • at from one side only. Everything which appears to us in one condition
  • Title: At the Gates: Lecture IX: Evolution of the Earth
    Matching lines:
    • eighty years. The physical body is thus in all details the most perfect
    • been heard with Devachanic ears. After existing for a certain period
    • of the Earth with the planet Mars. The planets interpenetrated, the
    • Earth going through Mars. At that time Mars possessed a substance, iron,
    • which the Earth lacked, and Mars left this iron in the Earth in a vaporous
    • to Mars to such an extent that the first half of its evolution is called
    • Mars. Mercury has equal significance for the second half; the Earth
    • to it. Hence in occult science the terms Mars and Mercury
    • Mars
  • Title: At the Gates: Lecture X: Progress of Mankind Up To Atlantean Times
    Matching lines:
    • After millions of years
    • further million years or so, Earth and Moon had acquired a very different
    • means after millions of years — the Earth became more solid. The
    • heat was transformed into the breathing of air, that which Mars had
    • spread over this continent. In the course of millions of years they
  • Title: At the Gates: Lecture XI: The Post-Atlantean Culture-Epochs
    Matching lines:
    • Brown-man hears the thunder and sees the lightning and this language
    • he can understand; his God speaks to him in this language. He hears
    • his God speaks to him. He hears the water rippling in the brook, and
    • Men looked up to the stars and observed their movements and their
    • of the stars, their relation to one another and to mankind, and so they
    • the stars merely physical globes. They looked on each planet as ensouled
    • stars in their courses and in accordance with them he regulated his
    • need only remind ourselves that on the astral plane everything appears
  • Title: At the Gates: Lecture XII: Occult Develpment
    Matching lines:
    • may dream that she is on her way to church; she enters; she hears the
    • hears the cock crowing outside!
    • get some idea of how time appears in the astral world. A small experience
    • man and other beings always appears as astral light. Passions appear
    • he bars the way to new experiences. You must always be open to new
  • Title: At the Gates: Lecture XIII: Oriental and Christian Training
    Matching lines:
    • instruments are too coarse to detect the finer substances, but the
    • “Before the eye can see, it must be incapable of tears.”
    • years with absolute patience and perseverance, you will find that these
    • and the world of Devachan appears before him. This is the rending of
  • Title: At the Gates: Lecture XIV: Rosicrucian Training - The Interior of the Earth - Earthquakes and Volcanoes
    Matching lines:
    • appears as red; every colour appears as its complementary opposite.
    • remarkable appears. For example, a plant held in the midst of this layer
    • appears to be multiplied, and so with everything else. But the essential
  • Title: Pastoral Medicine: Lecture 1
    Matching lines:
    • of a medical faculty. It hardly appears any more in Protestant
  • Title: Pastoral Medicine: Lecture 2
    Matching lines:
    • branches of human knowledge must be liberated from a certain coarse
    • opinions they voiced were not only coarse but extraordinarily
    • the physical organism in the first seven years of human life are the
    • assemble the really essential material, the number of years medical
    • person develops further; then something quite special appears. The
    • if the labile condition starts between seventeen and nineteen years:
    • What next appears,
    • Teresa, if it is coarse, the result will be different. With St.
    • the ego organization and astral body are quite coarse and yet they
  • Title: Pastoral Medicine: Lecture 3
    Matching lines:
    • What appears at the threshold of perception is the first stage for
    • and in the retina is what appears to ordinary consciousness as
    • through the pain: a cherub or seraph appears (this is what the
    • thousand years later. Time is measured quite differently in the
    • years. Let me show by this line (see drawing above) that something
    • appears in three thousand years' time. That is the normal course. You
    • line of time is in that ball. Three thousand years are in that ball.
  • Title: Pastoral Medicine: Lecture 4
    Matching lines:
    • in the course of every seven or eight years a person pushes off all
    • were correct, we would have new teeth every seven years. We get new
    • part is indeed replaced in the course of seven or eight years. Thus a
    • basic statement can be made for the first seven years. Human beings
    • worked in it during those years. These forces have so appropriated
    • really holds good only for the first seven years of life. Only for
    • those first seven years is it true that a person's characteristics
    • seven years provides, in a certain sense, a kind of model from which
    • years of etheric body, astral body, and ego) fashions a new physical
    • seven years, but then in the ninth and tenth years they develop in
    • particular kind of work the etheric body has to do. For in the years
    • during the first seven years, it is not yet able to receive other
    • years of life the child's whole being cannot unite with anything
    • physical worlds during the first seven years of life will be seen as
    • great deal to do in these first seven years of life. It works quietly
    • freed, one can only realize if one perceives that at fourteen years
    • the first seven years into the physical development and is now
    • depths of human nature. During the first seven years these soul
    • in the body in the first seven years of the human being, in the
    • works in the first seven years of life are in the cosmos; they are
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Pastoral Medicine: Lecture 5
    Matching lines:
    • — For example a man might say: “Sure, ten years ago I was
    • picture and it was the same one I'd seen thirty years earlier in
    • nineteenth, twentieth years, the ego is stuck too deeply in the
    • us in those early years by premature cleverness, it is a matter of
    • When it appears in the first life period, however, we should be
    • prevented from shining down into the first seven years of life that
    • should really only emerge during the second seven years.
    • putting into the child's first years of life something that should
  • Title: Pastoral Medicine: Lecture 6
    Matching lines:
    • thousand years or so to the early times of the Old Testament, you
    • something is working that appears in the rhythmic system,
    • obsessed him for years. Even so, he is still bound to animals. After
    • ten years he gets another dog, and now see what happens: he plays
  • Title: Pastoral Medicine: Lecture 7
    Matching lines:
    • The breathing process is comparatively coarse. We breathe gaseous
    • is coarse as compared to all the other processes that occur in us as
    • of the lungs, we are looking at the coarse breathing process in the
    • now this is what we must see: in the coarse inhalation-exhalation of
    • given over to the coarser breathing process of the lungs, to the air
    • appears as a refined (or even metamorphosed) breathing process, is
    • air exhalation we reach a lower, coarser process. Below we gradually
    •  Plate IVClick image for large view[It appears Plate IV and VI were mixed up in the original publication of the book ...we have switched them (see date in lower-left of image) – e.Ed] 
  • Title: Pastoral Medicine: Lecture 8
    Matching lines:
    • the forces of Mars, Jupiter, and Saturn. Thus in addition to the
    • think very, very well. One sees nothing, hears nothing, but one can
    • a differentiated sense world. The sun no longer shines, the stars no
    • stars appear again, but in their spiritual aspect: they are now
    • they stream in into something physical, which then appears as merely
    • bringing our past karma with it appears to be bringing reproach, and
    • activity has the help of Mars, Jupiter, and Saturn. What, then, are
    • the tasks of Mars, Jupiter, and Saturn? Recall, dear friends, what I
    • bring about the stop for the world chemism, the Mars forces the stop
    • stars everywhere. If we look within the human being, the sun, moon,
    • and stars are there too, in exact correspondence. When something
    • collaboration of sun, moon, and stars. If we as therapists want to
    • appears. This is the physician's task.
  • Title: Pastoral Medicine: Lecture 9
    Matching lines:
    •  Plate VIClick image for large view[It appears Plate IV and VI were mixed up in the original publication of the book ...we have switched them (see date in lower-left of image) – e.Ed] 
  • Title: Pastoral Medicine: Lecture 10
    Matching lines:
    • the same thoughts that have been used for hundreds of years to think
    • place in the sky in relation to the other stars, and now in 1924
    • happens approximately every 25,920 years. There we have found a
    • through approximately 25,920 of our ordinary years.
    • is encircled by those 25,920 years. And we can very well conceive of
    • the largest interval of time that we possess, to what appears to us
    • 25,920 years: in that span of time the nature of our physical body is
    • 25,920 years. The activity that takes place in our physical body in
    • seventy-two years, the so-called human life span. And we get 25,920
    • days. So we have a life of seventy-two years as the normal rhythm
    • breaths during one day. What is it, then, that appears within the
    • seventy-two years, the 25,920 days in the same way that a breath, one
    • inhalation-exhalation, appears within the whole breathing process?
    • Let us see how the average human life of seventy-two years fits into
    • the Platonic cosmic year. Let us count the seventy-two years as
    • lives x 72 years = 25,920 years: the Platonic year.
    • and foremost in the world of the stars. Inwardly, we relate to our
    • what successive years and days bring us. In short, we evolve as human
    • wonder in pondering over this rhythm of 25,920 years. One is awed by
    • to it. And so one has had to invent leap years, intercalary months,
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Pastoral Medicine: Lecture 11
    Matching lines:
    • the individual during the first seven years of life. The first body
    • first seven or eight years is entirely stripped off.
    • It appears as a metamorphosis rather than the end of a phase of
    • only “real” in the coarse, tangible physical world. And
  • Title: Broken Vessels: Lecture 1
    Matching lines:
    • of a medical faculty. It hardly appears any more in Protestant
  • Title: Broken Vessels: Lecture 2
    Matching lines:
    • branches of human knowledge must be liberated from a certain coarse
    • opinions they voiced were not only coarse but extraordinarily
    • the physical organism in the first seven years of human life are the
    • assemble the really essential material, the number of years medical
    • person develops further; then something quite special appears. The
    • if the labile condition starts between seventeen and nineteen years:
    • What next appears,
    • Teresa, if it is coarse, the result will be different. With St.
    • the ego organization and astral body are quite coarse and yet they
  • Title: Broken Vessels: Lecture 3
    Matching lines:
    • What appears at the threshold of perception is the first stage for
    • and in the retina is what appears to ordinary consciousness as
    • through the pain: a cherub or seraph appears (this is what the
    • thousand years later. Time is measured quite differently in the
    • years. Let me show by this line (see drawing above) that something
    • appears in three thousand years' time. That is the normal course. You
    • line of time is in that ball. Three thousand years are in that ball.
  • Title: Broken Vessels: Lecture 4
    Matching lines:
    • in the course of every seven or eight years a person pushes off all
    • were correct, we would have new teeth every seven years. We get new
    • part is indeed replaced in the course of seven or eight years. Thus a
    • basic statement can be made for the first seven years. Human beings
    • worked in it during those years. These forces have so appropriated
    • really holds good only for the first seven years of life. Only for
    • those first seven years is it true that a person's characteristics
    • seven years provides, in a certain sense, a kind of model from which
    • years of etheric body, astral body, and ego) fashions a new physical
    • seven years, but then in the ninth and tenth years they develop in
    • particular kind of work the etheric body has to do. For in the years
    • during the first seven years, it is not yet able to receive other
    • years of life the child's whole being cannot unite with anything
    • physical worlds during the first seven years of life will be seen as
    • great deal to do in these first seven years of life. It works quietly
    • freed, one can only realize if one perceives that at fourteen years
    • the first seven years into the physical development and is now
    • depths of human nature. During the first seven years these soul
    • in the body in the first seven years of the human being, in the
    • works in the first seven years of life are in the cosmos; they are
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Broken Vessels: Lecture 5
    Matching lines:
    • — For example a man might say: “Sure, ten years ago I was
    • picture and it was the same one I'd seen thirty years earlier in
    • nineteenth, twentieth years, the ego is stuck too deeply in the
    • us in those early years by premature cleverness, it is a matter of
    • When it appears in the first life period, however, we should be
    • prevented from shining down into the first seven years of life that
    • should really only emerge during the second seven years.
    • putting into the child's first years of life something that should
  • Title: Broken Vessels: Lecture 6
    Matching lines:
    • thousand years or so to the early times of the Old Testament, you
    • something is working that appears in the rhythmic system,
    • obsessed him for years. Even so, he is still bound to animals. After
    • ten years he gets another dog, and now see what happens: he plays
  • Title: Broken Vessels: Lecture 7
    Matching lines:
    • The breathing process is comparatively coarse. We breathe gaseous
    • is coarse as compared to all the other processes that occur in us as
    • of the lungs, we are looking at the coarse breathing process in the
    • now this is what we must see: in the coarse inhalation-exhalation of
    • given over to the coarser breathing process of the lungs, to the air
    • appears as a refined (or even metamorphosed) breathing process, is
    • air exhalation we reach a lower, coarser process. Below we gradually
  • Title: Broken Vessels: Lecture 8
    Matching lines:
    • the forces of Mars, Jupiter, and Saturn. Thus in addition to the
    • think very, very well. One sees nothing, hears nothing, but one can
    • a differentiated sense world. The sun no longer shines, the stars no
    • stars appear again, but in their spiritual aspect: they are now
    • they stream in into something physical, which then appears as merely
    • bringing our past karma with it appears to be bringing reproach, and
    • activity has the help of Mars, Jupiter, and Saturn. What, then, are
    • the tasks of Mars, Jupiter, and Saturn? Recall, dear friends, what I
    • bring about the stop for the world chemism, the Mars forces the stop
    • stars everywhere. If we look within the human being, the sun, moon,
    • and stars are there too, in exact correspondence. When something
    • collaboration of sun, moon, and stars. If we as therapists want to
    • appears. This is the physician's task.
  • Title: Broken Vessels: Lecture 10
    Matching lines:
    • the same thoughts that have been used for hundreds of years to think
    • place in the sky in relation to the other stars, and now in 1924
    • happens approximately every 25,920 years. There we have found a
    • through approximately 25,920 of our ordinary years.
    • is encircled by those 25,920 years. And we can very well conceive of
    • the largest interval of time that we possess, to what appears to us
    • 25,920 years: in that span of time the nature of our physical body is
    • 25,920 years. The activity that takes place in our physical body in
    • seventy-two years, the so-called human life span. And we get 25,920
    • days. So we have a life of seventy-two years as the normal rhythm
    • breaths during one day. What is it, then, that appears within the
    • seventy-two years, the 25,920 days in the same way that a breath, one
    • inhalation-exhalation, appears within the whole breathing process?
    • Let us see how the average human life of seventy-two years fits into
    • the Platonic cosmic year. Let us count the seventy-two years as
    • lives x 72 years = 25,920 years: the Platonic year.
    • and foremost in the world of the stars. Inwardly, we relate to our
    • what successive years and days bring us. In short, we evolve as human
    • wonder in pondering over this rhythm of 25,920 years. One is awed by
    • to it. And so one has had to invent leap years, intercalary months,
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Broken Vessels: Lecture 11
    Matching lines:
    • the individual during the first seven years of life. The first body
    • first seven or eight years is entirely stripped off.
    • It appears as a metamorphosis rather than the end of a phase of
    • only “real” in the coarse, tangible physical world. And
  • Title: Genesis: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • it the light, but only the coarser elements, the gaseous and the
    • even his outer form bears testimony to the fact that his being lives
    • result the “Chladni” sound-figures. What the coarse
    • sound of which the sense-perceptible tone which the ear hears is only
  • Title: Genesis: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • element, the solid, which appears now on the third “day.”
    • earth the sun, moon and stars now come into activity; how there begins
    • bears the impress of the joint idea they had formed of their work. We
    • appears as an expression of the capacity and skill acquired by the
  • Title: Genesis: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • but that the fourth state appears as something new.
    • faculties of seers who speak to us across thousands of years.
    • from the various lectures I have given in the course of years, or
    • have been taught for years that during the Saturn evolution the
    • groups of Beings working in Sun, Moon, Mars and so on. Let us then
    • what I am saying for years that you will acquire a real grasp of how
  • Title: Genesis: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • manifestations of the spirit behind all that appears in the positive
    • last thirty years or so I have been trying at intervals to show the
    • for signs, and for seasons, and for days, and years.]
  • Title: Genesis: Lecture VI
    Matching lines:
    • Genesis now appears to us in a new light. When we are told that what
  • Title: Genesis: Lecture VII
    Matching lines:
    • object-consciousness. I have for many years been calling attention to
    • this, and years ago I was able to give information out of the Akasha
    • that a fire external to ourselves appears as a being radiating light.
    • inner process; and while what appears in picture form, in colour,
  • Title: Genesis: Lecture VIII
    Matching lines:
    • things which I have told you in the course of years about the
    • with our earth. It has radiated its effluence to Mercury, Mars,
    • world, the astral world, because it rests in the world of the stars
    • world of the stars, and the world of the stars must have been present
    • day the stars, the astra, must have unfolded their activity
    • coarser is derived from the finer, not the finer from the coarser. It
    • magnetism are forces which in a coarser way play their part today in
  • Title: Genesis: Lecture IX
    Matching lines:
    • withdrawn with the sun, undergoes a certain coarsening. But man, such
    • conditions had been too fine, they now became too coarse.
    • Saturn, others on Mars, others again on Mercury, and so on. Only a
    • would have become too coarse had it remained with the moon. Hence the
    • came from Mars, or Mercury, or Jupiter and so on. This brought about
    • division of men into Mars-men, Saturn-men and so on was the origin of
    • night: he made the stars also. For by the stars are meant the
    • physical. We must become ever clearer that always behind the coarser
  • Title: Genesis: Lecture X
    Matching lines:
    • which he can say conscientiously, and with scholarship, that it is
    • appears on the outside, the more rarefied, etheric, invisible body
  • Title: Festivals/Easter: Lecture I: Easter: The Festival of Warning
    Matching lines:
    • particular constellation of the stars, a constellation of the stars
    • that happened in the recent years of the war, but I refer to that
  • Title: Festivals/Easter: Lecture II: The Blood-relationship and The Christ-relationship
    Matching lines:
    • The characteristics attributed to Paganism by scholars to-day are no
    • 30, 35 years old, he bears this inherited blood within him. In that he
    • King” which appears on every ministerial decree, really mean
  • Title: Festivals/Easter: Lecture III: The Death of A God and Its Fruits In Humanity
    Matching lines:
    • scholarship. The value of this science of comparative religion should
    • central nerve of Buddhism. And the Christian, too, hears of a
    • hears that one of these Bodhisattvas — born 600 years before our
    • It was because for three years there dwelt in
  • Title: Festivals/Easter: Lecture IV: Spirit Triumphant
    Matching lines:
    • once appears. We need the Christ Who draws into our will,
    • inner freedom, and of the real nature of the will which bears
    • cosmos into a corpse. To-day we gaze at the stars and calculate their
    • of the universe, never perceiving that in the stars there is
  • Title: Festivals/Easter: Lecture V: The Teachings of The Risen Christ
    Matching lines:
    • sides — where we to-day see only clouds and stars — earthly
  • Title: Festivals/Easter: Lecture VI: Easter: The Mystery of the Future
    Matching lines:
    • During the Thirty Years' War, through strange workings of karma, this
    • This motif and trend of the Nordic sagas reappears in a medieval form
    • “Parsifal” quickens to life within him, this is a
    • horizons in “Parsifal,” becoming the seed of that future
    • senses: the eyes for seeing, the ears for hearing, and all the other
    • restlessness, his neurasthenic condition, his pathological fears,
    • of artistic creation. Richard Wagner's “Parsifal” is the
  • Title: Festivals/Easter: Lecture VII: Spiritual Bells of Easter, I
    Matching lines:
    • same God, incarnate in the Man of Palestine, appears in microcosmic
    • ‘I’. So they describe how the great spiritual Beings, the Avatars,
    •     “among the stars I am the sun, among the elements — fire;
    • within ourselves. All the Avatars have brought redemption to mankind
    • existence, but to live with all that gleams in the stars, shines in
  • Title: Festivals/Easter: Lecture VIII: Spiritual Bells of Easter, II
    Matching lines:
    • were the outer expressions of the Avatars, the incarnations of the
    • example, was Krishna, one of the Avatars of Vishnu. In earlier times
    •     “preach to deaf ears; he will not be understood by men
    • from six hundred years before the event of Golgotha to six hundred
    • years after it — and think of certain experiences that arose in
    • existence bears him into the earthly world-illness is suffering. The
    • taught. Six hundred years after the Event of Golgotha the
    • nothingness of life. Men who lived six hundred years after the Event
    • into blessedness. Six hundred years after the Event of Golgotha the
    • all suffering, just as six hundred years before the Mystery
    • If, six hundred years before our era, entrance into the physical
    • greatest of all the Avatars who have come down to the earth and when
    • the glory of the Christ Power and Christ Impulse it bears within it,
    • when the Maitreya Buddha appears, the uncorrupted body of Kashiapa,
  • Title: Faith, Love, Hope: The Third Revelation
    Matching lines:
    • already been given during the preceding years, from 1908 onwards. Dr.
    • For some years the most significant figure among the group of students
    • encounters, and which led towards the foundation, eleven years later,
    • The theme of Faith, Love and Hope appears in a wonderful way in the
    • imitates what it hears; but that in the early days of talking it has
    • years before the Christian era.
    • during the last 1,000 years, they have gradually adopted modern
    • the first physical personalities, the primal forebears of mankind, and
    • for those who, during the last 1,000 years, have been connected with
    • on, during the next 3,000 years — of an urge to refrain from what
    • a dreamlike way what appears to be an action of their own; yet they
    • during the next 3,000 years does not entail Christ being restricted to
    • next 3,000 years, until important new weighty facts are once more
  • Title: Faith, Love, Hope: Towards the Sixth Epoch
    Matching lines:
    • the dead was seen to be wanting, that altars took the shape of
    • personality living about a hundred years before Christ under the name
    • reckoning of time this will be in about 3,000 years, when a sufficient
    • able to do approximately 3,000 years hence. There is, as yet, no human
  • Title: Forming of Destiny: Lecture 1: Spiritual Life in the Physical World and Life Between Death and Rebirth
    Matching lines:
    • We have all got ears, but we each hear in our own way. We all have
    • receive through inheritance as ears, nose, eyes, brain, etc., we can
    • people a very active life indeed. It appears so active to us because
    • the twenty-first year and so on; in periods of seven years. And if you
    • of life do not progress in periods of seven years, but irregularly,
    • years. He, too, has his task, each one must accommodate himself to his
    • given by one who dies in later years. That rests in the fact that
  • Title: Forming of Destiny: Lecture 2: On the forming of Destiny
    Matching lines:
    • Munich in those early years, through the performances of the Mystery
    • life-strength in later years. It must be admitted that the valuable
    • wars which were waged in the beginning of the Middle Ages between the
    • peoples belonging to the Roman Empire, we must say that the wars which
    • you picture two centuries later, how different everything appears!
    • the very significant fact that on the one side, through many years of
    • that we may say a widening of our vision appears. While during the
    • Ego remains. But there now appears, and you can gather for yourselves,
    • appears something quite peculiar, to which man has first to accustom
    • and rebirth. To see nature here we have our physical eyes, ears, and
    • such a way that everything that appears is within you. Just as here a
    • its own accord. It appears without one's having very much to do with
    • died. But a soul that appears more of its own accord is a soul which
    • and the task of these years really lies in our experiencing them. Now,
    • in him which he did not use in the years which would have followed his
    • if they had lived till fifty, sixty or seventy years of age. The
    • which he forsook at physical birth. Everything appears different.
    • such a manner that it appears more from outside. Whereas if a man dies
    • task. Outer activity withdraws, and there appears in the soul the
  • Title: Forming of Destiny: Lecture 3: The Subconscious Strata of the Soul-Life and the Life of the Spirit After Premature Death
    Matching lines:
    • human life it appears to us as if the accident had overtaken the man,
    • etheric body, perhaps during many years. That force is nevertheless in
    • appears. From the spiritual world one looks back in like manner at the
    • appears as something infinitely significant, when the spiritual
    • existence. From the spiritual this appears so that one can say,
  • Title: Forming of Destiny: Lecture 4: The Connection Between the Spiritual and the Physical Worlds, and How They Are Experienced After Death
    Matching lines:
    • appears in the relation of the two people. As has been said, it may
    • with it in the spiritual world, but there also appears the world of
    • appears, apparently from quite a different quarter, a picture, an
    • earth-man appears very different to us when we consider him from the
    • then bears the same relation to us as does the outer world now, is
  • Title: Forming of Destiny: Lecture 5: Concerning the Subconscious Soul Impulses
    Matching lines:
    • took place, then a serious psychic illness appears, to which I have
    • and heard with spiritual ears. So that what I have already explained
    • penalty, twenty years' imprisonment. The person concerned (none other
    • this verdict as one of the greatest triumphs of his many years of
    • He was not clearly conscious whether in the intervening years he had
    • to pass. Finally, he overhears a conversation, whereby he learns that
    • the consciousness appears evident to his soul; he has an insight into
    • years the Manager of the Hamburg Theatre, and who later became Manager
    • place. It appears to him as a memory which preceded the perception.
    • noted man nearly a hundred years ago. He drew attention continually to
  • Title: Forming of Destiny: Lecture 6: Lecture on the Poem of Olaf Ĺsteson
    Matching lines:
    • the other member of the inner life appears before the human soul when
    • compare what we obtain through our senses, our eyes, ears, etc. —
    • following: Man has eyes, ears, sense of touch, etc., that is, a
    • in the course of months or years.’ For if he has written a book
    • when a man bears this Luciferic nature within him, then, while he
    • belief in authority which to-day appears under the mask of freedom.
    • remarkable poet, who died many years ago, wrote of his feeling about
    • underneath the stars, and formed a delicate arch through them. It had
    • clearer and clearer until the stars withdrew and faded away before it.
    • light, which moved and coated gently among the stars. Then arose
    • but the hosts of simple stars.
    • and the stars and the phenomena of the night above them. The night
    • amid snow and ice, with only the stars above them, and this phenomenon
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • spiritual organism which perceives, sees, hears and so on through the
    • spirit. Just as our soul creates eyes and ears in order to perceive
    • animals as eyes and ears in order to see and hear the world.
    • appears at first in symbols. If man concentrates for instance on his
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • by someone whose instincts have passed through catharsis. In the
    • the Guardian of the Threshold appears in an abnormal way. This
    • into his etheric body without doing harm to the world. When one bears
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • which bears within itself the old sense of orientation in the three
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • In the perception of sound one hears the wisdom of the world. In the
    • hears or speaks man expresses himself directly in wisdom. At the
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture VI
    Matching lines:
    • negative aspect was called by the Pythagoreans catharsis. At first man
    • on Mars. It was added shortly before man incarnated. The second
    • still higher beings, through the Nirmana-kayas. From Mars they added
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture VII
    Matching lines:
    • following this appears when the pineal gland (epiphysis) is developed.
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture VIII
    Matching lines:
    • of about two thousand years. One can investigate when people who are
    • incarnated, one finds as a rule about 300 to 400 years after the birth
    • 800 years before Christ; that is about the time of the Iliad and the
    • About 800 years before Christ the sun in spring entered the
    • always slightly changing. Eight hundred years before Christ the sun
    • Cancer. Now already for some hundred of years it rises in the
    • not to teach reincarnation for two thousand years, not for any
    • nothing of it for two thousand years. In the gospel of St. John there
    • a period of about two thousand six hundred years.
    • 800 years before Christ and 1800 years after Christ, then we have two
    • thousand six hundred years. About the year 1800 we entered the sign of
    • every two thousand six hundred years, but the experiences he makes as
    • thousand three hundred years elapse between two incarnations as man or
    • as woman, and about two thousand six hundred years between such double
    • being bears within him the opposite sex as etheric body. Thus in the
    • There was a special reason why, for about two thousand years, the
    • about reincarnation. But from 800 years before Christ until about 1800
    • years after Christ, the time had elapsed during which nearly everyone
    • three hundred years had to have such a teaching as was brought by
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture IX
    Matching lines:
    • hundred years independent towns had developed in all civilised
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture X
    Matching lines:
    • Around the etheric body appears the astral body. It is the outer form
    • years or rather more.
    • be discovered. It has only existed for a few thousand years, because
    • disappears altogether out of these conditions into a shorter Pralaya.
    • astral condition. After this it appears physically once more.
    • Round reappears and grows up as the plant kingdom; for instance [the]
    • Then in the Fifth Round the previous mineral kingdom appears in all
    • Round. At first this reappears in the Arupic condition in the pure
    • we have a solution of cooking salt it appears as a uniform grayish
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture XI
    Matching lines:
    • “Before the eyes can see they must give up tears”, [The
    • they must be incapable of tears.”] holds good for all times and
    • which are not his own, then he soars upwards to the Devachanic Plane.
    • which he gains, this craving for the physical disappears.
    • Arupa Plane. What he then bears upwards from the Astral Plane streams
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture XII
    Matching lines:
    • camera, there appears within it a picture of the surrounding world.
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture XIII
    Matching lines:
    • written down until the 6th century. This is why scholars deny the
    • years
    • on the other side of existence. Everything which appears as
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture XIV
    Matching lines:
    • Today we are surrounded by physical reality, by sun, moon and stars.
    • 6. sparsha
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture XV
    Matching lines:
    • who were not especially well-known as scholars and who also held no
    • for example Robespierre in his later years. Everything which appears
    • soul. As the fourth stage appears what comes towards the consciousness
    • leads us to what we call contact with existence: Sparsha. Whoever
    • called contact with existence: Sparsha.
    • Sparsha
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture XVII
    Matching lines:
    • aspect: Earth, Sun, Moon and stars, the Milky Way and so on. Behind it
    • us in the following incarnation, in such a way that it appears within
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture XVIII
    Matching lines:
    • transpose ourselves back some thousands of years we find Europe
    • tools. If we go back about a million years we find in the same
    • not even to those of periods some thousands of years later. Natural
    • Threshold, the lower nature of man, frequently appears in a form of
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture XIX
    Matching lines:
    • so, that a being which appears to us as pleasing works upon our
    • number 563 is there 365. A feeling of hatred also appears as if it
    • light-phenomenon appears (the mollusc-crab for example). This is a
    • brightness which arises around the thoughts soon disappears; but if
    • astral plane appears the counter picture of the nothingness, the
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture XX
    Matching lines:
    • the course of some thousands of years will become our self is now the
    • hundred years, an Akasha-picture gives the impression of the earlier
    • sometimes hear them tell of such things, in their earliest years, so
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture XXI
    Matching lines:
    • This ideal which man should attain in the distant future appears in
    • practised these observations and meditations for many years, indeed
    • people shed tears over ‘Die natürliche Tochter.’
    • astral plane, on his feeling, and reduced him to tears. This was the
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture XXIII
    Matching lines:
    • lasted nevertheless for perhaps four million years. [Rudolf Steiner
    • periods. Ed.] Four million years were needed by the Moon Pitris in
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture XXIV
    Matching lines:
    • appears in certain pathological cases. Thus the purpose of single
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture XXVI
    Matching lines:
    • of independence. The new material was brought over from Mars.
    • Mars was introduced. A great advance was brought about through the
    • introduction of this astral substance from Mars.
    • prevented. Lucifer made use of what had been given by the Mars forces.
    • The new state of the Earth was given the name of Mars. Things
    • When the Mars Principle (Kama-Manas) was incorporated into the Earth,
    • iron was brought down to the Earth from Mars. Iron originates in Mars.
    • appearance together with the Mars impulse. Iron came into the blood at
    • connection with Mars, quicksilver with Buddhi-Mercury. Certain people
    • Mars and Mercury. Everything that did not originate from Mars and
    • Mars
    • Mars-Wisdom (Kama-Manas).
    • preceded the Mars-Age. The Moon contains silver. Still earlier took
    • Golden Age; Moonlight and silver: the Silver Age; Mars and iron: the
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture XXVII
    Matching lines:
    • The course of evolution in the world appears to us on three levels:
    • one, when as a result he bears within him the memory of the other
    • the final years. After the middle period a sort of reversal takes
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture XXX
    Matching lines:
    • something new appears. They began for the first time to eat food that
    • seven hundred years earlier announced its mission through the
    • attention to what others require from him; he bears in mind his fellow
    • Marx, Lassalle — only bears the worker in mind, in so far as he
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture XXXI
    Matching lines:
    • which thought depends, first appears with the population of the
    • Nature. So it came about that man directed his gaze to the stars, and
    • Man's origin was sought for in the stars. Thus, in this sense we have
    • Persians, whether the God who had his body in the stars, in the
    • knowledge of God in the stars to the knowledge of man. Joseph was
    • and eleven stars bowed down before him. The eleven stars are the
    • knowledge of God in the stars was led over into the personal.
    • change is given us. The divine knowledge of the stars is replaced by a
    • Buddhism appears as a throwback into the Atlantean Age. This is why we
    • Atlanteans in the Mongolian peoples. And where the very pillars of its
    • appears in Europe, it was Christianity which first halted him, because
    • could have expressed. What there appears over-ripe appears in him as
  • Title: Lecture: The Four Temperaments
    Matching lines:
    • substances. As recently as three hundred years ago, scholars believed
    • In the melancholic we have seen that the physical body, the coarsest
  • Title: Lecture: The Human Soul and the Animal Soul
    Matching lines:
    • universe through which the stars move in their courses and which men
    • do it for thousands of years! For what is to be found in the wasps'
  • Title: Lecture: The Human Spirit and the Animal Spirit
    Matching lines:
    • organization; and what the animal can experience in its soul appears
    • the spirit and bodily nature. In the way the animal appears to us as
    • shape in the body; I wish only to say: In the way man appears to us,
    • appears in later life in a finer, deeper, more intimate form when,
    • his inner self, we find how what actually first appears in the
    • appears rather as poured into the soul-nature and intensified. What
    • superiority over the animal ears the imprint of what is within him as
    • harshness or the pleasing tone of a voice. Those who really observe
    • the soul know that harshness of voice is far more unpleasant in a man
    • translated], and its full significance appears in Knowledge
    • and squeezes out tears: and if man notices this — so says
    • twenty-five years ago, a scientific investigator in this sphere, the
  • Title: Lecture I: Human Questions and Cosmic Answers
    Matching lines:
    • description was, however, written more than a hundred years ago, and
    • the impressions received through his eyes, ears and other senses.
    • all that is around him — the flowers, the sun, moon, stars, other
    • ocean, into the great vault of heaven and its stars, into everything
    • tell you the following story: “When I was thirty-five years old I
    • years old the solution to the problem arose from within me.”
  • Title: Lecture II: Human Questions and Cosmic Answers
    Matching lines:
    • planets: Mars, Jupiter, Saturn — others are of less importance.
    • Mars, to the Mars-sphere. At the time when Mars could be seen in the
    • opposite direction to the rays of Mars. When they sent their questions
    • to Mars they did not await the answers from the Moon but from Venus,
    • when Venus was standing in a position facing Mars. The important
    • questions they had sent upwards to Mars.
    • could be awaited from the heaven of the fixed stars only, or from what
    • Thus they sent upwards to Mars questions they had to put to the
    • they were directing their forces to Mars, it would not do merely to
    • questions to Mars, they were obliged to do it by composing aphoristic
    • sent out into the universe, were the means whereby the Mars-forces
    • often extending over a period of many years, constituted the questions
    • took place in such Mysteries through the course of years consisted in
    • designated as those of Sun, Mars, Jupiter, Saturn, Moon, Venus and
    • own bodies as well; but at the point where Mercury appears in the
    • in four or five years — admittedly in a way somewhat open to
    • five years and there is unwillingness to admit that a great deal more
    • Unlike the Mercury-, Venus-, and Moon-forces, the Mars-forces do not
    • 4. The Mars-forces protect us from the tendency to flow out and away
    • in the element of Warmth. If the Mars-forces were not present and
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture III: Human Questions and Cosmic Answers
    Matching lines:
    • appears to ordinary sight, or to anatomy and physiology. But he can
    • disappears when we pass into yonder world. And whereas we behold many
    • The Mars-existence reveals all those impulses which are not, indeed,
    • that come into our ken when we view the Mars order of existence from
    • is bound up with the organism, is of the nature of Mars.
    • there comes a certain point of time when he ceases to see the stars
    • — whether planets or fixed stars — as they are seen from the
    • should cease to see the stars; but he does not cease to know about
    • certain point of time onwards he comes to know the nature of the stars
    • the man bears them into the organism he receives through heredity. You
    • world of stars — and in so doing show how man is connected with
    • outside, it still appears to us as if it were spatial, but it no
    • Mars
  • Title: Lecture IV: Human Questions and Cosmic Answers
    Matching lines:
    • it appears there in mobile thought-forms, is the intellect. But as the
    • which appears as a terminal product, no longer radioactive, and this
    • Man and the World of Stars (7 lectures, 26th Nov. – 26th Dec. 1922;
  • Title: Initiation/Passing Moment: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • As in recent years at the beginning of our Munich lecture course, may
    • beginning of this cycle should refer to what for several years has
    • to the movement. We began years ago in Berlin, actually connecting the
    • Now that for some years past we have been able to give dramatic
    • what the years that have since passed have also told us.
    • course of the recent years? It was the importance of the moment in the
    • Years ago, before we started our movement, I often had occasion to
    • of centuries, or over the last 2000 years, how the European can look
    • Greek life appears in quite a different light, and human and divine
    • Greek. Something quite special appears, too, when we allow the
    • feet, as can be done in the case of Caesar. The Greek soul appears
    • full of mystery when we look back into Grecian times, or so it appears
    • its own life. For many years we have been striving to understand the
    • — it is thus that Demeter stands before us. Persephone appears
    • remember with special thanks those who have for years been working
    • were busy rehearsing from morning to night, and on those days Dr.
  • Title: Initiation/Passing Moment: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • pursued over the years, we have recognised that the striving after
    • body has eyes and cars and other organs of perception and
    • organs man bears within him because as soon as he begins to bestir
    • germinal and appears so imperfect in man, like the hands in comparison
    • to others but only appears if the eye is there, so the world that is
    • Now another remarkable phenomenon appears to us that can best be
    • years He was living on earth, deliberately left the physical body as
    • brought into life and gave to the world during those three years He
    • years is true. In Christ we have a Being Whom the simplest mind can
  • Title: Initiation/Passing Moment: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • particular part of it, appears incompletely developed. On enquiring
    • placed where all that we lack appears before us as something real, or
    • natural form, and I am well able to conceal what appears in my
    • because he hides nothing, because he bears in his very countenance
    • picture! But simply because this being appears in such a form, is no
    • to call a devil ugly if he appears as a devil. Feelings of this kind
  • Title: Initiation/Passing Moment: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • human being is of such a nature that he bears his own being through
    • that it is possible to see; if the ears are prepared, they hear
    • toward which you show pride, tears through the veil and disappears
  • Title: Initiation/Passing Moment: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • central point. Experience in the astral body, however, appears as a
    • make myself clear. Some years ago it suddenly struck me that certain
    • This feeling of timelessness, this feeling of the circle, appears at a
    • experience that appears there as a longing for temporal life is echoed
    • it that eternity sometimes appears as the passing moment, that the
    • eternal sometimes appears temporal, and that a being in the world
    • more highly organised ego that bears the same relation to the former
  • Title: Initiation/Passing Moment: Lecture VI
    Matching lines:
    • something within it that is really repeated and appears in all worlds.
    • as a soul you meet Lucifer in super-sensible worlds, he then appears
    • previous lectures, bears within it merely a memory of the ordinary ego
  • Title: Initiation/Passing Moment: Lecture VII
    Matching lines:
    • attains to visions of the higher worlds bears images within him of his
    • emotion? When we look through what appears in print in the world, we
    • what appears in the mirror is you. When a man wishes to take the first
    • our planetary system, to Mars, there to undertake a new mission
    • how a totality appears in this way. First we see Buddha active on
    • Mars is the planet on which, after his work on earth, Buddha had to
    • its super-sensible beings, it appears as a certain hatred, a state of
    • right over their eyes and ears, will be induced to take them off.
  • Title: Inner Nature of Man: Lecture 1: The Four Spheres of the Inner Life
    Matching lines:
    • stars in motion - this is the spiritual substitute for Feeling
    • the inner life of man abstractly, it appears in the three forms we
    • spheres of the soul-nature of man, there appears a significant
    • appears to him, a spiritual world, just as a physical world exists
    • intellect. We look upon a world of mountains, rivers, clouds, stars,
    • with our brain — this world disappears from our view. It no
    • it does not necessarily always appears the same. How differently does
    • thus do the eyes appear in the changed human form. The ears begin to
    • sound in a certain way. One does not see the ears as one does in the
    • short, the human form appears to one as something which gives forth
    • sparkles so that one can feel it, the eyes can be seen, the ears
    • stars all in motion, to which one belongs oneself. Then one knows:
    • body one has left behind — appears different. The exact
    • own being, which appears to us — it cannot be expressed
    • otherwise — it appears as our ‘personified karma.’
    • crystallised, that, even to the finest chemical formation man bears
    • stars, but as if he were in the sun of this system: he knows that he
    • back at oneself, something else appears; in looking at oneself, one
    • the physical nature, so that it appears as it does in thy
    • oceans, seas, clouds, stars, sun and moon; what we see externally has
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Inner Nature of Man: Lecture 2: The Vision of the Ideal Human Being
    Matching lines:
    • spiritual gaze to the experiences of our Ego during the years that
    • life appears in such a way that he asks: What is in the future? What
    • appears to us there as coming later? In this way, you have a more
    • described in many particulars and shall yet have to describe further
    • there something concerning which one may say that it bears the same
    • the human ideal; this appears like a mighty spiritual structure,
  • Title: Inner Nature of Man: Lecture 3: The Senses and the Luciferic Temptation
    Matching lines:
    • Something quite unique appears when we observe the process of
    • being there appears not only this light and this colour, but, in
    • consequence of light and colour, there appears what we might call a
    • human being bears within him, must be aroused in the period between
  • Title: Inner Nature of Man: Lecture 4: Wisdom in the Spiritual World
    Matching lines:
    • appears in one who takes up Spiritual Science. A person who performs
    • effect on him. Owing to his clairvoyant consciousness there appears
    • cause of that which to clairvoyant consciousness appears as
    • now reappears in the spiritual world, in the way have described. On
  • Title: Inner Nature of Man: Lecture 5: Between Death and the 'Cosmic Midnight Hour'
    Matching lines:
    • clouds, stars, sun and moon; and from his own standpoint and through
    • like a bowl, there are the stars, over it pass the sun and moon. Man
    • example, at the age of forty the thought would only be twenty years
    • will reverberate in it for years, the soul has to mature something
    • gradually fade and die down, and they do this after some years.
    • for years, in which, through the illuminating power proceeding from
  • Title: Inner Nature of Man: Lecture 6: Pleasures and Sufferings in the Life Beyond
    Matching lines:
    • appears to us; we see it with respect to what it has made of us.
    • in the spiritual world, there appears from the twilight of our
  • Title: Inner Aspect of the Social Question: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • incarnation to incarnation: the succession of your lives bears the
    • we take account also of all that shines down to us from the stars and
    • in nearly 2,000 years is the simple fact that the Christ descended to
    • Even in his latest years Goethe was still eager to learn. His inward
    • years. Men to-day have no idea of that!
  • Title: Inner Aspect of the Social Question: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • been the great tendency of the last four hundred years. And to-day,
    • with political life from all that bears the imprint of the
    • super-earthly realms — that he bears in himself the fruits of
    • frightful catastrophe of the last four years.
    • four years, all that we are experiencing now and have still to
    • well-known parsons, pastors, etc., who talk about the Christ. The
  • Title: Inner Aspect of the Social Question: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • living perhaps two thousand years ago, who might dream of how the
    • world would look after two thousand years — not with the most
    • thousand years ago could not have conceived the shape which outer
    • have often said in the course of recent years: We are living in the
    • descendants for more than a certain period — thirty years after
    • usual, one hears that someone has said: “He speaks quite in the
  • Title: First Lecture (First Scientific Lecture-Course)
    Matching lines:
    • have just been read out, some of which were written over 30 years
    • question only bears in it the possibility, the potentiality as it
  • Title: Second Lecture (First Scientific Lecture-Course)
    Matching lines:
    • before. It is displaced, — it appears elsewhere. Moreover you
    • appears violet, blue, green, yellow and red, Indeed, if we made a
  • Title: Third Lecture (First Scientific Lecture-Course)
    Matching lines:
    • IIc), but what appears in the first place is not the series of
    • material — though it appears transparent in all these lenses
  • Title: Fourth Lecture (First Scientific Lecture-Course)
    Matching lines:
    • light appears reddish. At the bottom edge you have a region that is
    • spectrum. The “subjective” spectrum appears as an
    • prism, it appears to me in such a way that I get a spectrum: red,
  • Title: Fifth Lecture (First Scientific Lecture-Course)
    Matching lines:
    • too; it then appears displaced downward instead of upward, moreover
    • another body appears blue. It swallows the remaining colours and
    • oil appears slightly yellow. If on the other hand you place yourself
    • Va). Look towards the light through the solution and it appears
    • of whatever it is that the light does with it, appears with a lasting
  • Title: Sixth Lecture (First Scientific Lecture-Course)
    Matching lines:
    • perceive the thing displaced. It appears at a different place than
  • Title: Seventh Lecture (First Scientific Lecture-Course)
    Matching lines:
    • with this, I also drew your attention to what appears, as is
    • the green colour that appears to me when I have been exposing my
  • Title: Eighth Lecture (First Scientific Lecture-Course)
    Matching lines:
    • what appears in quite another part of our body, namely in the
    • metamorphosis of the larynx. Only to touch upon the coarsest
  • Title: Ninth Lecture (First Scientific Lecture-Course)
    Matching lines:
    • which he observed is there in every organism and appears
    • first fifteen years, say, of our century; you must admit that a
    • through the wires, appears in the form in which you see it here
  • Title: Tenth Lecture (First Scientific Lecture-Course)
    Matching lines:
    • geometrical or kinematical ideas are related to what appears to us
    • our reason. We see with our eyes and hear with our ears. All that
  • Title: Macrocosm/Microcosm: Lecture 1: The World Behind the Tapestry of Sense-perceptions. Ecstasy and Mystical Experience.
    Matching lines:
    • presented to his senses. He sees colours and light, hears sounds, is
    • indeed given over to a spiritual world but it is a world which tears
    • to us; and because it does so, it appears to us as if it were the
    • see with our eyes and hear with our ears arouses in us certain
    • differences in quality between what the eyes see and the ears hear and
  • Title: Macrocosm/Microcosm: Lecture 2: Sleeping and Waking Life in Relation to the Planets
    Matching lines:
    • disappear. What disappears first is the ability to use the limbs and
    • word “Mars”. The force which works upon the Mind-Soul after
    • science: “Mars” sends man to sleep and wakes him;
    • part of us (Sentient Soul) which during sleep was exposed to the Mars
    • go to sleep is given the name of Mars, the influence which takes
    • “Mars”, “Jupiter” and “Saturn”; his
    • paragraphs of this lecture.] then the Earth plus Moon, then Mars,
    • Saturn or Jupiter or Mars are to be found in certain months of the
    • the diagram indicates Mars, Jupiter and Saturn revolving around the
    • between Mars and the Sun. This will very seldom be the case but we
    • other side of the Sun, Mars, Jupiter and Saturn. Leaving aside the
    • Sun, Mars, Jupiter, Saturn, on the other. A looped line (see diagram)
    • the Macrocosm drives Mars around the Sun is similar to the one that
  • Title: Macrocosm/Microcosm: Lecture 3: The Inner Path Followed by the Mystic. Experience of the Cycle of the Year.
    Matching lines:
    • Venus, Mars, Jupiter, Saturn and so on — whatever living
    • starry heavens and among other stars behold the planets at times when
  • Title: Macrocosm/Microcosm: Lecture 4: Faculties of the Human Soul and Their Development
    Matching lines:
    • person who for ten years has devoted himself to acquiring deeper
    • laid hold of his inner life, then after those ten years we can form an
    • the eyes, ears, and so forth, do not disturb us, do not immediately
    • and that for which compensation has to be made, appears like a dark
    • appears to us in astral vision as a definite image, the image of a
    • omission in thinking, appears to us in the image of a distorted
  • Title: Macrocosm/Microcosm: Lecture 5: The Egyptian Mysteries of Osiris and Isis
    Matching lines:
    • subject himself. Obedience to the teacher through many years was
    • were going back many, many years, a span of time very much longer than
    • the etheric body he now bears. He began to work at this etheric body
    • Then he lives backwards through further years — almost, but not
    • eyes saw, the ears heard and what confronted him in the outer world is
    • must bear in mind that, viewed from within, it appears as a cycle
  • Title: Macrocosm/Microcosm: Lecture 7: The Four Spheres of the Higher Worlds
    Matching lines:
    • rest. The choleric man will speak of how fiery everything appears, for
    • as beings, are after all something more than appears, that even though
    • equipped with eyes and ears of spirit. Why, then, should it be
  • Title: Macrocosm/Microcosm: Lecture 8: Mirror-images of the Macrocosm in Man. Rosicrucian Symbols.
    Matching lines:
    • with an Ego he appears to us as a being higher than the plant. Only a
  • Title: Macrocosm/Microcosm: Lecture 9: Organs of Spiritual Perception. Contemplation of the Ego from Twelve Vantage-points. The Thinking of the Heart.
    Matching lines:
    • someone hears a statement in one lecture about a subject, and in
    • movements of the stars by material laws are simply telling us of a
    • something blue or violet, or he hears a sound or has a feeling of
  • Title: Macrocosm/Microcosm: Lecture 10: Transformation of Soul-forces and Stages in the Evolution of Physical Organs. Reading in the Akasha Chronicle.
    Matching lines:
    • the one, the life-period of 15 years must be taken as a basic factor,
    • and the life-period of 40 years in the case of the other. Perhaps the
    • darkening; outwardly it appears as if there were a mist or fog in
  • Title: Macrocosm/Microcosm: Lecture 11: Man and Planetary Evolution
    Matching lines:
    • but for months, perhaps even for years. At the present time, however,
    • perish. The Earth which bears within it the Sun is essential to his
    • transformation. Just as a blossom bears within it the seed of the
  • Title: Man/Being/Spirit/Soul: Lecture I: Man as a Being of Spirit and Soul
    Matching lines:
    • to lecture for many years now, here in Stuttgart, as well as in
    • centuries ago, which had prevailed for thousands of years of
    • the last two, three, four hundred years. In earlier times when
    • but outside it. This is no doubt something that appears quite
    • has its strict method which takes years to learn, and now the
    • patience is demanded over the years by scientific method,
    • work is purely spiritual, are employed. Years of inner work are
    • ego appears to wrestle its way out of the body. This view is
    • appears, it is true, to be paradoxical to the normally accepted
    • Forty or fifty years ago Dubois-Reymond was able to
  • Title: Man/Being/Spirit/Soul: Lecture II: The Psychological Expression of the Unconscious
    Matching lines:
    • — the eyes of the spirit and the ears
    • appears in our conscious soul life from unknown depths or
    • with our physical eyes and ears and the other sense organs,
    • of spirit for several years knows that he often finds himself
    • perceive in our thoughts of the sense world appears quite
    • A spiritual experience or perception disappears, just as
    • our view of a tree that we have looked at for a time disappears
    • to assimilate something that appears on their horizon. If
    • having given lectures for so many years now, I do not hesitate
    • able to experience in twenty or thirty years in life. If such a
    • at the lectures which have been given here for many years, will
    • border area which appears so ordinary and which yet is so
    • appears to be broken by a sense impression, it is really only
    • because of a particularly sensitive functioning of his ears
    • human being to his environment. Even ordinary observation bears
    • exact observation reveals that as long as a dream appears
    • with our eyes and ears in the physical world, and through his
    • happens appears to be a reflection of what the
    • side by the friend who had already been there for many years.
    • appears in human life when we consider real art and artistic
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Man/Being/Spirit/Soul: Lecture III: The Science of the Spirit and Modern Questions
    Matching lines:
    • people today as a social problem and which often appears as a
    • course of the stars, it is working in a way which was not
    • it in some other way. If the child is ten or fifteen years old
    • child who has reached fifteen or twenty years approaches the
    • years ago. But we can orientate ourselves to how our
    • Now our forefathers of hundreds or thousands of years ago
    • the stars from the outlook of the Middle Ages and from the one
    • still and that the sun and the stars move round it. We know
    • changed during the course of hundreds and thousands of years.
    • stars in such a dry, matter of fact and spiritless way as is
    • and the Peloponnesian and Persian wars. But a truth we do not
    • experienced years before. Images become permanent in us through
    • years, although with some people it can also take a shorter
    • he cannot see with his eyes or hear with his ears. This is the
    • memory. We do not perceive with our eyes and ears; we are not
    • which we have experienced years before. We have what we once
    • experience is not what appears to the senses in the outer
    • world, but what appears to the eye of the spirit, the eye of
    • the eye. But now to the eye of the spirit something appears to
    • appears and since our eternal nature appears before the eye of
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Occult Science and Occult Development
    Matching lines:
    • often hears it asked: What is the use of believing in former lives
  • Title: Lecture: Christ at the Time of the Mystery of Golgotha and Christ in the Twentieth Century
    Matching lines:
    • during its duration of three or thirty-three years; we must remember
    • And if we investigate the last five hundred years before the
    • years and continued for several decades afterwards, the leading form of
    • bears the name of Christ passed through the Mystery of Golgotha and
    • life appears to us to be something which here on the earth is inaccessible
    • three years after the Baptism in the Jordan, Christ lived in the body of
    • years after the Baptism, to express Himself in a human body. But in what
    • during the three years after the Baptism in a human body — in
    • and dwelt for three years in a human body also includes the fact that
    • inspired mankind for several centuries, for almost five hundred years before
    • as the reflection of Christ, five hundred years before the Mystery of
    • Golgotha. What happened two thousand years ago could only be made
    • to realize that what appears to be folly to those who depend upon the
  • Title: Origins of Natural Science: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • what I described many years ago in my book
    • regarded in the right way, it bears within itself the seed of a new
    • return voyage, when he was on the ship and looking at the stars,
  • Title: Origins of Natural Science: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • man lived 2,000 years earlier and for his time he was as
    • mind lived about 2,000 years prior to the present period (the
    • whence the motions and constellations of the stars had spoken to
    • it was all tradition. Just as 2,000 years later Meister Eckhart,
    • About a hundred years after the Docta Ignorantia appeared in
  • Title: Origins of Natural Science: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • illusory of the thought scheme. This is the reason why it appears so
    • to him. Imagine what this implies: Man tears mathematics free from
  • Title: Origins of Natural Science: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • through and through. The universe, as it appears to us — even
    • where it appears in a bodily form — is but the manifestation of
  • Title: Origins of Natural Science: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • tendency to atomization appears, the being dies. In the case of
  • Title: Origins of Natural Science: Lecture VI
    Matching lines:
    • coordinates himself in this direction in his earliest years. If we
    • what appears as soul and spirit is only the effect of something
  • Title: Origins of Natural Science: Lecture VII
    Matching lines:
    • certain disintegration of the organism. This in turn tears the
  • Title: Origins of Natural Science: Lecture VIII
    Matching lines:
    • writings, one is offered mere empty words. Scholars no longer enter
    • Thirteenth or Fourteenth Century, the understanding disappears almost
    • view man the way he appears to us today when we open an anatomy book.
    • astonished to see that if one drinks a glass of water, it appears to
    • however, they are too coarse for the being of man, since people do
  • Title: Origins of Natural Science: Lecture IX
    Matching lines:
    • appears to himself as a soul being. Physics and chemistry were cast
    • the light of the twenty-five years that he has been alive, —
    • his years of unpolished adolescence, and whose guidance must be
    • are lazy — forgive me for this harsh expression, I don't
    • hundred years. But by that time, other tasks would confront him and
  • Title: Warmth Course: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • But man soon learns that there appears to be something vague about
    • intensified light appears at the focus. The same experiment is made
    • mechanical processes. The locomotive and the cars all move forward
  • Title: Warmth Course: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • relations with heat appear. It appears that different gases are
    • that appears here is, to use a homely expression, of tremendous
    • planetary system. The forces of Mercury, Mars, etc. are active in all
    • Mercury, Mars, etc. are facts. But people lost the sources of this
  • Title: Warmth Course: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • of the two-dimensional being when a point disappears for him into the
    • temperature rise disappears at the melting and boiling point, it is as
  • Title: Warmth Course: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • in the sphere of outer nature heat always appears in external
    • are there to begin with and in them the heat appears. This it is, my
    • with other parts of your organism: with the lobes of your ears, let us
    • disappears from us into will.
  • Title: Warmth Course: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • an organ placed in a certain part of our make-up, that appears
    • persons if you had been born 20 years earlier. That is to say, your
    • thermometer disappears, say at the melting or boiling points. It
    • disappears just as our bodily reality disappears when we rise to the
    • when the temperature rise we are measuring with it disappears before
  • Title: Warmth Course: Lecture VI
    Matching lines:
    • possible perpendiculars, to the lines of fall, we will obtain a
    • assumed here as produced by drawing perpendiculars to the line of fall
  • Title: Warmth Course: Lecture VII
    Matching lines:
    • relations become negative and a negative body appears. As the
  • Title: Warmth Course: Lecture VIII
    Matching lines:
    • water which reappears when we cool, and runs into this flask. After we
    • over into work or whether some of it appears as heat in the
    • of energy, let us say of a certain form, and another energy appears,
    • constant. Energy never is created, never disappears, it is only
    • the transformation is concerned. Heat reappears as such and only a
    • pull the needle away. What appears thus as an effect is very
    • to say: when a form appears, it represents as a matter of fact a new
    • see that the form arises as a new creation. And this form disappears
    • But a counter tendency appears at once. We can therefore say that
    • dissolved, disappears, when solids become liquids. In the gaseous
    • spiritualized, and on the other side to descend into what appears more
    • and more material. Infinite extension upwards appears on the one hand
  • Title: Warmth Course: Lecture IX
    Matching lines:
    • heat support this view. Indeed, that which appears in this modern
    • larger, the peach blossom disappears above and the spectrum extends on
    • soon as we go from the partial phenomenon as it appears in our
    • solid, and attains a form. Similarly, form appears in the gas as tone
  • Title: Warmth Course: Lecture X
    Matching lines:
    • spectrum we conceive of what disappears at the violet end and at the
    • you to it as follows: What do we have in reality which disappears as
    • have mentioned. Nature disappears from us on the one hand when we go
    • through corporeality into heat and beyond. She disappears from us on
    • childhood, the greater the body building, and as we take on years
    • In other words, in man we have a point where that which appears
    • appears as negative. This is how it manifests. Debits remain debits,
  • Title: Warmth Course: Lecture XI
    Matching lines:
    • portion of the spectrum that disappears on the unknown on this side
    • and the portion that disappears on this other side; you see how the
    • light the heat effect disappears and you will see that the alcohol
    • disulphate, and the middle portion of the spectrum disappears. It is
    • experimenters have done (for instance, Dreher, 50 years ago) the two
    • blossom disappears, violet shades off into infinity on one side and
    • such a residue.) “Thus it appears that the energy principle like
    • substance appears, there enters in something from the other side that
    • substance is annihilated by what appears at the same time as spirit.
  • Title: Warmth Course: Lecture XII
    Matching lines:
    • appears alone with the occurrence of condensation and rarefaction in
  • Title: Warmth Course: Lecture XIII
    Matching lines:
    • possible. For this second law really tears a certain realm of
    • mechanical theory of heat, heat appears. We see mechanical work used
    • not all of the heat reappears as light, since heat simply reverses the
  • Title: Warmth Course: Lecture XIV
    Matching lines:
    • theoretical inner configurations. What the stars, like giants, do in
    • space is torn apart the moment the flash appears. At that moment, what
    • light appears accompanied by heat. Space is torn apart. Space reveals
  • Title: Philosophy/Cosmology/Religion: Lecture III: Methods of Imaginative, Inspired and Intuitive Knowledge or Cognition
    Matching lines:
    • after years, according to natural predisposition. The man who wishes
    • organization what in meditation appears as a process.
    • Moon, Planets and Fixed Stars, these we find again as Cosmic beings;
    • and our own psychic-spiritual experience appears enclosed in the orbit
  • Title: Philosophy/Cosmology/Religion: Lecture V: Experiences of the Soul in Sleep
    Matching lines:
    • In the case of modern man there appears at this moment of sleep the
    • Christ. He overcomes his fears through the working of this into his
    • of the Twin Stars. As the bodily organs are sensed in waking, so a
    • spirits. ‘Intuition’ sees the sun and the other fixed stars
  • Title: Philosophy/Cosmology/Religion: Lecture VI: Transference from the Psycho-Spiritual to the Physical Sense-life in man's Development
    Matching lines:
    • fainter. It never disappears completely from view, but it fades by
    • is the reality of that which later on appears as religious learning to
  • Title: Philosophy/Cosmology/Religion: Lecture VII: The Relationship of Christ with Humanity
    Matching lines:
    • continued the ancient initiation-methods, told those who had ears to
  • Title: Philosophy/Cosmology/Religion: Lecture VIII: The Event of Death and Its Relationship with the Christ
    Matching lines:
    • This part of the soul disappears during earthly life by
    • transformed into the head-organization; and disappears in its
    • disappears.
  • Title: Philosophy/Cosmology/Religion: Lecture IX: The Destination of the Ego-Consciousness in Conjunction with the Christ-problem
    Matching lines:
    • added a reflection of moral judgment, which appears within the
    • during existence on earth. This rhythm appears as a cosmic imitation
  • Title: Philosophy/Cosmology/Religion: Lecture X: On Experiencing the Will-Part of the Soul
    Matching lines:
    • vision is non-spatial even though the stars are made visible to him.
  • Title: Lecture: Rosicrucian Esotericism: Lecture I: Rosicrucian Esotericism
    Matching lines:
    • researcher the planet Mars, for example, is an objective body whose
    • what forces and entities are connected with Mars, what divine will governs
    • produced in alchemists' cellars with the help of retorts and so
    • you could see forty years ahead you would be horrified by the brutality
    • law of evolution and just as our souls were different thousands of years
    • years ago. The higher beings, like men, undergo evolution, and what
    • earth's aura two thousand years ago would be quite different from
    • what would have been seen a thousand years ago and different again from
    • body, and speak for three years in a man, Christ Jesus. This was known
    • previously have been possible. Earlier than two thousand years ago Christ
    • revelation was possible. Earlier than two thousand years ago this could
    • expression — and in the very first years of life changes particularly
    • from the nape of the neck in all directions, wherever hair appears;
    • years. Just as in a child the etheric body itself prepares the physical
  • Title: Lecture: Rosicrucian Esotericism: Lecture II: Soul in the World around Us
    Matching lines:
    • Now imagine that ten or twenty years later, another equally trained
  • Title: Lecture: Rosicrucian Esotericism: Lecture III: The Nature and Being of Man
    Matching lines:
    • cleansing or catharsis. In this way the ego works at the perfecting
  • Title: Lecture: Rosicrucian Esotericism: Lecture IV: Man Between Death and Rebirth
    Matching lines:
    • applies to the memory tableau after death. It appears directly the etheric
    • at the age of sixty, it can be said that he spends twenty years, a third
    • You know that where a mineral appears, a clairvoyant sees nothing in
    • appears to the seer as the fluid element of the spiritual world,
    • fortuitous that the human being appears on the earth in successive
    • but we now realize today that at birth, when the human being appears
  • Title: Lecture: Rosicrucian Esotericism: Lecture V: The Physical World as an Expression of Spiritual Forces and Beings
    Matching lines:
    • for each soul bears his inner, spiritual reality inscribed as it were
    • The human being bears
    • and twenty-first years should the power of judgment come to maturity.
    • (or spiritual) soul in periods each of seven years duration. Hence it
  • Title: Lecture: Rosicrucian Esotericism: Lecture VI: The Configuration and Metamorphoses of Man's Physical Body
    Matching lines:
    • one lecture or one lecture course but years. Hence, we can study steps
  • Title: Lecture: Rosicrucian Esotericism: Lecture VII: Evolutionary Stages of our Earth before the Lemurian Epoch
    Matching lines:
    • cast out the coarser substances, namely, the moon.
    • and Mars, were formed.
    • Mars separated. After the sun had left the earth, Mercury and Venus
    • from the sun, namely, to Venus, Jupiter, Saturn and Mars. There was a
    • placed themselves under the protection of the beings of Mars, Jupiter,
    • falling upon deaf ears in humanity. Even if there had been deaf ears,
    • Mars, Venus or Saturn. These souls now found bodies that were appropriate
  • Title: Lecture: Rosicrucian Esotericism: Lecture VIII: Stages in the Evolution of our Earth. Lemurian, Atlantean, Post-Atlantean Epochs.
    Matching lines:
    • gone to Jupiter, Mars, and so on, during the period of desolation, came
    • inhabited by souls who had previously been on Mars, Jupiter, Venus,
    • and so on. They were called Mars men, Jupiter men, for example. The
    • When a soul came down again to the earth from Mars, the qualities with
    • just as after a hundred years no remnants of the soft-bodied mollusks
    • There was a Mars Oracle, a Jupiter Oracle, a Venus Oracle, and so on.
    • a certain degree, guided and led the Mars race, the Jupiter race, and
    • this highest leadership, all Mars men were under that of the center
    • where the initiate of the Mars Oracle resided, together with his pupils;
    • and its laws; the Chaldean sees in the movements of the stars the script
  • Title: Lecture: Rosicrucian Esotericism: Lecture IX: Man's Experience after Death
    Matching lines:
    • beginning of our time-reckoning dwelt for three years in the body of Jesus
    • contemplates with physical eyes a Greek temple with its Doric pillars
    • fathers that they lived for hundreds of years. We are there led back
    • six hundred years later. What do you find? Humanity reveres a corpse.
  • Title: Lecture: Rosicrucian Esotericism: Lecture X: On Karma, Reincarnation and Initiation
    Matching lines:
    • works in physical life. For example, what appears in one life as urge
    • purification or catharsis of the astral body has been achieved, brings
  • Title: The Story of the Green Serpent and the Beautiful Lily: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • extending through hundreds of thousands of years. But I do not wish
    • the Wise One, to whose wisdom we turn back again after long years,
    • have discovered in Goethe, if after some years he turns to him again,
    • In the latter years of his life he said to Eckermann: “My dear
    • and who can only see with his eyes, and hear with his ears, —
    • It appears to no one who has not worked his way up to that higher
    • highest wisdom is called occult, because it only appears when a man
  • Title: The Story of the Green Serpent and the Beautiful Lily: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • Between his student years in Leipzig and his stay in Strassburg,
    • always pointed out that a man must first undergo Catharsis
    • have undergone Katharsis, so that he should no longer reach Wisdom
    • youth had not been prepared by Katharsis. Every living thing which is
    • Buddhi, Manas; Atma, in the form of the Bronze King, appears before
  • Title: Signs and Symbols: Lecture 1: The Birth of the Light
    Matching lines:
    • represent a custom that did not exist a hundred years ago. A century
    • Rishis there appears, like a mirrored image, the divine primeval unity
    • Parsis, looked back to the epoch in which the two sexes were born out
    • evil, the fire worship of the religion of the Parsis appeared, that
    • and harmoniously from the stars. In reality, however, the Spirits of
  • Title: Signs and Symbols: Lecture 2: The Christmas Festival as a Symbol of the Sun Victory
    Matching lines:
    • And when the storm roars screeching through the forest,
    • your gaze back thousands of years before our era to ancient Egypt,
    • What appears to us in the harmonious annual orbit of the sun, in the
    • harmony appears in the heights of heaven. Let us realize that the
  • Title: Signs and Symbols: Lecture 3: Signs and Symbols of the Christmas Festival
    Matching lines:
    • and thousands of years on earth, but he must learn to survey the
    • Everything in the cosmos takes its rhythmic course. The stars as well
    • as the light disappears at Christmas, so apparently has rhythm
    • same time bears the power in itself to bring forth new life. The great
  • Title: Lecture 1: Spiritual Beings in the Heavenly Bodies and in the Kingdoms of Nature
    Matching lines:
    • can perceive with our senses, see with our eyes, hear with our ears,
    • years, the way in which you feel and think, with the thoughts and
    • for that subject which he developed during previous years, alter. What
    • quite a special mood in it. The blue disappears, and as it were, an
    • disappears for us, in the same way as previously the blue as blue
    • we see with our eyes, or hear with our ears, or that our hands grasp,
    • hearing with our ears, or the intellectual power of our
    • the animal kingdom. The etheric world gradually appears before us,
    • In Occult Science, that which thus gradually appears before man in the
    • appears a second class of beings, to which we can apply the word
    • As we have to think of the individual man as permeated by what appears
    • stars. And only at the end shall we gather the whole together in a
  • Title: Lecture 2: Spiritual Beings in the Heavenly Bodies and in the Kingdoms of Nature
    Matching lines:
    • night, so it no longer now disappears when we fall asleep. When we
    • Spirits of the Rotation of Time say, and hears how they order and
    • itself. A second Maya is what appears to man of the nature-spirits in
    • the forces of nature. A third Maya is that which appears as the laws
  • Title: Lecture 3: Spiritual Beings in the Heavenly Bodies and in the Kingdoms of Nature
    Matching lines:
    • with our eyes or hear with our ears, we have something in common with
    • sees with his eyes and hears with his ears. We may even perhaps have
    • world appears before his senses. He surrenders himself, so to speak,
    • special, in a sense, our differentiated inner world; it bears a
  • Title: Lecture 4: Spiritual Beings in the Heavenly Bodies and in the Kingdoms of Nature
    Matching lines:
    • means not to see with our eyes, hear with our ears, or think with our
    • in which he sees with his ordinary eyes, hears with his ordinary ears,
    • consciousness, when he sees, hears, and thinks like other men, and in
    • which appears lifeless, dead, and which we see around as a mineral
    • So then, what appears in the place of manifestation in a being of the
    • of the Second Hierarchy. And if we ask ourselves what appears in these
    • spirit” of the beings of the Third Hierarchy appears in picture
    • separation, perceived in such a way that occult perception hears
    • appears to us lifeless. What lives comes into consideration, but what
    • A whole world of difference appears in the inner
  • Title: Lecture 5: Spiritual Beings in the Heavenly Bodies and in the Kingdoms of Nature
    Matching lines:
    • gaining of wisdom — who after many applied years of rich
    • years of cosmic growth, this streams towards us in sublime power from
    • Trinity, which, as it were, appears above the Seraphim, as their
    • disappears as in a spiritual Mystery we can say symbolically —
    • Form — so that which appears to us when we direct our gaze into
    • cosmic space and there perceive a planet — Mercury, Venus, Mars
    • higher hierarchies. Thus we rightly imagine such a planet as Mars, or
    • systems to which other fixed stars belong. These systems mutually
    • Stars of planetary systems move through space as the bodies of Divine
    • Beings. Inasmuch as we contemplate the life of the world of Stars, we
  • Title: Lecture 6: Spiritual Beings in the Heavenly Bodies and in the Kingdoms of Nature
    Matching lines:
    • unable to grasp a stellar system, the constitution of the stars in
    • these concepts one cannot possibly grasp the life of the stars, the
    • Mars, Saturn or Jupiter for instance — which are outside in
    • fact actually is, that matter, not coarse physical matter but fine
    • of Form allotted to Jupiter; the line of Mars by the Spirit of Mars,
    • the Spirit of Form which corresponds to Saturn, or Jupiter, or Mars?
    • the Spirits of Saturn, Jupiter, Mars, etc., as also the Spirit of Form
    • notched, and this notch appears to the physical eye as the physical
    • with the physical Mars. Hence, by this example you see how in
    • Jupiter or Mars are, there would naturally have to be solid filling,
    • it back; hence it appears as a reflector, as a thrower-back of the
    • throw it back. Hence, seen in cosmic space, they are stars which have
    • absolutely different from what it appears to physical astronomy. What
  • Title: Lecture 7: Spiritual Beings in the Heavenly Bodies and in the Kingdoms of Nature
    Matching lines:
    • — the actual external form of the stars visible to the senses
    • within the planetary system we also have those remarkable stars, which
    • in a planetary system: the planets, the fixed stars, the moons, and
    • be presumed that the whole is directed from the fixed stars. And in
    • whether we direct our observation to Mars, Jupiter, Mercury, or Venus,
    • we try to direct our occult vision to another planet — to Mars,
    • Thrones, and Spirits of Wisdom work upon Mars? The answer is: They
    • Now when it is stated that Mars, for instance, has its own Spirit of
    • Form of Mars and Jupiter and so on, is always the Sun; that they work
    • from there, from the fixed star; yet their sphere of action on Mars
    • work upon Mars from the Sun; other Spirits of Form work upon the
    • reckon the sphere of influence upon the fixed stars; down to the
    • things appear externally as absolutely different, what appears to
    • however, as a matter of fact, just about when the comet disappears
    • longer exists in the ordinary world. It actually disappears on the one
    • side and appears again on the other. This is a conception of which,
    • conceive that a comet, when it again reappears, has not been in
  • Title: Lecture 8: Spiritual Beings in the Heavenly Bodies and in the Kingdoms of Nature
    Matching lines:
    • Mars,” he would say: “Over there cooperate (in the way we
    • system directly appears as a sum of spiritual activities. How then
    • Clairvoyant consciousness cannot perceive the Moon or Mars as they
    • cosmos, and if, for instance, it transports itself into Mars, into the
    • appears in such a way that we have a direct knowledge that whatever we
    • life in the past, and which, as it appears in the present, is not
    • impression that the external physical moon disappears, and in its
    • place something appears which gives the impression of being like a
    • appears to the physical eye (and which, of course, is there
    • says: “If that which now actually appears to our occult vision
    • years old were suddenly to arise within him, and all the concepts
    • soon as this impression appears to clairvoyant vision, it is then
    • off everything physical which appears before our eyes in the various
    • — by Mars, Mercury, Venus, or Jupiter. He must now consider these
    • reality in it. Yet your tears flow abundantly; you do not stop to
    • a reality, and draws forth a flood of tears. Anyone who has had this
    • we can only again have the whole which appears before our occult
    • ancient Mysteries it was never attempted to allow the scholars to gain
    • which appears nearest to the sense-world as soon as one draws aside
    • appears as a reality; but in the physical world this animal ego does
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture 9: Spiritual Beings in the Heavenly Bodies and in the Kingdoms of Nature
    Matching lines:
    • millions of years ago; for the material of which the wasps build their
    • follows. The forces which worked down from the planet Mars, for
    • whether Mars stood before one sign of the Zodiac or before another.
    • that Mars, for instance, can work qualifyingly when he stands before
    • the sun and Mars; you see that there are a very great number of
    • down from Mars selected that position in the heavens can it exercise
    • actively working down from the planetary system, from the stars. Thus,
    • Motion who work from Mars, others to those who are on Venus, others,
    • arisen in our earth evolution, making it possible that for three years
    • possession. When the West declined the Spirit of Motion from Mars as a
    • cosmos, in the stars, in their ordering and motions, we shall find
  • Title: Lecture 10: Spiritual Beings in the Heavenly Bodies and in the Kingdoms of Nature
    Matching lines:
    • world, it appears to us as a dead, lifeless substance. To cosmic space
    • to be sought upon the earth itself; hence it appears to the earth as
    • tin as main substance; from Mars, iron; and in the occult sense, from
    • earth-organism, bears a still greater resemblance to the planet
    • the fixed stars, in so far as they are the fields of activity for the
    • man, man could perceive; he saw the fixed stars with the primitive
    • the substance of the fixed stars as the substance of the Spirits of
    • the Luciferic temptation. That means that the fixed stars as directed
    • from the fixed stars, from our own sun, physical light only reaches us
    • has its own light which appears to us, but the moon has not; and the
    • physical eyes perceive, the shining crescent moon, disappears, for
    • comet acquires a mineral nature; appears as a mineral intervention in
    • to cosmic mists and far-distant fixed stars. Whenever we direct our
    • which is at the normal point of its evolution, and which appears to us
    • the stars when it changes its position — whether in short periods of
    • time or in millions of years — how the southern half turns to the
    • northern and the stars of our northern heavens become visible, and
    • the stars of the southern heavens. Just as the earth in the course of
    • time turns its countenance, so to speak, to all the stars which shine
  • Title: Lecture: The Ten Commandments
    Matching lines:
    • appears to us as one of the most important stones in the building of
    • anything that appears above in the heavens, nor that works out of the
    • that appears above in the heavens, or that works out of the earth, or
    • When our scholars today take the Ten Commandments, translate them by
    • people engaged in agriculture. That is why — so conclude the scholars
  • Title: Lecture: The Sermon on the Mount
    Matching lines:
    • were spoken, more than three thousand years had passed since the
    • was a rare personality. The majority of the people had become beggars
    • said in regard to the physical body, “Blessed are the beggars, the
    • permeated the earth for three years with their powers. This had to
    • on, and continuing for the next twenty-five hundred years, this will
    • thousand years had passed there was the first compensation for it. In
    • years in which a knowledge of God was breaking through there followed
    • reappear. Consequently, the first thousand years after Christ are
    • In the second thousand years after Christ we can recognize a
    • appears in the mysticism of men such as Eckhart, Johannes Tauler, and
    • reappears in the flesh, but only in a Christ who appears in the
  • Title: Three Paths: Lecture I: The Path through the Gospels and The Path of Inner Experience
    Matching lines:
    • Christ question is such that, for two thousand years now, not only has
    • years of life. We perceive further that in the second seven years of
    • what appears in man as the Ego, as the bearer of the Ego, with that
    • years of life, in normal consciousness, we really dream ourselves,
    • consciousness of the Ego appears in the third or fourth year,
    • but the organization for the Ego first appears in the 20th or
    • have been that, in the first twenty years of life, man would have been
    • years of life completely disposed to imitation. Since grown people, if
    • imitate nothing bad. In the second seven years of life the principle
    • Ego-consciousness would have appeared in his 20th and 21st years.
    • Thus there would be in the first seven years a period of imitation,
    • then in the second seven years a looking up to authority, then in the
    • third seven years a springing forth of ideals, which would bring man
    • work from seven years to seven years (he need not express this in
    • Nazareth, over a period of three years, which streamed down directly
    • during life, this was the force, the impulse, which for three years
    • because once, for three years, there lived objectively in Jesus of
  • Title: Three Paths: Lecture II: The Path of Initiation
    Matching lines:
    • recognize in Christ that which lived as an impulse for three years in
    • three years in a physical human body.” — If in anthroposophy
    • of Jesus of Nazareth appears from the standpoint of pure occultism you
    • Christian religious principle was preparing for many years what was
    • that after three years he was crucified. This would signify an event
    • them, before the passage of one hundred years after their deaths.
    • personality of the first order until one hundred years have passed
    • Rosicrucian community until one hundred years have passed after his
    • years after the death of such a personality would this be possible.
    • be pointed out a hundred years after he has passed from the physical
  • Title: The Mission of Savonarola
    Matching lines:
    • throught Austria and Germany in the years 1908–1909.
    • throught Austria and Germany in the years 1908–1909. Nine of the
  • Title: Lecture: Waking of the Human Soul and the Forming of Destiny: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • it disappears in an indefinite darkness. It emerges again in the very
    • which reappears in the thinking that the child acquires in the third
    • we could not pour forth in the coarser vibration of the air, which
    • disappears from his consciousness, comes near to the Angels, and, as
    • self-sustained thinking, such as I recommended more than thirty years
    • If we now observe the child during the earliest years of life, we
  • Title: Lecture: Younger Generation: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • more advanced years in the present-day world of thought — we
    • this if, in spite of the years piling up, one has not allowed oneself
  • Title: Lecture: Younger Generation: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • years of youth. We must come together with human beings with whom we
    • thirty years.
    • they are thought to be by modern scholars. Homer felt himself a kind
    • School education must be listened to with other ears than those with
    • which one hears about other kinds of education or educational reform.
    • last twenty or thirty years and is still shining with a positive
    • discarded all its old clothes because it fears that something
  • Title: Lecture: Younger Generation: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • Earth, and come back again after hundreds of years, the atoms will be
  • Title: Lecture: Younger Generation: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • character of Greek culture as it appears in the writings of
    • in what Nietzsche lived through during the years of which I am
    • on the ears, then it is evil. And so judgments pile up. The sum of
    • and what appears as the character of the youth movement is, for one
  • Title: Lecture: Younger Generation: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • called divine; this God appears primitive and incomplete in the eyes
    • been able to ferret out antiquated moral impulses. After some years,
    • thinking, out of which our whole modern civilization flows, bears the
    • up to the sixth, seventh or eighth years, to the end of the change of
    • years — that is to say, to the age of puberty — the human
    • language we learn in the first years of childhood gradually becomes
    • to say, we shall carry childhood on into our later years. And that we
  • Title: Lecture: Younger Generation: Lecture VII
    Matching lines:
    • Janus-headed. Certainly, this appears to be permeated by enthusiasm
    • full spread of the sails as it was some twenty years ago is no longer
    • in the feelings of those who had grown older in years but were not
    • appears to many as unrealizable. For, at the present time, it is
    • are living not only centuries but thousands of years later —
    • through eyes and ears.
  • Title: Lecture: Younger Generation: Lecture VIII
    Matching lines:
    • gaze out into the infinite space of the universe. From the stars
    • understand how to read the stars.
  • Title: Lecture: Younger Generation: Lecture IX
    Matching lines:
    • through four more years until I get my second teeth; I will get them
    • between about the eighteenth and nineteenth years. Just as it is
    • eyes or ears. Such things are hardly mentioned today. They are,
    • bears with it the title: “Doctor of Philosophy and of the Seven
    • eighteenth and nineteenth years. For it is out of the inner being
    • the years of imitation and the years when knowledge can be given?
    • artistic element. During the primary school years everything must be
    • steeped in beauty, and in later years beauty must rule as the
    • generation, when truth first appears in the garb of beauty. In this
  • Title: Lecture: Younger Generation: Lecture X
    Matching lines:
    • documentary history can go back only a few thousand years before the
    • we go very far back, some seven or eight thousand years before the
    • ancient times, six thousand, seven thousand years before the Mystery
    • and the other Michelet. Zeller was seventy years old and thought he
    • Michelet was, as I said, ninety years old!
    • six-and-thirty years, whereas a more ancient humanity grew in
    • forty-second, thirty-fifth years can recognize quite well: At that
    • nineteenth years, can develop so that from then onwards one can know
    • the human being at two or three years has to get used to speaking a
    • has taken the human being thousands of years to acquire this
    • years an undefined feeling lives in the soul of every human being who
    • who need it most. Between the ninth and tenth years the human being,
    • seventeenth year and sometimes even to the years I mentioned
    • shall not experience what he tells for thirty-five or forty years.
  • Title: Lecture: Younger Generation: Lecture XI
    Matching lines:
    • but fifty years ago was a boy, can remember how some philosophy of
    • years of childhood, but to a feeling for the whole man in the soul of
    • understood everything, after thirty years it is often apparent that
    • definition. In fifty years you would not succeed in defining what you
    • experience in five minutes but cannot describe in fifty years, we
    • because they were able to revere, after many years they become a
    • no different ten years hence? It would be dreadful were he to remain
    • preserve them in memory; fifty years hence they are to be the same as
    • something quite different in ten or twenty years. If we give him
  • Title: Lecture: Younger Generation: Lecture XII
    Matching lines:
    • years, or of the plastic development of new leaves and blossoms in a
    • the human being bears on his head a kind of etheric, astral cap. In
    • a dull, repressed form between the seventh and fourteenth years. They
    • than a hundred years.
    • what to modern people appears quite horrible. They have spoken, for
  • Title: Lecture: Younger Generation: Lecture XIII
    Matching lines:
    • there appears in the picture of the man-devouring dragon what is the
    • dragon rears up to meet one.
  • Title: Lecture: Mission of Michael: Lecture II: The Michael revelation.
    Matching lines:
    • of light streaming down from sun and stars upon the earth, but if he
    • truth about man appears to consist of anatomical and physiological
  • Title: Lecture: Mission of Michael: Lecture III. Michaelic Thinking.
    Matching lines:
    • soul-will activity bears the imprint of our gradual approaching the
    • Every ascent is followed by a descent; every ascent bears in itself
  • Title: Lecture: Mission of Michael: Lecture IV: The Culture of the Mysteries and the Michael Impulse.
    Matching lines:
    • years ago, and in two thousand years from today it will again have a
  • Title: Lecture: Mission of Michael: Lecture V: The Michael Deed and the Michael Influence as Counter-pole of the Ahrimanic Influence
    Matching lines:
    • see how Christianity bears the character of which I spoke yesterday
    • consciousness. During the last few years much has occurred that was
  • Title: Lecture: Mission of Michael: Lecture VI: The Ancient Yoga Culture and the New Yoga Will.
    Matching lines:
    • two thousand years, there appeared a soul mood, the echoes of which we
    • appears which is closer to our own world conception. There the first
    • coarse and clumsy, indeed, which maintain that the outer world merely
  • Title: Lecture: Signs of the Times: Michaels Battle and Its Reflection On Earth -- I
    Matching lines:
    • science of history is not much more than a hundred years old. I do not
    • conviction: History teaches that many quarrels and wars occurred in
    • happening now, so many years later, has certainly annihilated the
    • Mr. Rothschild, or any other rich man, give him a million dollars.
    • later years of their lives do not lose, on their part, the souls of
    • pain appears which is not the reflection of what lives in the departed
  • Title: Lecture: Signs of the Times: Michaels Battle and Its Reflection On Earth -- II
    Matching lines:
    • Now I beg you to remember that I have for many years spoken about the
    • 1868, 1858, 1848, and 8 or 9 years more; this is 38 or 39 years. Now
    • days (1918), and you also have 38 or 39 years. If you observe the year
    • Therefore it was very important, during all these years of our group
    • enabled him to live another thirty-five years. He bears within him the
    • constitution for another thirty-five years. This, now, produces a
    • time. What he could have experienced during the next thirty-five years
    • stars” when the forties of last century approached. If occultists
    • “this is the aspect of the stars.” There existed at that
    • ourselves: What is bound to happen in the next twenty or thirty years?
  • Title: Psychoanalysis: Lecture I: Anthroposophy and Psychoanalysis I
    Matching lines:
    • sufficiently obvious. But scholarship has a different task: it
    • Scholarship says in such a case: the one who feels his way into
    • having been in love, many years before, with a man whom she did
    • three years before he descended to earth his soul was in the
    • through the years when Nietzsche was reading his books,
  • Title: Psychoanalysis: Lecture II: Anthroposophy and Psychoanalysis II
    Matching lines:
    • these leaps in the mental processes of modern scholars.
    • this field realize that, under present conditions, scholars are
    • philological methods. I was connected for six years and a half
    • superficially, turned back hastily as scholars do, to the
    • we have an example of how such “scholarship” may be
    • nothing else. These are our present ethics of scholarship. It
    • Nietzsche was for three years in the midst of it, absorbing
    • example. A Cretan says: All Cretans are liars. If it is said by
    • “All Cretans are liars,” expecting the sentence to
    • as the statement that all Cretans are liars would be a lie if
  • Title: Psychoanalysis: Lecture III: Reflections in the Mirror of Consciousness, Superconsciousness and Subconsciousness
    Matching lines:
    • able then to see how in his early years his parents and
    • though it appears as a world tableau — if you know that
    • If, for example, anyone in his later years is pursued by
    • sometimes say: “Well yes, that appears to be just, for we
    • along, although grotesquely coarsened, to the present
    • appears before us, and the devil says: “This is the
    • been two hundred years in Devachan, and has gone through it,
    • years of careful work, then this feeling, these nuances
  • Title: Psychoanalysis: Lecture IV: Hidden Soul Powers
    Matching lines:
    • is quite otherwise with that which appears in the
    • body. He cannot injure the coarser and more solid
    • belonging to something objective from that which appears in
    • the elemental world — then there appears in place of the
  • Title: Psychoanalysis: Lecture V: Connections Between Organic Processes and the Mental Life of Man
    Matching lines:
    • of this. Many years ago, I think in 1904 or 1905, on a journey
    • examined by means of physiology and chemistry, but bears within
    • being, 72 years, and you have approximately the same result. If
  • Title: The Ego: Lecture 1
    Matching lines:
    • other, and in the course of years, in our anthroposophical movement,
    • among mankind, and appears ever clearer and clearer, the farther we go
    • is a question which I have often answered. Such a question appears as
    • the child become ten years old, and then it will reckon. It is thus
    • had more than thirty years ago, and who as a quite young student was
    • That person in whom anthroposophical wisdom appears must be
    • stars, but only in the individuality, in the human soul; but then, on
    • world. Thus that which appears to mankind through the anthroposophical
    • causes real pain — because it appears irrational to him, if he
    • the spiritual world. He sees and hears with it in the spiritual world,
  • Title: The Ego: Lecture 2
    Matching lines:
    • seen, in the course of years, that its aim is not to work on, as it
    • the Theosophical Society, for four years we have occupied ourselves
    • three years we have tried to deepen these basic views with reference
    • nothing appears more natural today than to say: How can four documents
    • teachings which Buddha gave out 600 years before our era. These
    • 600 years before our era as a contemporary of the great Buddha. He
    • in the right manner. Then this Zarathustra, who at that time 600 years
    • external history. What is unearthed in the latter really appears
    • You can easily conceive that whatever appears in the world must
    • They even turned their gaze from sun and stars, for they listened
    • knew about the stars and their movements, about the laws of the starry
    • knew something of Mars, Saturn, etc., because the nature of these
    • stars revealed itself in their inner being. Thus it was the laws of
    • the entire cosmos, which as it were, were inscribed in the stars, were
    • dominate the hosts of the stars revealed themselves in the soul, so
    • like the laws of number of the stars, out there in the cosmos.
    • stars in the heavens. As the stars in the sky are arranged in
    • numerous as the stars in heaven.... Whereas in truth, the passage
    • stars in the heavens. O, the Bible is deep! But what is today offered
    • “Thy descendants shall be as numerous as the stars in the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: The Ego: Lecture 3
    Matching lines:
    • In the course of years, considerations have been brought forward in
    • Christ-Principle should incarnate for three years.
    • in the Greek text: Behold, how it appears, how it there speaks in the
    • Waterman, when it stands in such a relation to the other stars, that
    • phenomenon, and this appears as man. That is the man. Man is nothing
    • see what man sees when he appears impure. Instead of the noble
  • Title: Bridge between the Ideal and the Real: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • (this is coarsely expressed, but it can be expressed in this
    • appear to our eyes, or are audible to our ears, or which make
    • appears, when one shuts one's Sense organs to it, That is the
    • it in the following way. Just think how, 600 years before the
    • we now turn to 600 years after the Mystery of Golgotha, to
    • There is a wonderful connection within this 1200 years, six
    • hundred years Before Golgotha, the turning away from a corpse
    • gives an uplift to one's concept of the World; 600 years after
    • Earth, but has to be ascribed to the resent Sun, which appears
    • Therefore the Mystery of Golgotha appears as that power in
  • Title: Bridge between the Ideal and the Real: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • physical body absorbs that consciousness, so that it appears as
    • ears all that we perceive around us with all our senses, will,
  • Title: Lecture: Greek and Germanic Mythology: Lecture I - The Prometheus Saga
    Matching lines:
    • are from the German edition that bears the title, Kosmische
    • Adam Cadmon. See also Rudolf Steiner's lecture given at Oxford, 22nd August, 1922, which appears in English in the book Man's Life on Earth and in the Spiritual World.
  • Title: Lecture: Greek and Germanic Mythology: Lecture II - The Argonaut Saga and the Odyssey
    Matching lines:
    • are from the German edition that bears the title, Kosmische
    • sign thousands of years previously. It is well known that the sun
    • comes to the island of Calypso, sojourns there seven years and is
    • time, which lasts seven years. That is why Odysseus remains with the
    • nymph Calypso seven years. Every man who seeks initiation goes through
  • Title: Lecture: Greek and Germanic Mythology: Lecture III - The Sigfried Saga
    Matching lines:
    • are from the German edition that bears the title, Kosmische
    • harsh difficulties of the external world. It has both to possess
  • Title: Lecture: Greek and Germanic Mythology: Lecture IV - The Trojan War
    Matching lines:
    • are from the German edition that bears the title, Kosmische
    • the ancient Chaldean sub-race, the sub-race of the Stars, of
    • happen in five hundred years time. In order for this to come about
    • bring about an event straightway, years before it was due. Then
  • Title: Lecture: Lecture I: Occult Signs and Symbols
    Matching lines:
    • five currents hidden in him. The healthy etheric body appears so that
    • to observe it from space, then one would see that it appears bright
    • perception. This inner light in which creative wisdom appears is also
    • it were, space appears as still something else. When he practices
    • the stars are hovering. This is usually considered to be a contrived
    • the fact that when we view Mars, Venus, and so forth, these heavenly
    • definite distance in one hundred years, and this distance through
    • Jupiter's is five times that of Mars;
    • Mars' twice that of the Moon.
    • speaking of a celestial harmony. With spiritual ears one can hear it.
    • into what we call the Atlantean epoch. Our forebears then lived on a
    • this dense watery air, sun and stars could not be perceived; a
  • Title: Lecture: Lecture II: Occult Signs and Symbols
    Matching lines:
    • had a faithful audience at that time. The name parson (Pfaff —
    • a derogatory expression for “parson”), in the thirteenth
    • great parson”. Because there emanated such a deepening from
    • Great Parson Street”. Do you know where these soul forces were
    • pointed arches, pillars and columns. This had educated these souls.
    • contemplation of building forms appears in the mood of his soul.
    • thousands of years ago, appears to us in human countenances thousands
    • of years later. Thus, one recognizes why such arts were practiced.
    • process went on for thousands of years. Only gradually did things
  • Title: Lecture: Lecture III: Occult Signs and Symbols
    Matching lines:
    • appears to us in the world, whatever reveals itself, whatever is not
    • repulsion. Everything appears in duality. Two, duality, is the number
    • the Middle Ages. Feeling steadily declines and inwardness disappears.
    • and be given form. Do you know why clouds and stars appear to us
    • of clouds and stars. Everything arises out of thought creations.
    • speaking of evil only where fivefoldness appears. When, one day,
    • of periods of seven years — from birth until the change of
    • teeth; puberty; seven or eight years later; toward thirty, followed
    • who knew something of these things, the years of the apprentice and
    • absorbed by the object. Hence, a red object appears red because it
    • Eins teilt, und wie man die Teile so darstellt, daß sie
    • das darstellen kann, dass die All-Einheit, die 1, die
    • kann man so darstellen, dass man sagt: Nun, wir haben hier eine
  • Title: Lecture: Lecture IV: Occult Signs and Symbols
    Matching lines:
    • Moon, Mars, Mercury, Jupiter, Venus. Those familiar with the
    • to your ears and to your souls. When I say a word, for example,
    • astral world. Here on earth one sees physical men, each of whom bears
    • Were we to go far back millions of years in human evolution,
    • development for the human being, yet it still appears brief compared
    • forth suns. Hence, the woman that bears the sun in the fifth seal.
  • Title: Spiritual Hierarchies: Lecture 1
    Matching lines:
    • physically-limited stars, what the physical eye sees to-day is but
    • would have had no meaning to speak of physical stars, when the
    • Moon, Mercury, Venus, Sun, Mars, Jupiter, Saturn pronouncing these
    • spiritual beings. When those names are used to-day, only the coarsest
    • Mars. Thus we see that the two currents grew always further apart in
    • stars, what the Romans gave in their Mythologies, and what appeared
    • Mars and Venus, Jupiter and Saturn. Dionysius, the pupil of the
    • ‘Mars’ they would have felt that they had to rise to the
  • Title: Spiritual Hierarchies: Lecture 2
    Matching lines:
    • matter appears on the other side. That is the teaching of primeval
  • Title: Spiritual Hierarchies: Lecture 4
    Matching lines:
    • behind, and this appears again and again, and still appeared even
  • Title: Spiritual Hierarchies: Lecture 5
    Matching lines:
    • Mercury, Venus, Mars, Jupiter, and so on, all these bodies were
    • it cast from it the coarser substances. The whole system then
    • the Sun the coarser substances and beings belonging to it. But
    • who soars to such ideas that gas under conditions of pressure can
    • Mars. Mars is thus the boundary showing the size of the Moon. If you
    • limit the orbit of the present Mars, you have the size of the ancient
    • present Mars; then the Sun contracted, and was encircled by another
    • body; approximately in the place where the present Mars has its
    • contracted it to the boundary of the Mars of to-day. Between these
    • host of small Planetoids scattered in between the orbits of Mars and
    • Mars. And when our Astronomers direct their telescopes towards the
  • Title: Spiritual Hierarchies: Lecture 6
    Matching lines:
    • Mars, which as planetoids are still being discovered by physical
    • to whom we referred yesterday as reaching up to Jupiter, Mars, etc.,
    • first thousands of years immediately after the Atlantean catastrophe.
    • Wisdom, acted; and Mars, the boundary line up to which reached the
    • came during Pisces, which began 270 B.C. Add 2150 years and we get
    • through the Zodiac during the course of long years. It is generally
    • whole sign of Aries during 2150 years. Before that, Taurus had been
    • of 2150 years. And if we go back to five or six thousand years B.C.,
    • of the Spirits of Motion of which the limit is Mars. We have seen
    • just as we draw Mars as the boundary point up to which is the domain
    • the ancient designation. The next following is Mars, then after the
    • the earth stands below, and Mercury and Venus follow, that then Mars
    • Sun, Mars, Jupiter and Saturn, the other planets, on its other side.
    • Venus, on the one side, and on the other side, Mars, Jupiter, Saturn.
    • even if it were for millions of years.’ This is more or less
    • Spirits of Personality, up to the Sun the Powers, as far as to Mars
  • Title: Spiritual Hierarchies: Lecture 7
    Matching lines:
    • earth, with its moon. Then comes the orbit of Mars, of Jupiter,
    • physically visible (for when he appears only in an etheric body he is
  • Title: Spiritual Hierarchies: Lecture 8
    Matching lines:
    • by a certain constellation of stars. This is then a mark or sign. In
    • globe, with Jupiter or Mars, for instance. What is there is nothing
    • know why the whole space of heaven appears blue. It seems blue,
    • illuminated space. All that is dark, seen through light, appears
    • Now we go further and must explain Mars in the same way. We must
    • Scorpion, which brings death, so on Mars these balls of water are
    • also stopped; only the details are a little different on Mars. The
    • Mars of to-day is a repetition of the ancient Moon. It stands on the
    • pole is Mars. When speaking of Mars as the third condition of our
    • ancient Moon. Mars was essentially a body of water. On Mars, or the
    • man on the ancient Moon or ancient Mars after he had circled once
    • Jupiter; a Moon is formed, and leaves behind it a Mars; and last the
    • earth appears, and all those things I have described; the departure
    • Saturn, our Jupiter, our Mars have in fact originated thus, that at
    • celestial body as Saturn, Jupiter, Mars, originated thus, that at
    • see them to-day in the heavenly bodies, in Saturn, Jupiter and Mars.
  • Title: Spiritual Hierarchies: Lecture 9
    Matching lines:
    • its evolution was Jupiter, the third Mars, whereas the sequence in
    • evolution the Moon is not finished. Mars remains behind after this
    • like an external belt around the heavens, with the stars shining
    • sparsely in between, you must think of its being the result of that
    • Thus you see that the configuration and the distribution of the stars
    • experienced by the Angels on Mars, are these all the same kind of
  • Title: Spiritual Hierarchies: Lecture 10
    Matching lines:
    • four hundred years — but thoughts of men in general, as they
    • creations on earth, through all the hundreds and thousands of years
    • and the strange thing is that in that centre matter disappears.
    • disappears. It does not get pushed over to its other side, it
    • absolutely disappears into nothing in its own central point! So that
    • it disappears in the central point, it reappears again in
    • point in space matter disappears and emerges again at another. Out
    • there it is coming forth anew. The substance disappears in one place
    • Beings formed first Uranus, and then Neptune during the Mars
    • In the time between the Jupiter and the Mars development — if I
    • it appears somewhat pedantic. Let us suppose, leaving aside the
    • centre, disappears there, and then emerges again out of the
  • Title: The East in the Light of the West: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • been built into our body such as eyes and ears, etc., but also
    • with physical eyes, or hear in them with physical ears, can we learn
    • developed to the eyes and ears of the physical body, though the
    • spiritual eyes, spiritual ears, etc., and of doing all that is
    • equipped his astral body and ego with spiritual eyes and ears, etc.
    • necessary for spiritual eyes and ears to be developed in his astral
    • the spiritual eyes and ears, etc. formed in the astral body imprint
    • form, that is to say its spiritual eyes and ears, etc. But we are at
    • been tested for thousands of years in the way of exercises,
    • the physical body in sleep it develops its spiritual eyes and ears
    • developing spiritual eyes and ears in the astral body, but that
    • ears, his physical intellect, his physical feelings, etc.; he is
    • this way in the outer world reappears as higher and more abundant
    • with our eyes and hear with our cars is only a small part of life.
    • to the inner forces — purification, cleansing, Catharsis. But
    • which our senses see as flashing fire bears the same proportion to
    • light, and behind what our ears perceive as sound, are active beings
    • different from what it appears to be in the world of the senses. We
  • Title: The East in the Light of the West: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • need not go further than some thousands of years, and we shall find
    • — a few years only — occurred the transition which
    • thousands of years in search of an instance of our modern soul life,
    • separate a substance from the earth relatively coarser than that
    • connected with the sun spirits and by becoming rulers of this coarse
    • comparable to the human form appears, but only a form, a figure. To
  • Title: The East in the Light of the West: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • to say that the sense wisdom appears again and again in different
    • thousands of years before the coming of the Christ, full wisdom could
    • his life and call him Muller. He is the same person who thirty years
    • of the gods as remaining unchanged through thousands of years? It
    • Indra and follow him through thousands of years. We come to a point
    • lapse of thousands of years. History is being made in the spiritual
  • Title: The East in the Light of the West: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • up the external world of the senses appears; when man penetrates
    • see with their eyes, hear with their ears, and so on, it was natural
    • external sense world and to find the upper gods hears that somewhere
    • from the figures of the other gods; the ears are different, so is the
    • spiritual sight, upon earth, and its maturing there for three years
    • sun, treading the earth for three years, as man among men. Thus
  • Title: The East in the Light of the West: Lecture VI
    Matching lines:
    • physical body. In the mountains, trees and stars the soul of the
    • vehicle of the Sun spirit for the space of three years. [Dr.
    • on the etheric plane. There Zeus, Apollo, Mars, Wotan, Odin, Thor,
  • Title: The East in the Light of the West: Lecture VII
    Matching lines:
    • last thousand years before the appearance of Christ and during the
  • Title: The East in the Light of the West: Lecture VIII
    Matching lines:
    • Egyptian experiences. The wonderful knowledge of the stars in their
    • eyes of his soul up to the stars, and sought to unravel their secrets
    • eyes or hear with ears, or think with the physical organ of
    • three hundred years. A man of the present day would think he
    • hundred years; he would think he knew a good deal even if he had
    • now studied the Vedas for three hundred years; see, there are three
    • parts of the Vedas for three hundred years.’ Then Indra took
    • which lives in the stars and moves them in their courses, that which
    • seven stages of Saturn, Sun, Moon, Earth (or Mars-Mercury), Jupiter,
  • Title: The East in the Light of the West: Lecture IX
    Matching lines:
    • civilisations of the post Atlantean era, who appears in each epoch in
    • last three years the Christ principle was predominant and the Christ
    • West, was incarnated in Gautama Buddha about six hundred years before
    • believed thousands of years ago, and which has been propagated by
    • remained the same as he was six hundred years before our era. But it
  • Title: Wisdom of Man: I. The Position of Anthroposophy in Relation to Theosophy and Anthropology.
    Matching lines:
    • anthroposophy. Now, after a lapse of seven years that constitute a
    • recognizing reality below. This danger disappears, however, as soon
    • ears and so forth, is the product of a long development. It has all
    • Through millions and millions of years it has continually changed and
    • first years, exactly like hearing and sight. We cannot alter what a
  • Title: Wisdom of Man: II. Supersensible Processes in the Activities of the Human Senses.
    Matching lines:
    • element of the process. The sentient soul subconsciously bears within
    • air in the ears, and this results in external activity of the air.
  • Title: Wisdom of Man: III. Higher Senses, Inner Force Currents and Creative Laws in the Human Organism.
    Matching lines:
    • there appears what is called spiritual activity; the so-called
    • because what appears in the imaginative sense works its way into us.
    • soul to the spirit, where what normally appears as our inner life
    • these form what appears to us as the sensibly perceptible human
  • Title: Wisdom of Man: IV. Supersensible Currents in the Human and Animal Organizations.
    Matching lines:
    • openings represent the eyes, ears, organs of smell, etc., and the
    • currents. When a current appears running inward from without, the ego
  • Title: Wisdom of the Soul: I. The Elements of the Soul Life.
    Matching lines:
    • not at all be known to you, but you do know that it appears in your
    • appears in your soul life, and side by side with this appears
    • of our soul life there appears a conception that joins the others
    • Here, however, a grave error appears, and a certain
    • it disappears every day.
    • An ego conception appears without external stimulus, but it shares
  • Title: Wisdom of the Soul: II. Action and Interaction of the Human Soul Forces.
    Matching lines:
    • appears in the midst of the other surging activity; it is omnipresent
    • As we contemplate Goethe's soul in his youth it appears
    • that in later years Goethe followed but one of the impulses we
    • then the reasoning would follow. But that only appears to be a
    • question have for years been accustomed to other conceptions. These
    • can simply say that it is not German, though it occasionally appears
  • Title: Wisdom of the Soul: III. At the Portals of the Senses.
    Matching lines:
    • activity, this poem appears as a by-product, written for an occasion.
    • As memory had laid long years between.
    • Returning thought, in fearsome alienation,
    • is added; indeed, in all subsequent recurrences it appears in the
    • but also, all that appears as desire comes to an end at a certain
    • soul life, while feeling remains farther within, where desire wears
    • significantly characteristic of the soul life, that appears different
    • whether a conception reappears in our memory easily or not. It is
    • to the ego conception. Our entire continuous soul life bears a
  • Title: Wisdom of the Soul: IV. Consciousness and the Soul Life.
    Matching lines:
    • that happened to them ten years before, provided the cause has ceased
    • What about this ego during the first three years of a
    • appears. You see the past, not the future; the mirror shows you the
    • What is this ego primarily as it appears in physical
    • the ego appears from the other side and acts in the same way.
  • Title: Wisdom of the Spirit: I. Franz Brentano and Aristotles Doctrine of the Spirit.
    Matching lines:
    • point of view. Two years ago the physical nature of man was discussed
    • descent, but with hereditary traits. The soul element appears as
    • appears upon the physical plane, the body and soul elements combine
    • mere existence in the vale of tears, but that it is of great
  • Title: Wisdom of the Spirit: II. Truth and Error in the Light of the Spiritual World.
    Matching lines:
    • produce what appears to man as his spiritual life. In short, suppose
    • undeniably super-sensible, appears to countless people as sufficient
    • disappears. What is purely spiritual comes into view, disclosing
    • that appears to have been resurrected in recent times and is
  • Title: Wisdom of the Spirit: III. Imagination--Imagination; Inspiration--Self-fulfillment; Intuition--Conscience.
    Matching lines:
    • an attribute of the spirit that appears self-evident. That is, its
    • error appears only in that realm to which man raises himself by
    • naturalist, Huber, through the observation of caterpillars spinning a
    • its own dictates. When Huber took one of the caterpillars away from
    • itself quite realistically the moment it appears. When our soul
    • feels an indirect contact with a world that at first also appears to
    • perceptions through our eyes, ears, etc., and of our nourishing the
    • organs, nothing that enters us through our eyes or ears. We are
    • conceived of simply as something that isn't true, bears direct
    • that appears in intuition primarily as emotion, so that imagination
  • Title: Wisdom of the Spirit: IV. Laws of Nature, Evolution of Consciousness and Repeated Earth Lives.
    Matching lines:
    • difficulty in recognizing a fact that to us appears fundamental: that
    • appears in his physical form, is an image of God in the true Biblical
    • distasteful and appears altogether hideous and the animals
    • symbolizing his passions seem loathsome, this world appears in most
    • world does not weigh heavily, even when it appears ugly. It is
    • sees there. Everything in the imaginative world that appears as
    • to a humble man must seem great appears to him small, like the tiny
    • stars travel their paths, the Sun rises every morning and sets in the
    • clarify the matter, or to designate that world that appears
    • sections actually stand after ten years of work. We would be about as
  • Title: Lecture: The Christmas Festival: A Token of the Victory of the Sun
    Matching lines:
    • And when the storm in forests roars and grinds,
    • of years before the Christian era we find that a Festival was
    • rhythmically and with what regularity the Sun appears and disappears.
    • Our scholars know remarkably little about these things. They are aware
  • Title: Lecture: Signs and Symbols of the Christmas Festival
    Matching lines:
    • the ears of those who were pupils of the Mysteries — before they were
    • dating no further back than about a hundred years or so. Although,
    • thousands of years but must also be able to survey the whole course of
    • appears at the midnight hour, when the world around lies at rest in
    • they saw ears of corn as tokens of life, indicating symbolically that
    • Everything in the cosmos takes its rhythmic course: the stars, as well
    • is, the more does this rhythm decline. As the light disappears at
    • of which life was born — life symbolised by the ears of corn. As
  • Title: Lecture: The Birth of the Sun-Spirit as the Spirit of the Earth
    Matching lines:
    • of the symbol itself. Yet as late as 353 A.D., 353 years after Christ
    • physical human body for three years only. More and more it will be
    • during those three years in the physical body of a man is one of the
    • Spirit, how adjustment and catharsis were made possible through the
    • in Norway during the last ten to fifteen years and has become familiar
  • Title: Lecture: Christmas at a Time of Grievous Destiny
    Matching lines:
    • recognise the one who, as man, was predestined after thirty years of
    • nineteen hundred years behind us, to give an answer to the question:
    • in conformity with all the signs of the stars, then particular souls
    • stars; the spiritual eyes of those who were guiding souls from cosmic
    • and directly connected with the existence of the stars, with nature,
    • But we have to go very far back — to about three thousand years
    • or Erda or Nertus Saga. No erudition, as scholars themselves openly
    • Hertha-Mystery — "He knows when the Goddess appears in the sacred
    • reached the age of thirty, and he remained leader for three years, for three
    • years only. What happened to him then I may perhaps be able to tell
    • Who had come down from the world of the stars to the earth, something
    • destiny of man to be united with the secrets of the stars of heaven.
    • that at Christmas time, nineteen hundred and sixteen years after the
  • Title: Lecture: The Proclamations to the Magi and the Shepherds
    Matching lines:
    • and in the course of years we have studied them from different points
    • of the soul — have for thousands and thousands of years been
    • or seven thousand years ago, man had a quite different conception not
    • movements of the stars. The story of the three Kings or Magi points to
    • the existence of an ancient lore of the stars, an ancient knowledge of
    • the secrets of the worlds of stars in which the secrets of happenings
    • in the world of men were also revealed. This ancient lore of the stars
    • stars, and it was this star-wisdom that formed the essential content
    • of the science belonging to an earlier epoch. Men sought in the stars
    • the world of stars was not the machinelike abstraction it has now come
    • speech. They realised that what the movements of the stars bring about
    • and intimately, to understand the movements of the stars in such a way
    • knowledge of the stars and their workings consisted in training the
    • for thousands of years in the Mysteries, but there it was communicated
    • One often hears it said to-day that the teachings given in the
    • what this soma-juice really is. Modern scholars assert that nobody
    • bodily ears. Our experiences then were a priori — a form of cognition
    • the East, had this clear impression: If as we contemplate the stars we
    • the stars, with all that I can now only mentally picture in terms of
    • being is transported from the earth into the world of the stars in
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: On The Three Magi
    Matching lines:
    • need years of preparation but will be able from the beginning, to
    • Race it was necessary for a body to be prepared for thirty years. (In
  • Title: Lecture: The Revelation of the Cosmic Christ
    Matching lines:
    • associated with the stars, and the mightiest Power of all with the
    • Incarnation. The Roman Caesars were actually regarded as Gods in human
    • constellations of the stars something like a countenance of the Divine
    • future. It was revealed in the Mysteries that man bears within his
    • constellations of the stars sounded forth the mysteries of World
  • Title: Lecture: The Birth of Christ Within Us
    Matching lines:
    • In the course of years our studies have brought it home to us that as
    • greatness, the higher the soul's vision soars into the realms of
    • evolution and then, living in the one for three years, consummated the
    • One. Wrapped for three years in the body of a Man, He came then into
  • Title: Christ Impulse: Lecture 1: The Sphere of the Bodhisattvas
    Matching lines:
    • of the particulars connected with the higher world, as regards the
    • years. Let us consider the nature of this progress. After the great
    • could have been heard in this form 2,500 years ago? It would have been
    • form of pure thought. Suppose some individuality 2,500 years ago had
    • been uttered by human lips, 2,500 years ago, entirely fails to
    • of the Ego we call the form of pure thought. 2,500 years ago there
    • embodiment, has changed. Five thousand years ago, when a human soul
    • is not the case. In 2,500 years' time the same truths will not be
    • When this Bodhisattva, who had never really incarnated, was 29 years
    • which appears to-day as the power of clear thinking.
    • These particulars furnish us with a characterisation of the great
    • of the Bodhisattvas, and entered a circle of twelve stars; in their
  • Title: Christ Impulse: Lecture 2: The Law of Karma with Respect to the Details of Life
    Matching lines:
    • take the following example. A young lad, fifteen years of age, has
    • sentiments that penetrated his soul, three years before the change of
    • of years after the turning-point as the cause of them originated
    • particulars, we can say in the case of the young man whose life has
    • lectures about the ‘noble’ anger which appears in youth. I
    • the second half of life it reappears in a different form; it appears
    • his early years by a noble anger aroused at the stupidity or the ugly
    • the long years of my tutorship I not only observed the children of
    • That is now some twenty-five to thirty years ago. You may have noticed
    • how every five years or thereabouts the doctors have a different
    • for delicate children three, four or five years old, to drink a glass
    • then from two to five years old and who were given the glass of wine
    • twenty-eight years of age. I particularly noticed that only then the
    • true observer many years after. Nothing but the great connections and
    • transformed in later years into a force which works invisibly, pouring
    • them in their early years with that which, as he knows, they will be
    • his life-force. In his later years, instead of being arid and dry, he
  • Title: Christ Impulse: Lecture 3: The Entrance of the Christ-Being into the Evolution of Humanity
    Matching lines:
    • If we look back at much of what we have learnt as the years went by,
    • In the course of years a great deal has been said as to what the
    • world through their eyes, ears and so on, they perceived the spiritual
    • from your ears behind physical sound; yet, when Christ Himself shall
    • become beggars as regard the spirit. They can now become blessed, the
    • ‘From henceforward, blessed are they who are beggars in spirit,
    • hundred years after Christ he only mentions the Christians as a sect
    • Christ Jesus Himself. They hinted to those who had ears to hear that
    • first years of our era on earth, in the flesh. In accordance with the
    • certain number of persons, particularly between the years of 1930 and
  • Title: Christ Impulse: Lecture 4: The Sermon on the Mount
    Matching lines:
    • bears the law within it. They called the etheric body of this ancestor
    • condition had, in the course of thousands of years, grown worse and
    • come when blessed or God-filled are those who have become beggars in
    • off, with all the thirst of earth. Even six hundred years before
    • worst consequences of the longing for existence. Six hundred years
    • other men, for each of us bears the ego within him — shines
    • thousand years ago has not since then undergone further development.
    • in the course of the next 2,500 years will be experienced to a greater
    • flesh. Thirty years before, another Messiah appeared in Spain; there,
    • having been beggars for the spirit in their past incarnations, have
    • Christ appears in the manner described, or whether they will then have
  • Title: Christ Impulse: Lecture 5: Correspondences Between the Microcosm and the Macrocosm
    Matching lines:
    • strongly into coarse solid matter. If people had even the smallest
    • this case spectro-analysis asserts what Spiritual Science stated years
    • though something new were born, when a comet appears.
    • of Halley's comet, in the years 1759, 1835, and the one we are now
    • first fore-runners during the next 2,500 years, and as it appeared to
    • years, through the addition of an etheric realm, which indeed is
    • humanity during the next 2,500 years. Formerly, in the days of
  • Title: Christ Impulse: Lecture 6: The Birth of Conscience
    Matching lines:
    • thousands of years, were very different in primeval times from what
    • years ago, in other incarnations. There is a purpose in these many
    • about five hundred years before the Christian era, we come to the
    • that name. Five hundred years before the Christian era the greatest
    • appears atavistically, and only in abnormal cases. No blame should
    • gradually came into being during the last five hundred years before
    • years and make it fruitful for our understanding of what the human
    • on. We see how for thousands of years souls were prepared on the soil
    • power as does the Spiritual-Soul itself when it appears; but yet with
    • So, we see: Love appears on the earth in the East; Conscience in the
    • West. The two belong together; as Christ appears in the East, so
    • mentioned, because they have been going on for a number of years.
  • Title: Christ Impulse: Lecture 7: The Further Development of Conscience
    Matching lines:
    • It is, of course, in no sense my task to enter into the particulars of
    • is proved by the fact that to-day, thirty years after the birth of the
    • itself. Some years after, if it should transpire that this person's
    • stimulus to her; but many years have gone by since that time and we
    • historic Jesus; though she certainly placed Him one hundred years
    • continually increase during the next two or three thousand years. As
    • now appears as an illusion. Eastern religions attribute the blame for
  • Title: Life Between ... I: Investigations Into Life Between Death and Rebirth 1
    Matching lines:
    • in this field. Particulars of these thorough investigations will be
    • means of our eyes and ears. Now, however, we encounter a difficulty
    • meets us in the spiritual world a vision appears, but to begin with
  • Title: Life Between ... II: Investigations Into Life Between Death and Rebirth 2
    Matching lines:
    • an antagonistic being. On the contrary, he appears more and more to
    • in earthly affairs. He now appears as the being who illumines what we
    • subjectively. Yet what appears shocking is perhaps in this case the
    • inhabitants of Mars. After we have felt ourselves to be Sun dwellers,
    • experience ourselves in our cosmic reality as inhabitants of Mars. In
    • fact, for this phase it appears as if Christ had given us everything
    • incarnation. If this Mars sphere is experienced consciously and later
    • harmony of the spheres. We now leave the realm of Mars, and the
    • formed itself karmically during that life, appears before the soul.
    • death, we have retraced our steps via Saturn, Jupiter and Mars.
    • before birth is experienced in its reflection in a matter of years.
    • earthly matters during the middle years of his physical life, so in
  • Title: Life Between ... III: Mans Journey Through the Planetary Spheres
    Matching lines:
    • in order to repair the astral body lie in Mercury, Venus, Mars,
    • Jupiter, Saturn, that is, in the stars belonging to the planetary
    • the stars the forces we need in order that the member we have
    • destroyed during life can be restored. So it is from the stars that
    • the time. During the last two years it has been my task to
    • stars, and out of the stars have come the highest forces that are
    • in this world of stars. When you practice self-knowledge you can
    • in a state of dull apathy — to him the stars will tell nothing.
    • For more than ten years now we have been studying the religions, but
    • sphere. This is what we have been doing for the last ten years in our
    • relation to the world of the stars can say with sincerity and
  • Title: Life Between ... IV: Recent Results of Occult Investigation Into Life
    Matching lines:
    • known for thousands of years, yet it is difficult to describe them. I
    • means of our eyes and ears come to us. Only in the higher realms of
    • people's ears, but they act in such a way that the impulse
    • evening stars, whereas previously it expanded only to the Moon.
    • Thus, we arrive in the Mars sphere. As long as we dwelt below the
    • hermits once they have gone beyond the Sun into the Mars sphere. It
    • yet another experience on Mars. As we are speaking more intimately
    • lived as Gautama during his last incarnation six hundred years B.C.
    • Mars what Christ has become for the earth. He accomplished a kind of
    • Mystery of Golgotha for Mars and brought about the extraordinary
    • redemption of the Mars inhabitants. He dwells there among them. His
    • earthly life was the right preparation in order to redeem the Mars
    • Spiritually, man lives in the Mars sphere as indicated. Then he
    • transforms itself in the passage from Mars to Jupiter as orchestral
    • than when the botanist tears it to shreds. The far distant starry
    • cosmos now appears as if reflected by man. You can imagine the
  • Title: Life Between ... V: Life Between Death and Rebirth 1
    Matching lines:
    • impressions upon our ears and other impressions upon other sense
    • in the course of years, but the Christ Mystery can ever and again be
    • our way in the Sun sphere a new Light-bearer appears there, a Being
    • Sun sphere to Mars, we need to recognize the second Throne that
    • we make the further journey through the spheres of Mars, Jupiter and
    • constellation of stars. This constellation is significant for his
    • the moral-universal. What appears to be theory is immediately
    • responsible to the whole cosmos, for he actually bears the whole of
    • What has been cultivated for years, through the performances of the
    • appears to rise up, and one knows that it could walk about were it
  • Title: Life Between ... VI: Life Between Death and Rebirth 2
    Matching lines:
    • During the first period after death man still bears the shells of
    • In yet another respect man bears his earthly connections with him
    • experienced confronts one after death. What appears ludicrous
  • Title: Life Between ... VII: The Working of Karma in Life After Death
    Matching lines:
    • this can be so after the first five years of our work here in Bern
    • over a period of fifteen years, we shall become aware of it after
    • It is as if one were to consider a field with its many ears of wheat
    • that sprout and carry ears. This is literally so, for the
    • of Mars, Jupiter and Saturn. Here Lucifer is our guide and we enter
    • world of the stars into our widespread being.
    • Venus, Sun, Mars, Jupiter and Saturn. We have then grown into cosmic
    • of the universe, of the stars, we contract again and carry the forces
    • from the earth upward to the heavens, there are not only stars but
    • the stars and their motions but will tell you that here is your
    • something you have inscribed into the stars is now working out of the
  • Title: Life Between ... VIII: Between Death and a New Birth
    Matching lines:
    • the period of catharsis. We have observed people going through the
    • During the period of catharsis the dead understand the language they
    • definite period of years. If the one who has remained on earth is
    • that they think the same. This can last for years and then suddenly
    • into devachan. During the period of catharsis he still remembers
  • Title: Life Between ... IX: Life After Death
    Matching lines:
    • look up to the heavens, they only see stars externally in their
    • other bodies. The same souls who now see only the physical stars
    • much the physical light of the stars but what was spiritually
    • stars. What we term the higher hierarchies in spiritual science today
    • with spiritual scientific observations, it all appears most
    • appears to them as empty and barren. Only they feel filled with a
    • from death to rebirth like one who has no ears and therefore cannot
    • As soon as we enter the realm beyond the physical, Ahriman appears
  • Title: Life Between ... X: Anthroposophy as the Quickener of Feeling and of Life
    Matching lines:
    • then she appears unable to speak. It can be compared to two people,
    • by pillars. When you arrive there three minutes later than usual you
    • language the dead used to speak. But after five, six, eight years,
    • It is only from the first years of infancy until the child develops
  • Title: Life Between ... XI: The Mission of Earthly Life as a Transitional Stage for the Beyond
    Matching lines:
    • replacement appears; he has a replacement if one has been unable to
    • Mars during the Mars crisis of the seventeenth century. After Buddha
    • The Buddha wandered away from earthly affairs to the realm of Mars.
    • Until then Mars had been the chosen center of forces designated by
    • the Greeks as fearfully warlike. This mission of Mars came to an end
    • Mars did not take the same course as the Christ Mystery on earth, but
    • belligerent realm of Mars. The fact that a being who is fully
    • kindling the compassionate, silvery moral light of Buddha on Mars at
    • period, a Mars period, a Jupiter period and a Saturn period.
    • through the Mars sphere. This belongs to the exceptional case in
    • Mars. In future, human souls will be more and more capable of
    • receiving the Buddha impulse from the Mars sphere. But in the
    • Mars sphere. The course of life between death and rebirth is indeed
    • life in the spiritual world as he passes through the Mars sphere. For
    • death and rebirth may pass through the Mars sphere without entering
    • it in the slightest connection with the beings who inhabit Mars. He
    • inhabitants of Mars spend the normal course of their life on Mars,
    • and during their experience, which corresponds on Mars to the period
    • made the least connection with these beings on Mars.
    • have intercourse with the wanderers from Mars and learn to know of
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Life Between ... XII: Life Between Death and Rebirth 1
    Matching lines:
    • corporeal form from within outwards for many years to come, in order
    • appears as chance occurrence in life is actually conditioned by means
    • person during his next life we find that he bears the characteristics
    • responsible for it appears well-meaning and no doubt thoroughly
    • not developed of its own accord. Thus something that appears
    • years. When death strikes a man in the bloom of life the conditions
    • to say to oneself that where a lack of wisdom appears in the universe
  • Title: Life Between ... XIII: Life Between Death and Rebirth 2
    Matching lines:
    • sphere, the Venus sphere, the Sun sphere, the Mars sphere, the
    • to speak about certain aspects of the passage through the Mars
    • sphere. When a man passes from the Sun sphere into the Mars sphere,
    • planetary system. It was entirely in keeping with the facts that Mars
    • possible form of life on Mars are without foundation. The nature of
    • the beings who may be called “Mars men,” if we wish to
    • century the character of the Mars beings had invariably been one of
    • an inherent quality of the Mars “culture.” The basis of
    • Mars sphere between death and rebirth, he came into contact with
    • attributed to his passage through the Mars sphere.
    • birth. When we are passing through the Mars sphere, for example, we
    • are ghosts, specters, for the Mars dwellers. We pass through their
    • sphere as strangers, as alien beings. But the Mars beings, too, at a
    • time in life between death and a new birth we pass through the Mars
    • the pivotal point in the earth's evolution. On Mars the pivotal
    • the evolution of conditions on Mars had been a process of descent and
    • existence and accomplished for Mars a deed that, although not of the
    • corresponded on Mars to the Mystery of Golgotha on earth. At the
    • the savior of Mars. He was the individuality whose mission it was to
    • inculcate peace and harmony into the aggressive nature of Mars. Since
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Life Between ... XIV: Further Facts About Life Between Death and Rebirth
    Matching lines:
    • gate of death. If we were to go back several thousand of years, we
    • how this appears to super-sensible perception. To begin with, the soul
    • years after death, for a period of some three to five years, a person
    • subsequent forms of life, that is, through the Mars, Jupiter and
    • Why do I use the terms Mercury, Venus, Sun, Mars, Jupiter and Saturn
    • the occult sense, then out to the orbits of Venus, Sun and Mars. One
  • Title: Life Between ... XV: Intercourse With the Dead
    Matching lines:
    • Nevertheless, Christianity rightly understood bears within it the
  • Title: Life Between ... XVI: Life After Death
    Matching lines:
    • and Venus spheres, and farther to the Mars, Jupiter and Saturn
    • The Spirit Land begins in the Mars sphere.
    • receive on Mars with the lungs and the larynx.
  • Title: Lecture I: Human and Cosmic Thought
    Matching lines:
    • That appears very reasonable. And yet for a century people have been
    • “Why do you need botany? Last year and two years ago the plants
  • Title: Lecture II: Human and Cosmic Thought
    Matching lines:
    • for themselves. But in so far as anything real appears in number, the
    • say of it only that it ‘appears’ to me. I have no right
    • is a world which appears to me; I cannot speak of anything more. I am
    • colours, while processes in my ears present themselves to me as
  • Title: Lecture III: Human and Cosmic Thought
    Matching lines:
    • Saturn, Logicism as Jupiter, Voluntarism as Mars, Empiricism as Sun,
    • they can be theistic, so that what appears in the soul as tone must
  • Title: Lecture IV: Human and Cosmic Thought
    Matching lines:
    • he could get no further. He could not go with Mars into the sign of
    • Gemini, but went in the oppositional position; thus he went with Mars
    • standing with Mars in Scorpio. But one can sustain this configuration
    • For example, that which appears to us finally in the sign of Idealism
    • appears in Idealism.” Imagine this first as the preparatory
    • seem to me as if a contradiction appears here or there, if in one
  • Title: Lecture I: Human and Cosmic Thought
    Matching lines:
    • That appears very reasonable. And yet for a century people have been
    • “Why do you need botany? Last year and two years ago the plants
  • Title: Lecture II: Human and Cosmic Thought
    Matching lines:
    • for themselves. But in so far as anything real appears in number, the
    • say of it only that it ‘appears’ to me. I have no right
    • is a world which appears to me; I cannot speak of anything more. I am
    • colours, while processes in my ears present themselves to me as
  • Title: Lecture III: Human and Cosmic Thought
    Matching lines:
    • Saturn, Logicism as Jupiter, Voluntarism as Mars, Empiricism as Sun,
    • they can be theistic, so that what appears in the soul as tone must
  • Title: Lecture IV: Human and Cosmic Thought
    Matching lines:
    • he could get no further. He could not go with Mars into the sign of
    • Gemini, but went in the oppositional position; thus he went with Mars
    • standing with Mars in Scorpio. But one can sustain this configuration
    • For example, that which appears to us finally in the sign of Idealism
    • appears in Idealism.” Imagine this first as the preparatory
    • seem to me as if a contradiction appears here or there, if in one
  • Title: Lecture: The Origin of Suffering
    Matching lines:
    • life suffering appears as a destroyer of peace, as a damper-down of
    • ennobling of man. Suffering appears to us then as a testing, as the
    • hero and sadness that such sufferings are possible, but it appears
    • and appears in external action. Let us try to put before us two men
    • appears as if it went out of itself and became wider and wider. What,
    • the other personality becomes deeply comprehensible, what appears in
    • right way. Man therefore appears to the spiritual investigator as a
    • sense of phenomenon appears to be the last, is to us the original
    • Spirit, as what appears to us as the element flowing through the
    • process of human life. What appears as last is at the same time the
    • appears to be born out of them anew.
    • shape of matter and of the Life which appears in the Form and lastly
    • of Consciousness which appears within the Life. So we speak as of
    • continual decay, then consciousness appears to us within life as
    • is so strong in itself that it perpetually bears death within can
    • becomes somewhat transformed and a tiny eye appears. What is it
    • these three there appears for the first time the higher, new-born
  • Title: Lecture: The Origin of Evil
    Matching lines:
    • opens man's spiritual eyes and ears. It will be attained in the
    • peculiar it seems at first, Love appears to begin with as sex-love
  • Title: Lecture: What Do We Understand by Illness and Death
    Matching lines:
    • with the question of death, which for thousands of years we may find
    • imaginative force, gradually disappears.
    • consumed, the life-force of the physical body disappears, the body
    • cholera patient, for example, an “arsenicus”, and arsenic
  • Title: The Rishis
    Matching lines:
    • throught Austria and Germany in the years 1908–1909.
    • throught Austria and Germany in the years 1908–1909. Nine of the
    • more. As a result some Zarathustra scholars pointed out the
    • the physical plane. In the stars they studied the spiritual
  • Title: Manifestations/Karma: Lecture: The Nature and Significance of Karma in the Personal and Individual, and in Humanity, the Earth and the Universe
    Matching lines:
    • after, or many years hence, our karma will bring us the tasks which
    • few years would pass quietly, though about his twenty-fourth year it
    • boredom arising five years after the change of calling must be sought
    • school-boy of thirteen, five years before the change of vocation,
    • painful perhaps now because it appears to us merely as the result of
    • even for a few years; people are not accustomed to connect what has
    • Supposing we have brought up a child during the first seven years of
    • child in the first seven years of its life. If we now look at the
    • first years of its life. Observation of life reveals to us that the
    • years does not manifest itself until the very evening of life. A man
    • earliest years comes out as effect in the latest ones. But in addition
    • years for the one who recognised his work.’
    • in the Persian wars at a particular time?’ — is often quite
    • The next appearance of the comet will be [was] in 1986. Its periodic visitations occur at intervals of about 76 years, and have been recorded since 240 BC. During its last visit, it passed directly between the Earth and the Sun, the Earth actually passing through the tail of the cornet. It is interesting to note that this series of lectures were being given as the comet was at its closest to the Earth, May 1910. (Ed.)
  • Title: Manifestations/Karma: Lecture: Karma and the Animal Kingdom
    Matching lines:
    • with us the power of changing our teeth at about seven years of age.
    • Jupiter, Mars, etc., split off. We have only to point out that at a
    • in preceding years, we know that on each of the planetary incarnations
  • Title: Manifestations/Karma: Lecture: Karma in Relation to Disease and Health
    Matching lines:
    • recent years in regard to health and the actual investigations into
    • accomplished in recent years it is Spiritual Science that should do
    • years.
    • thirty years is a kind of absolute truth which may, indeed, be
    • This we can best see when a disease appears in a plant. Here we have
    • at the next transition stage of its life, a stump appears; the second
    • the higher animals the same phenomenon appears only in the offspring,
    • impression made upon a child in its earliest years and how something
  • Title: Manifestations/Karma: Lecture: The Curability and Incurability of Diseases in Relation to Karma
    Matching lines:
    • circles. I may say that during the earlier years of my life many of
    • modern times we call diptheric, which in many cases appears when there
    • to a previous consciousness with what appears in the consciousness in
  • Title: Manifestations/Karma: Lecture: Natural and Accidental Illness in Relationship to Karma
    Matching lines:
    • must not confuse what appears at the beginning of such a movement as
    • degeneracy of our age, and when some such degeneracy appears in the
    • are liars,’ and that such a judgement is biased if made by the
  • Title: Manifestations/Karma: Lecture: The Relationships Between Karma and Accidents
    Matching lines:
    • hereditary characteristics are a part of us only because our forbears
    • have inherited from our parents and forbears. When we reincarnate we
    • heredity, that the characteristics are inherited from the forbears,
    • We must compare sickness and health with something that appears in
    • that even if no pain appears, inner reactions may always come, but if
    • if it does, then pain appears, and through the pain he knows that he
  • Title: Manifestations/Karma: Lecture: Forces of Nature, Volcanic Eruptions, Earthquakes and Epidemics in Relation to Karma
    Matching lines:
    • shock, for this is something completely unknown to him, and he fears
    • judgement, the more do we work in opposition to Ahriman. This appears
    • reappears in a new incarnation. Then it will become manifest that some
  • Title: Manifestations/Karma: Lecture: Karma of the Higher Beings
    Matching lines:
    • the course of ten years the whole of his physiognomy will have changed
    • plane we still shall become different after ten years, but the change
    • the course of ten years we may possibly develop a different facial
    • stars were revealed to him from above. All this was brought further in
    • rational soul, and that which appears within the etheric body as a
  • Title: Manifestations/Karma: Lecture: Karmic Effects Of Our Experiences As Men and Women. Death and Birth In Relationship to Karma
    Matching lines:
    • that had disappeared in earlier periods, reappears by its reversed
    • inevitable that what is of profound inner significance also appears as
    • something neutral appears as karmic link.
    • organism appears when the forces of the soul desire to be more deeply
    • It would be a grave error to believe that only the coarser substances
    • way of our senses. But through coarser union with matter, victuals
    • outwardly appears identical, differs inwardly. It is the inner
    • the spirit, if we believed that what appears identical externally is
  • Title: Manifestations/Karma: Lecture: Free Will and Karma in the Future of Human Evolution
    Matching lines:
    • changed in ‘each fifty years’ of the nineteenth century, so
    • appears there is no longer matter, but something which lies beyond all
    • light by methods which themselves are coarser than the light itself.
    • of the word: love. Every stirring of the soul, wherever it appears, is
    • corresponding electricity — the negative — appears. Thus
    • distinguished from that which man bears within him. Externally it is
    • based on truth, are not right for five years only — as one doctor
    • surrounding nature, which now appears to us as the world, that which
    • contrary tendency appears among those souls who are living in the
  • Title: Manifestations/Karma: Lecture: Individual and Human Karma. Karma of the Higher Beings.
    Matching lines:
    • any event in history, back, for instance, to the Persian wars, it will
    • interested. Think of all the leaders in the Persian wars, of all the
    • We may reflect on an occurrence such as that of the Persian wars, and
    • lectures extending over three or four years and during that time gave
    • thousand years there would still be persons who would speak of the
    • many centuries and many thousands of years of human culture,
    • course of the next two or three thousand years will these capacities
    • appears to them as a sort of conscious dream-picture, is the
    • say: In this way, thousands of years ago, the foundations were laid
  • Title: Lecture: Secrets/Threshold: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • connected with the various planets: Sun, Mars, Mercury periods, and
    • working inwardly as soul force, now appears as a living being or
    • it draws near ... nears in spirit brightness ...
    • A heated battle nears — and my own thinking
    • tears itself away from what one generally calls the inner life; that
    • in life, tears itself out of the inner being and seems to go off
    • remarkable way — he stands there so that literally he hears
  • Title: Lecture: Secrets/Threshold: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • will be that he becomes a rank, coarse-grained materialist who wants
    • power that tears him out of that world. A large part of what is
    • physical sense world, tears it out and puts it in a special luciferic
    • when love appears in the physical sense world and has its effect on
    • imagined dollars are just as valuable as a hundred real ones —
    • dollars contain just as many pennies as a hundred real ones, but for
  • Title: Lecture: Secrets/Threshold: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • perceive them when the eye sees their color or the ear hears their
  • Title: Lecture: Secrets/Threshold: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • dollars contain just as many pennies as a hundred real dollars, will
    • not real dollars.
  • Title: Lecture: Secrets/Threshold: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • shown me that a number of well-known modern scholars have become
    • developments of the last couple of hundred years). Ahriman is
    • designated as Philia appears to him as a spiritually tangible being,
    • ourselves entirely to seeing or hearing the things our eyes and ears
    • inwardly forceful that our own thought appears before us like a
    • soul flows within a divine-spiritual element that alone bears in
  • Title: Lecture: Secrets/Threshold: Lecture VII
    Matching lines:
    • say of a great deal of the karma of our youthful years that it cannot
    • appears. As he nears his other self, the double and then the Spirit
    • take objective form and appears in the outside world in its entirety.
    • Philia appears and later on he mistakes the double for her. Mistakes
  • Title: Lecture: Secrets/Threshold: Lecture VIII
    Matching lines:
    • chaos. For many years it has been my custom to point to this as
    • its destined transformations. In the following years, for some a
    • years old and then would have to look eternally at what he had done
    • remember disappears. It returns, but in an altered manner. Everything
    • of Death in the world. Beginning with Scene Three this appears
    • has to come about.” The Manager hears in these few words
    • appears and tells Strader what she will do for him in the
    • writings and lecture-cycles of the last three or four years have
    • hardly be expressed in words, and the one who bears it rooted deeply
  • Title: Lecture 1: On the Meaning of Life
    Matching lines:
    • very many years, for instance, our long-lived trees. But of these
    • through years and decades, we can recognise there also this coming
    • Avatars, who are higher spiritual individualities.” You see,
    • spiritual element appears with the Christ-Impulse.” Through
    • Jesus-Child to the Madonna, where this Christ-relation appears as
    • coarse opinion, so that at first he had no right appreciation of the
    • eleven years old. At the age of eight years his father sent him as a
    • appears that there lived in the soul of Giovanni Santi much more than
    • Giovanni Santi died when Raphael was eleven years old. If we now follow what
    • through the gates of death and there now appears in the child, with
    • Giovanni Santi, the father, died when Raphael was eleven years old; he had not
    • soul, we say: Giovanni Santi lives on in Raphael, who appears to us
    • things, but in fifty years’ time this may be possible, because
    • and works of single personalities. Raphael appears and allows his
    • that his works will fall to dust. Then Novalis appears to take in
    • have to believe, such as that this or that spectrum appears when
    • Anthroposophy, that life appears to us in quite a different light
  • Title: Lecture 2: On the Meaning of Life
    Matching lines:
    • springing up a great number of ears of corn. We know quite well that
    • out of every single grain in these ears of corn a new ear of corn can
    • their object, namely to become ears of corn in their turn. In
    • world there appears a world of moving images, a world of surging
    • their goal and become ears of corn. What would be the result? The
    • disappears is false, that which finally remains is true. Not in this
    • are no more differences nothing which appears differently to
    • that he sees them, whereas the other does not. The one bears them
    • within him and sees them, the other bears them within him and does
    • lions, bears, wolves, lambs, sharks, whales, etc. Man distinguishes
    • disappears, does not sink away into nothingness; it merges with the
    • world of stars, the clouds, the kingdoms of nature, with all that
    • philosophically, for that is what I tried to do years ago in my booklet
    • the sense-activity appears and then the inner world, but that union
    • itself progresses and a new polarity appears which represents a new
    • existed at the beginning of world-evolution as unity then appears in
  • Title: Inner Impulses: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • trying to understand the coarser ideas of outer material reality.
    • under Catiline, the endless and most terrible slave wars — this
    • still be correct however one feels them, “One only hears of the
    • Nietzsche, this Renaissance comes to life again in his best years. We
    • reappears again in the Renaissance can indeed be called luciferic, for
    • their altars. It is not the intention of spiritual science merely to
  • Title: Inner Impulses: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • slow unfolding because the entire period of 2,160 years, starting in
    • marvelously depicted. With the aid of the best of modern scholarship
    • to be understood in relation to the Palestine of the years 1 to 33
    • out to depict Jesus as an historical figure living between the years 1
    • this super-earthly finds expression in myths. We know that man bears
  • Title: Inner Impulses: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • thirty-three years old. These facts emerge when, as stated, one
    • that it lasted for three years. The being of the virgin birth bore a
    • Today, I should only like to add that when, twice seven years ago, our
    • seven years all had come to pass that has been striven for, if the
    • seven years, in many respects it has remained behind. Such
  • Title: Inner Impulses: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • from the fifteenth and sixteenth centuries, bears essentially the
    • what it had to become in the last three or four hundred years, had
    • scholars have brought about in this sphere — go through all this
    • has come out concerning this. Throughout the sixty or seventy years
    • three years. If we do not follow an ostrich policy but with truly
    • problems that have agitated the world during the last two years. It is
    • years ago as an important personality when his first book on European
    • what is said today is intended to close one's ears. Some people will
    • absolutely necessary for European humanity. The bitterest tears could
  • Title: Inner Impulses: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • When we picture the nature of the Greco-Roman epoch, it appears to us
    • matters that he was an actual being, but one who appears only in an
    • place, namely, between the years 1 and 33 A.D. That is the remarkable
    • delusions. Later on it was possible to coarsen what was at first
  • Title: Inner Impulses: Lecture VI
    Matching lines:
    • thousand years more. You know, too, how in our Mystery Dramas we have
    • which it can again be brought to expression today, a hundred years
    • harshest, most horrible way in the Mexican mysteries. The knowledge
    • luciferic, appears, to him who goes through such an initiation, side by
    • which the good spiritual world disappears before his spiritual gaze,
    • which the Templars entered it. It would have been gained too quickly,
    • look on the Templars as heretics after they had been burned to death
    • imaginations of Goethe. Goethe knew the secret of the Templars. Not
    • the Temple and the Beautiful Lily, who appears at first as without
    • showing how the leaf changes into the blossom, how an organ appears in
    • was thought to have been destroyed with the burning of the Templars
    • will read again today the passage I read years ago as proof of the
  • Title: Inner Impulses: Lecture VII
    Matching lines:
    • outstanding individuals who appeared in the years following the time
    • Now we see a certain concomitant phenomenon that appears in all these
    • in the center and Mercury, Venus, Earth, Mars, Jupiter, and Saturn
  • Title: Cosmic New Year: Lecture I: The Three Streams in the Life of Civilization. The Mysteries of Light, of Man, and of the Earth.
    Matching lines:
    • Five lectures given in Stuttgart, at Christmas and New Years,
    • gave to it the character which it bears today?” If we go back to
    • East. Thousands of years ago at their source in the East they had
    • of years ago. That, however, which for us today in educational
    • and the world of the Stars. But this knowledge was also a wisdom which
    • certain spirituality. Again and again there appears some such sentence
    • especially in recent years. So one can even call this man the Rasputin
    • following, with the Marshal's baton in his hand, he rode through the
  • Title: Cosmic New Year: Lecture II: The Michael Path to Christ: A Christmas Lecture
    Matching lines:
    • Five lectures given in Stuttgart, at Christmas and New Years,
    • When I have had occasion in recent years to speak on any of the great
    • the lectures which for many years have been given in our circles, that
    • wars, and the way in which such modern personalities form their
    • suited to the time of the Caesars continues to play a part in the
    • so-called war-years, in reality years of terror, a cry which has
    • During the years of the war we heard continually the universal lie:
    • from this Luciferic incarnation thousands of years before the Mystery
    • necessary during thousands of years of human evolution to enter into
    • The same thing appears in Goethe's Faust, where we find
    • Leonardo was a long time painting this picture — twenty years. He
  • Title: Cosmic New Year: Lecture III: The Mystery of the Human Will
    Matching lines:
    • Five lectures given in Stuttgart, at Christmas and New Years,
    • catastrophic years, only he can close his eyes to the fact that we are
    • developed, a being, let us say, from Mars or Mercury, wished to study
    • the last few hundred years, i.e., the period since the middle
    • the eighth pre-Christian century. We see, about two hundred years
  • Title: Cosmic New Year: Lecture IV: The Breaking-in of Spiritual Revelations Since the Last Third of the Nineteenth Century. Thoughts on New Years Eve.
    Matching lines:
    • Third of the Nineteenth Century. Thoughts on New Years Eve.
    • Five lectures given in Stuttgart, at Christmas and New Years,
    • bears within it this world of ours — and to clothe these
    • in Palestine so many, or so many years ago — we want to
    • years spread abroad the lie that I was a renegade priest:
    • Society picked up again to some extent in the course of years, and now
  • Title: Cosmic New Year: Lecture V: The Dogma of Revelation and the Dogma of Experience. The Spiritual Mark of the Present Time. A New Year Contemplation.
    Matching lines:
    • Five lectures given in Stuttgart, at Christmas and New Years,
    • than thirty years ago and which are shortly to be published. Although
    • more than thirty years ago, to a past which was then the present. I
    • serious side of this phenomenon only appears when we take into
    • preceding thirty years, was an attack directed against the aims and
    • serious times of ours, to review the last thirty or forty years, and
    • of events during these last thirty or forty years has shown clearly
    • cease, when something of this kind appears before us pointing most
    • forty years, the essential nature of the German people would not turn
    • I told you the following some years ago: In the sixties and seventies
    • chattering in the same way they had chattered for years, particularly
  • Title: Lecture: Knowledge and Initiation
    Matching lines:
    • months, in the case of another years, but sooner or later, provided
    • If we look out upon the universe the sun appears to us as a physical
    • of years. Thus by self-education we train ourselves to will, until we
  • Title: Lecture: Michaelmas-Soul: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • to physical-animal forbears. In this way one really moves away from
    • Although the aspect of the human corpse as it appears to us is not
    • processes of outer nature. This appears in him as instinct, passion,
  • Title: Lecture: Michaelmas-Soul: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • observes the outer forms of the stars and constellations, but he no
    • Gemüt. Our thinking appears to us cold, dry,
    • what appears in our time as symptoms of decline is basically connected
    • appears as real as the ground under our feet — the ground without
    • — even the last thousand years of human history — the vastly
    • him that every blossom bears testimony to the existence of an
  • Title: Lecture: Michaelmas-Soul: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • discussing particulars for a Michael Festival at the beginning of
    • fixed stars, if you like; and from the results of research in spectral
    • three or four hundred years has today become an axiom. This has come
    • shepherds dreamt many a solution to the mysteries of the stars better
    • imprinted. That is what appears so conspicuous in that locality; and
    • available concerning these matters has vanished. But calendars there
    • they had to know how to read the writing in the stars. — It is
    • knowledge! Man bears within him the animal nature, and truly he does
    • example, appears to present-day astronomers as some sort of a
    • abstract sense, and on the other, the coarser animalistic qualities as
  • Title: Lecture: Michaelmas-Soul: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • cognition is what appears to be absolutely irrefutable. You see, the
    • million years ago, calls for mental brilliance and exact knowledge.
    • million years, others two hundred million; but people of today take
    • geologists use to calculate geologic epochs by millions of years: they
    • and figure out how this human heart looked three hundred years ago and
    • how it will look in another three hundred years. The calculation may
    • years ago, nor will it be three hundred years hence. — Similarly,
    • million years ago, when there was no trace of Silurian or other
    • occur in various substances in twenty million years. In this direction
    • hundred years ago, or how the earth appeared two hundred million years
    • system, namely, of Mercury, Mars, Jupiter, and so on. Nothing that can
    • first Sunday after the first full moon of spring. It was the stars
    • years: well-meaning people who do not want the Easter Festival to be
  • Title: Mystery Centres: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • stars, sun and moon, etc.
    • say ten, twenty or thirty years ago. I will merely indicate how this
    • a garment, or something she wore twenty years ago; she puts this on
    • past years so that you can live in it and entirely forget the present
    • experienced in childhood or, many years ago, in order to realize
    • aunt gave him a bonbon when he was eight years of age; and things of
    • your behaviour of say twenty years ago as regards your gesture on any
    • space in which the external dawn appears to us. The dawn begins then
    • we again turn our gaze to the dawn and it appears to us almost as it
  • Title: Mystery Centres: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • over into later years.
    • natural-scientific ideas to designate as heredity. Man bears within
    • that which man is as spirit appears after he has laid aside the
    • the head of man appears but faintly to the gaze of the soul. The rest
    • death. It bears a true physiognomical expression. It is in a sense a
    • at the spirit-form which remains after death we see that it bears the
    • morally evil united with his soul bears a physiognomical expression
    • perceive, what bears a likeness to Ahriman. He is in a sense
  • Title: Mystery Centres: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • because this transformed life of memory appears before his
    • flowers, blue flowers, green grass and shining promising ears of corn
    • memories of the first years of childhood are especially remarkable
    • with reference to human sleep, because in reality, during those years
    • and during the years extending to the change of teeth — that
    • In the first seven years of life everything has been
    • the first seven years of life is essentially inherited. But after
    • about seven years all the material substance is thrown off; it falls
    • his material part he gradually throws off. After seven or eight years
    • everything that was in his body seven or eight years before has gone.
    • It is a fact that when we have reached the age of nine years our
    • bears from the seventh to fourteenth year depends very much on the
    • Every seven years we build our body anew, but it is our
    • the outer world in a child of seven years (as you know it is only
    • that which appears as the physiognomy, the gestures, the external
    • his substance every seven or eight years shapes his own outer
    • represent the stars as the eyes of heaven, for example, when things
    • of an enigma that man appears at this age having already reached a
    • appears highly fantastic to us may become extremely important. It is
    • significance to me personally, a few years ago, to transpose myself
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Mystery Centres: Lecture IV: The Ephesian Mysteries of Artemis
    Matching lines:
    • in the cosmos. Once more the world of the stars stands before the
    • I need not mention that the stars are also there during
    • perceive them. The stars do not appear by day, but if you have at any
    • the stars even by day. There is a certain tower in Jena, for
    • instance, from which one can see the stars during the day. I only
    • the stars in the snowflakes and generally in all crystals is of
    • earth with the cosmos then appears most intensely before the eyes of
    • perceived by the spiritual ears is spoken also by the metals in the
    • language has the ordinary form, so to speak, there appears before us
    • civilization. Then it appears in weakened form in such writings as
    • into poetic form. There actually appears in the language of the
    • The coarse relationships of which physiology is aware relate only to
    • coarse external observation. But this is only apparently the case.
    • even with those concerning which our coarse physiology does not
    • the first years of its life a child learns to walk, speak, and think.
  • Title: Mystery Centres: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • bears upon it in the way of plants, animals, birds of the air, and so
    • substances are not always composed of what appears when they are
    • a remarkable manner, e.g. in one part there appears a large structure
    • structure appears in which man could specially have regained new life
    • and reaches a tremendous size. Then it disappears again into the
    • forces. Chalk indeed is something quite different from the coarse
    • remembers: “When I was a child of nine years old I had a friend
    • coarser case, say, a hippopotamus or an elephant of today, or any
  • Title: Mystery Centres: Lecture VI
    Matching lines:
    • be apprehended by coarse perceptions, for they are delicate and
    • experienced by man that he hears it. He experiences it inwardly. Only
    • you must conceive of it as inner experience. He hears it. This
    • What is it then that man hears? These world-happenings,
    • the chalk there was the silica, which now appears in quartz. In this
    • then appears to you among the secrets of the cosmos as the
    • is the macrocosm, but he also bears within him the mysteries of the
  • Title: Mystery Centres: Lecture VII: The Mysteries of Hibernia
    Matching lines:
    • really illusion, that is deception. For that which appears in this
  • Title: Mystery Centres: Lecture VIII
    Matching lines:
    • rays of the sun, the rays of the stars are drawing me, they are
    • felt his being in his ears, he felt his being also on the surface of
    • by the rays of the sun and the stars, but he felt at this
  • Title: Mystery Centres: Lecture IX
    Matching lines:
    • year just before the outbreak of the Thirty Years' War. But no one
    • Valentine Andreae, who only bears the same name, wrote in his later
    • event, just preceding the Thirty Years' War — a young man,
    • element appears.
    • undoubtedly in the first period of the devastating Thirty Years' War.
  • Title: Mystery Centres: Lecture X: The Chthonic and the Eleusinian Mysteries
    Matching lines:
    • grasp it. But this same lead which appears in the lead-ores of the
    • rich in iron being Mars); just as the earth is rich in iron, so
    • dost know still what thou knewest ten or twenty years ago. Just think
    • within thee what thou didst experience ten or twenty years ago. Thy
    • thou didst experience twenty years ago, and canst cause this to live
    • lead in Saturn, in Jupiter he bears tin, in Mars the iron, which is
    • bears which makes thee man. Thou standest on the earth, but that
    • of Saturn, the tin of Jupiter, the iron of Mars (though in that other
    • earth, for that belongs to the Mars nature, that which thou now seest
    • I have just related is the truth and bears within it an impulse
  • Title: Mystery Centres: Lecture XI: The Secret of Plants, of Metals, and of Men
    Matching lines:
    • can form an idea of the content of that seven years' instruction
    • lead told him about Saturn, tin about Jupiter, iron about Mars, gold
    • coarse as they are today. When he approached the metal lead it did
    • the fixed stars presents itself to my soul;
    • nature of man with the fixed stars comes before my soul; for man
  • Title: Mystery Centres: Lecture XII: The Mysteries of the Samothracian Kabiri
    Matching lines:
    • say that there appears before our Imaginative consciousness, with all
    • Human consciousness did not even grasp the external coarse
    • Mars, Jupiter and Saturn and then looked down to the earth, he saw in
    • relation of those planets, Jupiter, Mars and Saturn, which travel in
    • deeds. What man sees as cloud formations, what he hears as thunder,
    • themselves behind these. Even that which appears outwardly as
    • Sun, Mars, and Mercury, and of a fourth which cannot be made visible
    • heart learnt to perceive what lived in the Sun, Mars and Mercury, and
    • the reality of Mars; and in that of the third Kabiri he learnt the
    • fashion-plate figures of Apollo, Mars and Mercury, one should look at
    • sacrificial smoke, and the true form of Apollo, of Mars and of
    • of how Apollo was fashioned, and of how Aries or Mars was fashioned.
    • that Mercury lived in his limbs, the Sun in his heart, and Mars in
    • seed which appears like this _ unless we knew, at the same time, what
    • know how Venus appears spiritually, psychically, and bodily, up above
    • no longer described the stars in their living essence, but when they
    • something mathematical. He begins to calculate the size of the stars
  • Title: Mystery Centres: Lecture XIII: Transition from the Spirit of the Ancient Mysteries to the Spirit of the Mysteries of the Middle Ages
    Matching lines:
    • Now if one seeks to characterize the scholars of the
    • tradition of it. Men then began to calculate when the stars were in
    • When a certain definite complex appears in a man, it shows he is not
  • Title: Mystery Centres: Lecture XIV: Human Soul-Strivings During the Middle Ages the Rosicrucian Mysteries
    Matching lines:
    • Carbon appears on the earth in a number of different
    • carbon; anthracite is carbon. On the earth carbon appears before us
    • olden times be learnt of the stars; and this ancient wisdom, this
    • other stars, like other planets. The human body is studied by
    • student now directs his telescope towards Mercury, Venus and Mars,
    • takes place in the spiritual world, but which only appears in its
  • Title: Fundamentals of Anthroposophical Medicine: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • describes appears nebulous today. He saw as a reality what to
    • us appears nebulous; in what he called phlegm he did not see
    • anecdote. Many years ago I attended a meeting where an eminent
    • mystery that really underlies all this clears up only when we
    • idea I had three years ago, and I link the one to the
  • Title: Fundamentals of Anthroposophical Medicine: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • will prove as difficult as it appears at present, if people
    • when we come to the airy nature of the human being, it appears
    • appears. The development of liver and gall runs absolutely
    • conditions that follow one another in two consecutive years.
  • Title: Fundamentals of Anthroposophical Medicine: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • arrival of the second teeth — the first seven years of
    • between the seventh and fourteenth years of life. During the
    • elementary school years, the human being is not really
    • seventh to the fourteenth years, thank God, all that really
    • fourteenth years our ideal must be to work not primarily upon
    • years, and those principles of growth that stem from the
    • thirteenth years, on into the fourteenth, fifteenth and
    • sixteenth years, will see that symptoms that arise in earlier
    • confusion clears up, however, when we see that what proceeds
    • from the liver-kidney organization appears first in its
    • consider what appears normal in the region of the ear —
    • why do we call it normal? Because it appears precisely as it
  • Title: Fundamentals of Anthroposophical Medicine: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • to the point where it is received into that which bears the
    • that when the substance appears in the inorganic realm it has
    • must understand that the time of year in which it appears is
    • appears antipathetic to me at first. If it really helps, I can
  • Title: Lecture: Lecture I: Physiology and Therapeutics
    Matching lines:
    • to this materialism. People are always judged harshly today when they
    • hypothetically that come to me when something appears in the course of
    • something that looks organic; and it appears in the ordinary organism in
    • human organism we therefore see something arising that appears to flood
    • which the organizing force of nature appears within the organism,
    • entire organism. If I wished to draw what appears from the other pole, in
    • nevertheless appears to us in the carcinomatous process, it will be
  • Title: Lecture: Lecture II: Physiology and Therapeutics
    Matching lines:
    • years, what truly engages in a creative activity, thus remains in a
  • Title: Anthroposophical Approach to Medicine: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • certain anecdote. Many years ago I once attended a meeting where an
    • all this clears up only when we reach the stage of Imaginative
    • have an idea which reminds me of another idea I had three years ago
  • Title: Anthroposophical Approach to Medicine: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • difficult as it appears at present, if people will only condescend to
    • when we come to the airy nature of man, it appears that the gases in
    • years — all that the sun imparts to the earth, however, has a
  • Title: Anthroposophical Approach to Medicine: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • of the second teeth — the first seven years of life. When the
    • seven years of life if you say to yourselves: It is quite evident
    • their appearance between the seventh and fourteenth years of life.
    • From the seventh to the fourteenth years, all that really concerns us
    • Between the seventh and fourteenth years our ideal must be to work
    • rather from the preceding year or years, and, on the other hand,
    • the fourteenth years. They do not then develop into sexual diseases
    • twelfth and thirteenth years, on into the fourteenth, fifteenth
    • and sixteenth years, will realise that at this age symptoms that
    • irreconcilable with what I said yesterday. It clears up, however,
    • why do we call it normal? Because it appears precisely as it does in
  • Title: Anthroposophical Approach to Medicine: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • that when the substance appears in the inorganic realm, it has the
    • remedial agent in question here, which man already bears within him,
    • in which it appears is not without significance for its whole
  • Title: Social Future: Lecture I: The Social Question as a Cultural Question, a Question of Equity, and a Question of Economics
    Matching lines:
    • such. And whoever reflects on the terrible years of the so-called
    • Thereby a new element appears in social life, the value of the human
  • Title: Social Future: Lecture III: The Task and Limitations of of Democracy, Public and Criminal Law
    Matching lines:
    • the years of discretion. All such things as are related to the
    • During recent years we
    • followed the events of recent war-years knows that at the end the
    • Austria by one who has had the opportunity (I have spent thirty years
    • years of age; it cannot be said that such an action is isolated. His
  • Title: Social Future: Lecture IV: Cultural Questions, Spiritual Science, Art, Science, Religion
    Matching lines:
    • history of the last few years and ask ourselves how the social
    • Of late years, much
    • isolated, very commendable efforts of recent years, the chief
    • when I was teaching for some years in a working-men's college, where
    • him it appears that for the last few centuries the religious bodies
    • twelve years older, that he has been taught. and trained; then he
    • pillars, and in the capitals. An art as yet only in its beginnings,
    • through all the years of life, a spirit and soul element is working
    • the seventh, ninth, and twelfth years of his life. For only when
    • know what it means to a man, say thirty-five years of age, who looks
    • and such a thing when I was nine or ten years old; I believed it
    • seventh and fifteenth years; what he then learnt is renewed again and
    • again, and wears a new aspect in each successive stage of life. What
    • the course of years to think not unfavorably of our
    • five years, the World-War; they will call it the world-revolution and
  • Title: Social Future: Lecture V: The Cooperation of the Spiritual, Political and Economic Departments of Life
    Matching lines:
    • the soul is lacking, and wait till it appears of itself; but to point
    • must now at last be recognized, that much which at present appears
  • Title: Social Future: Lecture VI: National and International Life in the Threefold Social Organism
    Matching lines:
    • such remarks at the present day. It appears to me more important to
    • the price of bread which appears on every table is connected with the
    • international intercourse has led us during the last five years? Did
    • one another to pieces! (Twenty-six years later — 1945 —
    • international impulses in late years. Also, when we speak of the
    • day which is the only thing that bears an international character,
    • the terrible influences of these last years. And where science
    • that during the years of the War? It was a place where, during the
  • Title: World Economy: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • young in years, one will still have an opportunity to play one's part
    • the violet) the spectrum appears luminous. But, as you know, before
    • directions the light, as such, disappears. If, therefore, we give a
    • attendant came out and told him, he simply would not believe his ears.
    • Forty-five years ago, I came into a certain family. They showed me a
    • picture. I think it had been lying up in a loft for about fifty years.
  • Title: World Economy: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • costs so much. Fifteen years later the same house may perhaps cost six
    • last ten years, simply because you have obscured the matter by
    • — a fact to which the history of economic theory bears eloquent
    • appears in a given place and at a given time, inasmuch as human Labour
    • point out the place where it appears. I will put this down
    • Consider this for a moment: Nature appears to us through human Labour.
    • Value appears inasmuch as Nature is transformed by human Labour —
    • Value appears inasmuch as Labour is seen through the Spirit. These two
    • so on the one side there appears the Nature-value which will show
  • Title: World Economy: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • other aspect is one to which I drew attention many years ago, though
    • for another ” — is scarcely a hundred years old. As a word,
    • and we shall see how it appears on the other side in the course of the
  • Title: World Economy: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • an illustration. It appears that this drastic illustration has caused
    • specific quality disappears. The specific qualities, both of the
    • But the Money appears at this point not in its fully abstract nature;
    • forget that whatever appears in the economic life will always be
  • Title: World Economy: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • till it eventually disappears in the Capital. For the further advance
    • independent. The Labour disappears in its turn, and now the Spirit
    • [“Freigeldleute”]. To them it appears quite simple.
  • Title: World Economy: Lecture VIII
    Matching lines:
    • of the demand, just as the commodity which appears as a supply must
    • * In the producer's case the demand appears to be a demand for money;
  • Title: World Economy: Lecture IX
    Matching lines:
    • things take their course in the economic process. If one hears big
    • farmers or estate owners speaking of their work, one often hears them
    • — it may be in the form of Foundations, Scholarships or the like.
    • “free gifts.” For it may well be that he had a scholarship
    • of available Capital which go into Foundations, Scholarships and other
    • with lending, a remarkable phenomenon appears. Through the
    • appears, to begin with, in the psychological sphere, but afterwards
  • Title: World Economy: Lecture XI
    Matching lines:
    • years' time. And think, on the other hand, how little an individual
    • possess double the amount in 15 years' time. He need do nothing at
  • Title: World Economy: Lecture XII
    Matching lines:
    • The reason therefore appears to be a rather superficial one. The next
    • money. And if the money still bears the same face value, then the
    • after twenty-five years, a piece of money bearing the date
    • my undertaking must be planned for a period of twenty years. Shall I
    • its value in five years or in two. Therefore it will not do for me to
    • covering a period of only three years; in that case I should be a bad
  • Title: World Economy: Lecture XIII
    Matching lines:
    • future, say within 20 years, they will make still more fuss about him
    • than now. Nay more, following the habits of our time, within 20 years
    • nothing but autographs of the said poet. And after 20 years he sells
    • our village economy will also include the schoolmaster and the parson,
    • or one or two schoolmasters and parsons. They — if it is purely a
    • have to develop among the teachers and the parsons — or possibly
    • We can scarcely imagine the schoolmaster or the parson blossoming out
    • certain conditions. But from the simple fact that there are the parson
    • lessons, the parsons and teachers would have to do physical work.
    • required valuation precisely by observing that parsons and teachers
    • have to happen? You cannot appoint half a parson and half a teacher.
    • Therefore the parson and the teacher will have to spend part of their
    • — paints at it, shall we say, for ten whole years? It signifies
    • him once more to spend ten years painting another picture. He can only
    • years. Therefore the picture will have to become worth as much as
    • years. Even if you take such a complex case as I explained at the
    • Spirit he has painted into it during ten years is certainly combined
    • It is quite true that, to begin with, when there are only the parson
    • But suppose there are two villages. In one village the parson and the
    • other village the parson or the teacher, or both of them, are
  • Title: World Economy: Lecture XIV
    Matching lines:
    • goods for the economic life? In a money which wears out we have a
    • parson and the schoolmaster and possibly the parish clerk. It is a
    • school-master, parson and clerk. It will be additional, for the
    • schoolmaster, the parson and the parish clerk do not do their work
    • things can be ascertained. The schoolmaster, the parson and the clerk
    • the land, for example, have to work for so many months or years on
  • Title: Lecture I: Man's Life on Earth
    Matching lines:
    • thousand years before the Mystery of Golgotha. And then let us
    • years before Christ knew quite well that when they ate this or that
    • meeting for which we have had to wait for some years, have borne
  • Title: Lecture II: Man's Life on Earth
    Matching lines:
    • surges through the human ether-body. The fixed stars of the Zodiac
    • soul are in the ears that hear. I said just now; the human heart is
    • aspect of the physical body he then wears is due to heredity. He has
    • does man build his entire body both from the movements of the stars
    • and from the constellations of the stars in the great Universe. The
    • human body is indeed an image of the world of stars. Much of the work
    • world of stars, until at last he lives right in the starry world Then
    • he begins to detach from the world of stars what he himself is to
    • stars and then recovers itself from the world of stars, — only
  • Title: Lecture III: Man's Life on Earth
    Matching lines:
    • stars. From the moment we fall asleep, the starry heavens become
    • True, you do not see it with your eyes, nor hear it with your ears.
    • 25 years old, — let us say at noon one day, in Oxford, for
    • the constellations of the fixed stars. In this latter experience —
    • myself in the multitude of the stars, and in all the manifold
    • us. Here it is that the Christ appears before us as a spiritual Sun
    • the World of the Stars, so that he has returned with renewed strength
    • forces of the planets and of the fixed stars — tend to draw us
    • and of Stars; it ensures for us our kinship with the Earth. It is
    • fades and disappears, and we have — instead of a reflection of
    • stars.
    • eyes and ears, and unless you could breathe and had within you lungs
    • Mars, Jupiter, Aries, Taurus, Gemini, etc. These are within you, they
    • Heaven and the Fixed Stars. Such is the course of man's life in the
    • world of the stars, limited their search to those constellations of
    • the Fixed Stars which were above the Earth — above, that is, at
    • proper language of the dead bears no relation to earthly
    • you ever observed how constantly one hears people say, when some new
    • earthly words how Rousseau appears when one sees him from the
  • Title: Lecture IV: Man's Life on Earth
    Matching lines:
    • Golgotha, Christ then appears, to be his Guide through the otherwise
    • through a kind of reproduction or copy of the life of the stars
    • and the planets. For now comes the experience of the fixed stars. Man
    • of the constellations of the fixed stars. So that between falling
    • neighbourhood of stars and planets. If you are living on the Earth,
    • between the stars, the moral element is driven out of the ether by
    • through the world of the stars, and had chosen for himself a physical
    • with the world of the stars. The man of an earlier time knew that he
    • was connected with the world of the stars. He knew quite well that he
    • was connected with the world of the stars, and also with the
    • spiritual world that is behind the world of the stars: he knew
    • relationship with the stars. He said to himself: If I suffer,
    • the stars; I must put that right next time I make the journey from
    • Saturn when he was passing through the world of the stars, on his way
    • where there are not even the stars that we see shining far away in
    • the sphere of the fixed stars. Of these I will not speak just now;
    • of Saturn, Jupiter and Mars, through the Sun sphere, and through the
    • the spheres of the stars from the other side. When you stand on Earth
    • spheres of the stars, then at the time when we, looking from the
    • stars. Coming from the spiritual world, he approaches the stars from
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture V: Man's Life on Earth
    Matching lines:
    • years, have in fact succeeded in producing a whole race of sub-human
    • Mars, Jupiter and Saturn. And so we find these air-fire beings making
    • Mars, Jupiter and Saturn.
    • eyes, in the ears, — in short, in the sense organs of man. So
    • organs of man's body, Saturn, Jupiter and Mars work on man's
    • beings, — Saturn beings, Jupiter beings and Mars beings —
    • Jupiter gives their continuation in the nerves, and Mars exerts the
    • Saturn, and Mars are however resisted in their activities by the
    • Mars, Jupiter and Saturn beings, who work as we have seen in man's
    • appears mere Nature, with morality. In this manner they bring
    • manifests as forces in that world comes from the Mars beings,
    • Mars and Saturn live at peace with one another and are held in
    • planetary forces beyond the Sun, — the Mars, Jupiter, and
    • Jupiter, Mars and Saturn. Such victories are, however, always
    • remained behind in their evolution, — immature Mars, Jupiter
    • side, the air-fire beings, — Saturn, Jupiter and Mars beings
    • and obsessed, nor from turning people into liars and self-seekers and
  • Title: Lecture VI: Man's Life on Earth
    Matching lines:
    • planets and the fixed stars too. It is the planets and the fixed
    • stars which at long last receive our etheric body. Initiation-science
    • received into the world of stars.
    • the world of stars. Only the Moon, only the Lunar forces seem as it
    • vexed and excited every time he hears tell of anthroposophical
    • the world. At first the stars are only shining into your
    • will actually identify yourself with the stars. Before, you had
    • and Mercury and Venus, while our relation to the more distant stars
    • to Mars and Jupiter and Saturn, and to the Fixed Stars above all —
    • then do we judge them from the standpoint of the stars; and in our
    • twenty or thirty years after death, according to the age we reached,
    • stars that thinks it, whilst here on Earth an earthly consciousness
    • the Sun and Moon and Stars. With the spiritual Beings of the Stars
    • you will now live on. Moreover into this life amid the Stars you bear
    • spiritual forces of the Moon to those of Venus, Mercury, Sun, Mars,
    • Universe of Stars. Yet we must understand this truly, for when
    • man goes into the Universe of Stars between death and new birth,
    • he is no longer seeing the physical reflection of the Stars; he
    • is living now with the Beings, to whom the several Stars
    • out from thence into the sphere of Stars. The spiritual Sun
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Planetary Spheres: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • thousand years before the Mystery of Golgotha. And then let us
    • years before Christ knew quite well that when they ate this or that
    • meeting for which we have had to wait for some years, have borne
  • Title: Lecture: Planetary Spheres: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • surges through the human ether-body. The fixed stars of the Zodiac
    • soul are in the ears that hear. I said just now; the human heart is
    • aspect of the physical body he then wears is due to heredity. He has
    • does man build his entire body both from the movements of the stars
    • and from the constellations of the stars in the great Universe. The
    • human body is indeed an image of the world of stars. Much of the work
    • world of stars, until at last he lives right in the starry world Then
    • he begins to detach from the world of stars what he himself is to
    • stars and then recovers itself from the world of stars, — only
  • Title: Lecture: Planetary Spheres: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • stars. From the moment we fall asleep, the starry heavens become
    • True, you do not see it with your eyes, nor hear it with your ears.
    • 25 years old, — let us say at noon one day, in Oxford, for
    • the constellations of the fixed stars. In this latter experience —
    • myself in the multitude of the stars, and in all the manifold
    • us. Here it is that the Christ appears before us as a spiritual Sun
    • the World of the Stars, so that he has returned with renewed strength
    • forces of the planets and of the fixed stars — tend to draw us
    • and of Stars; it ensures for us our kinship with the Earth. It is
    • fades and disappears, and we have — instead of a reflection of
    • stars.
    • eyes and ears, and unless you could breathe and had within you lungs
    • Mars, Jupiter, Aries, Taurus, Gemini, etc. These are within you, they
    • Heaven and the Fixed Stars. Such is the course of man's life in the
    • world of the stars, limited their search to those constellations of
    • the Fixed Stars which were above the Earth — above, that is, at
    • proper language of the dead bears no relation to earthly
    • you ever observed how constantly one hears people say, when some new
    • earthly words how Rousseau appears when one sees him from the
  • Title: Lecture: Planetary Spheres: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • Golgotha, Christ then appears, to be his Guide through the otherwise
    • through a kind of reproduction or copy of the life of the stars
    • and the planets. For now comes the experience of the fixed stars. Man
    • of the constellations of the fixed stars. So that between falling
    • neighbourhood of stars and planets. If you are living on the Earth,
    • between the stars, the moral element is driven out of the ether by
    • through the world of the stars, and had chosen for himself a physical
    • with the world of the stars. The man of an earlier time knew that he
    • was connected with the world of the stars. He knew quite well that he
    • was connected with the world of the stars, and also with the
    • spiritual world that is behind the world of the stars: he knew
    • relationship with the stars. He said to himself: If I suffer,
    • the stars; I must put that right next time I make the journey from
    • Saturn when he was passing through the world of the stars, on his way
    • where there are not even the stars that we see shining far away in
    • the sphere of the fixed stars. Of these I will not speak just now;
    • of Saturn, Jupiter and Mars, through the Sun sphere, and through the
    • the spheres of the stars from the other side. When you stand on Earth
    • spheres of the stars, then at the time when we, looking from the
    • stars. Coming from the spiritual world, he approaches the stars from
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Planetary Spheres: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • years, have in fact succeeded in producing a whole race of sub-human
    • Mars, Jupiter and Saturn. And so we find these air-fire beings making
    • Mars, Jupiter and Saturn.
    • eyes, in the ears, — in short, in the sense organs of man. So
    • organs of man's body, Saturn, Jupiter and Mars work on man's
    • beings, — Saturn beings, Jupiter beings and Mars beings —
    • Jupiter gives their continuation in the nerves, and Mars exerts the
    • Saturn, and Mars are however resisted in their activities by the
    • Mars, Jupiter and Saturn beings, who work as we have seen in man's
    • appears mere Nature, with morality. In this manner they bring
    • manifests as forces in that world comes from the Mars beings,
    • Mars and Saturn live at peace with one another and are held in
    • planetary forces beyond the Sun, — the Mars, Jupiter, and
    • Jupiter, Mars and Saturn. Such victories are, however, always
    • remained behind in their evolution, — immature Mars, Jupiter
    • side, the air-fire beings, — Saturn, Jupiter and Mars beings
    • and obsessed, nor from turning people into liars and self-seekers and
  • Title: Lecture: Planetary Spheres: Lecture VI
    Matching lines:
    • planets and the fixed stars too. It is the planets and the fixed
    • stars which at long last receive our etheric body. Initiation-science
    • received into the world of stars.
    • the world of stars. Only the Moon, only the Lunar forces seem as it
    • vexed and excited every time he hears tell of anthroposophical
    • the world. At first the stars are only shining into your
    • will actually identify yourself with the stars. Before, you had
    • and Mercury and Venus, while our relation to the more distant stars
    • to Mars and Jupiter and Saturn, and to the Fixed Stars above all —
    • then do we judge them from the standpoint of the stars; and in our
    • twenty or thirty years after death, according to the age we reached,
    • stars that thinks it, whilst here on Earth an earthly consciousness
    • the Sun and Moon and Stars. With the spiritual Beings of the Stars
    • you will now live on. Moreover into this life amid the Stars you bear
    • spiritual forces of the Moon to those of Venus, Mercury, Sun, Mars,
    • Universe of Stars. Yet we must understand this truly, for when
    • man goes into the Universe of Stars between death and new birth,
    • he is no longer seeing the physical reflection of the Stars; he
    • is living now with the Beings, to whom the several Stars
    • out from thence into the sphere of Stars. The spiritual Sun
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Reappearance/Christ: Lecture I: The Event of the Appearance of Christ in the Etheric World
    Matching lines:
    • of 3,100 years of the Dark Age, that the people living then had all
    • Him in some such way about a hundred years after the events in
    • sometime between 1930 and 1940. The years 1933, 1935, and 1937 will
    • by without the understanding of human beings. If, then, in the years
    • others, because humanity will have 2,500 years in which to evolve
    • grasp this, spiritual science appears to us as the preparation of
    • proclaimed in the coming years. The materialistic mind today corrupts
    • Christ event; he unites with them. Then appears once more the great
    • led humanity's descent into the physical plane appears again after
  • Title: Reappearance/Christ: Lecture II: Spiritual Science as Preparation for a New Etheric Vision
    Matching lines:
    • any sense or purpose in the fact that the human soul appears again
    • about 3,000 years before the Christ event, an age that has gradually
    • than 3,000 years in an evolution that had limited them to the
    • is a leap whenever something new appears in the course of its
    • unknown sect, and we also know that one hundred years after
    • Kali Yuga came to an end only a few years ago; 1899 is
    • or not, during the years 1930 to 1940. Only a few decades separate us
    • as I have already characterized it, beginning with the years 1930 to
    • Humanity will be granted a period of about 2,500 years
    • in which to develop these faculties; 2,500 years will be at his
    • another time of transition. During these 2,500 years, more and more
    • that they cannot imagine anything but that when Christ appears again,
    • This cannot be emphasized too strongly for all who have ears to hear.
  • Title: Reappearance/Christ: Lecture III: Buddhism and Pauline Christianity
    Matching lines:
    • years have passed since the Mystery of Golgotha, the Christ impulse
    • of human beings have gone through it in the past two thousand years,
    • this century, and in the following two thousand years more and more
    • increasingly throughout the next 2,500 years, human beings will
    • 3,000 years. “Maitreya Buddha” means the “Buddha of
  • Title: Reappearance/Christ: Lecture IV: Mysteries of the Universe: Comets and the Moon
    Matching lines:
    • On a night when the stars are clear and we gaze at the
    • through our souls as we let the innumerable wonders of the stars work
    • planetary system is the contrast between sun and earth appears within
    • of heavenly space and tears him away from earthly existence. In a
    • feminine appears to clairvoyant consciousness as if it had not
    • appears in the form of the female body has remained as if it were at
    • bluntly to an orthodox German professor that good wine years followed
    • comets, and he tried to prove this by pointing to the years 1811 and
    • 1819, good wine years that were preceded by comets. This made a fine
    • many calculations concerning the courses of stars, that it was an
    • materialists had not possessed, around the years 1850–60,
  • Title: Reappearance/Christ: Lecture V: The Reappearance of Christ in the Etheric
    Matching lines:
    • 3,000 years before the founding of Christianity, therefore, man
    • I-consciousness, the human I-consciousness. The Godhead appears as
    • the age of Abraham, after that individuality who appears in it and
    • successively appears as a kind of polarity. If, therefore, God
    • end. Kali Yuga lasted 5,000 years, until the year 1899 AD. The year
    • more and more human beings during the next 2,500 years, until at last
    • appears before me — which is essentially different, however,
    • led out of the brain and, during the next 2,500 years, we shall come
    • experience during the next 2,500 years a repetition of the event of
    • see even today how trivial scholars “prove” to people
    • Anyone who has deaf ears, however, must wait until a subsequent
    • arise, at first only for a few, then — in the next 2,500 years
    • those who have ears to hear and eyes to see, this must be described
  • Title: Reappearance/Christ: Lecture VI: The Sermon on the Mount
    Matching lines:
    • When these words were spoken, more than 3,000 years had passed since
    • he was a rare personality. Most people had become beggars in the
    • beggars, the poor in spirit, for if they develop their I-ruled outer
    • Nazareth, and they permeated the earth for three years with their
    • continuing for the next 2,500 years, this will happen more and more
    • appears in the mysticism of men such as Eckhart, Johannes Tauler, and
    • Christ who reappears in the flesh is not to be believed but only a
    • Christ Who appears in the etheric body. This appearance will take the
  • Title: Reappearance/Christ: Lecture VII: The Return of Christ
    Matching lines:
    • Three thousand years after the beginning of that dark
    • The Dark Age lasted more than 5,000 years. We are living in the
    • vision appears, however, it will be necessary for people to know the
    • What we have said will often be repeated in the years to
    • the last 2,000 years. Christ appeared 2,000 years ago in a physical
  • Title: Reappearance/Christ: Lecture VIII: The Etheric Vision of the Future
    Matching lines:
    • twenty years ago, for instance, one heard nothing of it. Actually,
    • and lasted 5,000 years; it had run its course by 1899. Now a time is
    • being appears as either masculine or feminine. It is important to
    • corresponds to what appears in us as masculine and feminine? To
    • truth appears to them as illusion. In all theosophical books one
    • family's methodical pace is interrupted when a child appears, since a
  • Title: Reappearance/Christ: Lecture IX: The Etherization of the Blood
    Matching lines:
    • glimmering light appears in the region of the pineal gland. This
    • esoteric research of recent years, undertaken by individuals among
    • Then in the course of the next 3,000 years, He will become visible to
    • it will happen, particularly to those who are young in years
    • the products of fragmentation. In the course of the coming years you
    • by the fact that Christ necessarily lived for three years on the
    • three years, human beings have become ripe to behold the Christ Who
    • thousands of years Oriental mysticism has spoken of this moment in
    • picture that within a period of 5,000 years after the great Buddha
    • moral atmosphere. Five thousand years after Gautama Buddha's
    • will appear 3,000 years after our time and will be able to teach
    • disclosed that he who will appear 3,000 years after our time as the
    • incarnations was that of Jeshu ben Pandira, who lived a hundred years
  • Title: Reappearance/Christ: Lecture X: Individual Spirit Beings and the Undivided Foundation of the World: Part 1
    Matching lines:
    • He appears, will not be an individuality incarnated in the flesh, and
    • single incarnation for three years here on earth and Who cannot
    • death with man. It thus disappears shortly before death; it must
    • which man bears within him, upon whom the geographic and other
  • Title: Reappearance/Christ: Lecture XI: Individual Spirit Beings and the Undivided Foundation of the World: Part 2
    Matching lines:
    • spiritual world. One cannot then require that what appears be
    • one is familiar with the intentions one can see in what appears
    • taking up the struggle to allow what appears to him as evil to be put
    • sad years, humanity has not been at all ready to assess the facts in
  • Title: Reappearance/Christ: Lecture XII: Individual Spirit Beings and the Undivided Foundation of the World: Part 3
    Matching lines:
    • stars that work together in a certain constellation, and when one
    • under a certain constellation of stars or arsenic under another. You
    • Christ impulse, as it appears in the twentieth century, is to be
  • Title: Reappearance/Christ: Lecture XIII: The Three Realms of the Dead: Life Between Death and a New Birth
    Matching lines:
    • that they will penetrate human ears. I am also convinced that
    • within them, that man himself bears within him. These beings are
    • Look out!” He hears an inner voice, not as a hallucination but
    • miss this pleasure just once?” He hears this in the spirit. It
  • Title: The Earth As Being with Life, Soul, and Spirit: Lecture 1
    Matching lines:
    • that this appears at present only in indications — but it is
  • Title: The Earth As Being with Life, Soul, and Spirit: Lecture 2
    Matching lines:
    • characteristics of the being of the earth can be given, as it appears
    • instance the Orient appears otherwise than the American Occident. It
    • Asia until far into Russia, is observed, then the earth appears as if
    • appears more or less in burning red. You have there a polarity of the
    • appearance of new stars. Spiritually, observed from the cosmos, the
    • the human soul can identify itself — so that the earth appears
    • of the earth disappears, seen from the outside; rather, the
  • Title: Rosicrucianism/Initiation: Lecture I: Research into the Life of the Spirit During the Middle Ages
    Matching lines:
    • scholars were possessed of a world of ideas altogether different from
    • eyes. You will find that before the tenth century, scholars always
    • stars, and so forth, now they spoke instead of the immediate
    • however, be a great mistake to imagine that the scholars of the
    • scholars of the eighteenth century — had ideas of warmth, air,
    • desire for darkness. The Angel Being bears Light into darkness —
    • or an Angel Being bears darkness into Light. These Beings are
    • this is what it appears to be if, in the modern sense, one thinks of
  • Title: Rosicrucianism/Initiation: Lecture II: Hidden Centres of the Mysteries in the Middle Ages
    Matching lines:
    • your ears: look with your eyes on the things of Nature, hear with
    • your ears what goes on in Nature; the Spiritual reveals itself
    • the night time, one sees the stars shining forth from thence. He told
    • not hitherto noticed, came forth a boy of 10 or 11 years old. This
    • Spirit of his boyhood, his very self. He, with his 15 or 28 years,
    • freshness, his childlikeness, to what the man of older years
    • projected into the later years of life — only then does one
    • quite incomprehensible in the mature years of life, but which can be
    • understood when childhood becomes real and living in the years of
    • but of whom he nevertheless felt that after many years he would
    • so-called Ars Magna of Raimon Lull is to be adjudged from this point
  • Title: Rosicrucianism/Initiation: Lecture III: The Time of Transition
    Matching lines:
    • piety. What appears later as Rosicrucianism, sound and genuine
    • ordinary consciousness: “We have been among the stars, and have
    • the Stars and what happens in the Earth is dependent on the Stars.
    • stars, he has only to take account of the immediate cause on Earth.
    • In the years that followed,
  • Title: Rosicrucianism/Initiation: Lecture IV: The Relationship of Earthly Man to the Sun
    Matching lines:
    • that the Beings who are united with the single stars are the Beings
    • Through what he is, through the forces and powers he bears within his
    • one hears even a last echo of this view. What we find in religious
    • The garment of Life which the Deity wears.
    • really and truly bears within herself the forces that are needed to
    • other stars in their corresponding revolutions be controlled and
  • Title: Rosicrucianism/Initiation: Lecture V: Occult Schools in the 18th and First Half of the 19th Century
    Matching lines:
    • upwards, Weight bears downwards.” The pupil had to experience
    • coarse and material, develops in man upwards into a quality of soul.
    • bears within him in the nerves of the spinal marrow together with the
    • it appears to be merely a sense of smell, but the faculty, the
    • him between the years 1842 and 1879. But now they must, for their own
  • Title: Lecture: Michaelmas III: The Michael Inspiration
    Matching lines:
    • between birth and death. Let us reflect how, in what appears outwardly
    • shooting stars which come so frequently in August and bring iron into
    • forth the fight of Michael with the Dragon. There appears as the
    • appears with a pointing sword, pointing it towards the higher nature
    • and the arm of Michael appears to us in the midst of a sparkling
    • flaming meteor-sword in his right hand. And Michael appears to us in
    • continued to appeal to man for centuries, even thousands of years.
    • So we are able to direct our vision to what appears if Michael and the
  • Title: Lecture: Michaelmas Va: The Michael Impulse and the Mystery of Golgotha (Part I)
    Matching lines:
    • Fifty years ago it would have been impossible to speak to men of what
    • worlds. The Alexanders, the Caesars, the Napoleons belong to the past.
    • the Caesars, the Napoleons. The strength of human deeds will in future
  • Title: Lecture: Michaelmas Vb: The Michael Impulse and the Mystery of Golgotha (Part II)
    Matching lines:
    • My dear friends, nearly two thousand years ago the event took place
    • preparation beforehand for what appears as a sudden incision in human
    • spiritual world, — that what disappears for the higher spiritual
    • evolution until the time when he received his mission on Mars. And of
  • Title: Lecture: Michaelmas VII: The Creation of A Michael Festival Out Of The Spirit (Extract)
    Matching lines:
    • the stars. And from this living participation, the way in which each
    • that the earth is not the coarse lump modern geology sees in it. No
    • stars, etc. For this reason Winter Mysteries existed in ancient times,
    • experiences with the stars.
    • Easter Festival was fixed according to the course of the stars, —
    • stars. A deep wisdom lies in this, coming out of an age in which men
    • stars and then returns. He who fathoms the secrets of the earth's
    • Michael force out of the clouds. The calendars show on this day the
  • Title: Lecture: Michaelmas VIII: The Michael Path to the Christ (Extract)
    Matching lines:
    • so-called war-years, in reality years of terror, a cry which has
    • During the years of the war we heard continually the universal lie:
  • Title: Poetry/Fairy Tales: Lecture 1: The Poetry of Fairy Tales
    Matching lines:
    • children in their early years to persons of middle age and even to
    • “intelligent” person, who hears about this invisible
    • the bread crumbs as well, little thing.” The mother hears this,
    • she begins to weep, there appears a little man who says, “What
    • room with even more straw, and when the little man appears again and
    • it hears how spiritual science describes those secrets. It is true:
    • service to do a certain task. “There is a pack of bears coming
    • one blow, you can put an end to those bears.” The man said,
    • of food before the bears should arrive, for he thought he might as
    • came the time when the bears were expected; he collected together all
    • the sweet things bears like to eat, and laid them ready.
    • bears came, ate up everything they found and were so well stuffed
    • human soul with the forces of nature, first with the “Bears
    • brothers Grimm, and other collectors like them, devoted long years to
    • years or so to alienate everyone, even children, away from fairy
  • Title: Poetry/Fairy Tales: Lecture 2: The Interpretation of Fairy Tales
    Matching lines:
    • Every year a number of bears come to my country and do fearful
    • this, but till the bears come I must ask for as much to eat and drink
    • cannot slay the bears, and they kill me, I shall at least have eaten
    • and the bears were due to appear, he arranged the kitchen, set up a
    • manner of things that bears like to eat and drink — honey and
    • suchlike; then he hid himself. The bears came along, ate and drank
    • said: “I simply killed the bears and then cut off their heads.”
    • been imprisoned like this for several hundred years and must
    • appears bewitched, it has happened like this: we see the substance of
    • overcoming of the rough forces or the giants appears in fairy tales
    • that appears to him when the intellectual soul or his general inner
    • finally appears in his true form and is the very personality who can
    • overcome and cast forth appears in a quite distinct, external form.
    • forces. Wherever something evil appears and has to be overcome,
    • appears as a “dragon” or something similar; this is none
    • or fate appears in a wonderful way when the king's son meets his
  • Title: Lecture: Festivals and The Mysteries. The Adonis Mystery. The Easter Thought
    Matching lines:
    • the stars which we shall shortly consider more in detail. At the same
    • youth in man, of all that appears as beauty in the human being.
    • thousands and thousands of years, human beings have been led through
    • repeated again and again through long, long years, now became a
    • Outwardly upon the scene of history there appears what was hitherto
    • Nature reveals her transitoriness and appears as a dying existence,
  • Title: Lecture: Moon-birth and Sun-birth. Necessity and Freedom. Stages of the Ancient
    Matching lines:
    • character and trend of our present scholarship — if he could
    • the time we are now considering lies many thousands of years before
    • Our lives today (and it has been so for more than two thousand years)
    • different eight or nine thousand years before the Christian era. In
    • man, say, three or four years younger than himself. His friend would
    • Julian the Apostate, the last of the pagan Caesars, had still
    • Sanskrit scholar whether modern scholarship can explain in clear terms
    • the term our scholars are quite unaware, for it can only be known by
    • all that external scholarship can lay hands upon: Does not external
    • scholarship subsequently confirm, piece by piece, the researches of
    • ears, feel outward with his skin, perceiving warmth and cold,
    • again inward through the ears. All these things taken together —
    • the eyes, the ears, the whole skin as an organ of touch, of warmth,
    • or hearkens inward through the ears, but when he actually
    • stands in connection with the earthly forces; he bears within himself
    • which was a still higher Degree. To learn to know the stars outwardly
    • the stars, spiritual Beings live. They can be known only if one has
    • of the stars. At this stage man was truly resurrected. And now he
    • Thus what appears before our eyes in the Easter Festival today is
  • Title: Lecture: The Moon-secret Spring and Autumn mysteries
    Matching lines:
    • movements of the wandering stars, nothing at all has remained in human
    • consciousness save the external appearance of the stars, the
    • the radiating light of the stars, and so forth.
    • All the multitude of spiritual beings who live in the stars are
    • Outwardly regarded, the Moon appears from the earthly aspect in
    • appears to us in the physical light as the Full Moon. Thus the Moon is
    • namely, upon the wandering stars that belong to our planetary system.
    • Moon, look out and observe around them the stars of our planetary
    • Monday. The Moon in its observation has to do with Mars — Mars
    • the fact of the Moon Beings turning their gaze to Mars man receives
    • observations that they make when they gaze on Mars, we hear from them
    • Mercury. That is to say, when we transform the Mars experiences of the
    • listening outward through the ears, to see and hear the physical
    • physical larynx but with the speech that resounds in Mars as cosmic
  • Title: Lecture: The Mysteries of Ephesus The Aristotelian Categories
    Matching lines:
    • Endow'd with sounding Mars' life-stirring song,
    • Endow'd with sounding Mars' life-stirring song,
    • resounded in his ears that which lies hidden in these verses. For he
    • Endow'd with sounding Mars' life-stirring song.
    • him from Mars. And then came that which fills the limbs of man with
    • this being who in a physical garment bears the God within him:
    • it in our circle, indeed we mentioned it many years ago. When the
    • it were, the interpreter of the secret of the stars. Thus we may say,
    • cosmic writing, when the stars mean more to us than something merely
    • Endow'd with sounding Mars' life-stirring song
    • through thousands and thousands of years flowed at length into
    • Dich beschenket des Mars erschaffendes Klingen
  • Title: Significant Facts: Lecture I: A Convulsive Element in Humanity in the Nineteenth Century
    Matching lines:
    • years and was an altogether lovable character. The brothers of the
    • Dalai-Lama knows that he has made the sun, the moon, the stars, the
    • and the stars, and she is not altogether disinclined to believe in
    • apart, now appears as an arch-criminal. He had gone mad in prison and
    • imprisoned. She appears at the top of the house amid the smoke and
    • good Dalai-Lama lives to an advanced age and for many long years is
    • and rivers, that sun, moon and stars circle in their courses
    • according to his will. In his last years he becomes a Yogi, striving
    • offspring of his forbears, has become a maker of gods — as is
    • of his parents and forbears, he also lives in the past of his Polish
    • which the old Count appears with the clairvoyant child. The
    • Who now appears to him shows him: Victory lies neither on the one
  • Title: Significant Facts: Lecture II: Ancient Occult Magic. The Ahasver Mystery.
    Matching lines:
    • tyrant, who has developed the Ego and bears it in himself with all
    • its justification but which in the form it now bears is no more than
    • conception that when one looks upwards to the stars one has to do
    • under the sway of this temptation which still whispers in their ears,
    • contradiction disappears as soon as the existence of two Jesus boys
  • Title: Significant Facts: Lecture III: The Tragic Wrestling with Knowledge. The Secrets of the Future Sixth Cultural Period.
    Matching lines:
    • the case at the present time. For when anything that bears the mantle
    • world of the stars. It was then that they again sought for bodies
  • Title: Arts and Their Mission: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • feel estranged from the cosmos, and see the stars and their movements,
    • the fixed stars. This was what gave him the sense and security of his
    • of the fixed stars; the heaven of the fixed stars was the one sphere
    • starry motion. Only from Mars, Jupiter, Venus, and so forth, can the
    • world of the stars.
    • was seen as belonging to the heaven of the fixed stars, to the planetary
    • forebears, grandfather, great-grandfather, great-great-grandfather,
    • within human evolution while looking for the divine in his forebears.
    • the stars, ancient man knew of the gods. But the Greek needed,
    • in addition to the stars, the involvement of his personality in order
  • Title: Arts and Their Mission: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • hears the statement: “To build artistically is too expensive.”
    • that the top of the head appears as an image of the vast space arching
    • nose and ears, a memory dulled by the atmosphere of earth; and in the
  • Title: Arts and Their Mission: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • long past, and green appears because at that time divine-spiritual beings
    • that is why it appears yellow. Physics (I have characterized a recent
  • Title: Arts and Their Mission: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • if we would enter our true home and discover what bears a relationship
    • here, has already been quoted in past years, in other connections. Today
    • A novel which he wrote comparatively early in life bears the title
    • not less magnificently, they influenced Novalis.) In his younger years
    • later years Ludwig Tieck created the poetic work:
    • years ago, I had to deliver some anthroposophical lectures about the
  • Title: Arts and Their Mission: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • most clearly if we go back four or five thousand years to poetry during
    • faculties, seeing the fixed stars and movements of the planets, considered
    • what could be fathomed only by studying the relationship between stars
    • to express what appears in star-constellations and star-movements; far
    • into soul-communion with the stars, the extra-earthly.
    • of the stars, by the way the planets moved past each other. In those
    • located not in his earthly organism, but out where the stars were circling
    • and constellations of the stars in the nightly firmament. The laws and
    • of blood corpuscles circle, but rather: Mercury and Mars are crossing
    • felt that, while with his thoughts he abode among the fixed stars and
    • as thought impulses penetrate into him from the fixed stars, and feeling
    • has coarsened; we no longer sense what, in the not so distant past,
    • At present such a question appears paradoxical, even nonsensical. But
    • and dualism, he does so with a neutral mind, marshaling abstract concepts
    • fixed stars and orbiting planets. By forming images of themselves on
    • the evening glow? Child, when it appears, the Mother of God is hanging
  • Title: Arts and Their Mission: Lecture VI
    Matching lines:
    • means that the beautiful bears a relation to the spiritual outside us.
    • her beautifully because she has not yet arrived at, but only soars up
    • Mary soars up into a region beyond all virtues, where we cannot say
    • ancient times this triad has been revered. Once, years ago, a man said
  • Title: Arts and Their Mission: Lecture VII
    Matching lines:
    • of a materialistic age: scholars write commentaries on art. But these
    • the repose of the fixed stars shows in the tranquil vault of brow and
    • materialistic-intellectualistic scholarship appears like a man who walks
    • look further. The sun appears whitish, and we feel that this whitish
    • complete human being. Thus scholars will cease haughtily to acknowledge
  • Title: Arts and Their Mission: Lecture VIII
    Matching lines:
    • itself. In that connection, consider how the living human figure appears
    • rigid forms. In green we have a similar case in that it appears
    • cosmic in the world of color. As I told you before, green appears as
    • appears out of nothingness. Phantasy lies hidden in the child; he is
    • Frau Dr. Steiner has given years to it. When we return to artistic feeling
  • Title: Kingdom of Childhood: Lecture 1
    Matching lines:
    • known that willing, as it appears in the soul, is young, while
    • child, in reality? A child remains a child for at most twelve years,
    • overloaded the memory of the child when he was eight or nine years
    • what the result will be, forty or fifty years later, of our
    • though I bought him a pair of shoes when he was three years old, and
    • years of its life. You will say: A fine sort of spirit! It has become
    • that every seven or eight years our external physical substance
    • change every seven years as long as a man is on the earth. If the
    • teeth at seven, fourteen, and again at twenty-one years of age, and
    • first seven years of our life we have a body which is given to us by
    • the first body up to the change of teeth. It takes seven years to
    • fashioned on the model given us by our parents only appears at the
    • end of the first seven years of life, and all that external science
    • there with us for seven years, although during the very first years
    • first seven years of our life that our body is really inherited, but
    • and they too inherit a good deal in the first seven years. That one
    • in the proper way. There are children who at ten years of age are
    • science, only applies to the first seven years of man. After that
    • So in the first seven years
    • gradually enters the period between the seventh and fourteenth years,
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Kingdom of Childhood: Lecture 2
    Matching lines:
    • seven years a second life organism is gradually built up in the
    • seven years till about fourteen, a kind of victory is gradually
    • place. The child during the first seven years is really completely
    • seven years is really an eye. If something takes place in the child's
    • so in the first seven years, and according to this the organism
    • implanted tendency in the early years will then remain through the
    • seven years of life and not what you express outwardly in words as a
    • early years are wholly sense-organ, though life is not easy for such.
    • for the later years of life. A child who cannot write properly at
    • development as one who early, at seven or eight years, can already
    • several years. Why do you think that all the teachers approve of the
  • Title: Kingdom of Childhood: Lecture 3
    Matching lines:
    • hair or a rose, it is another. In ten years' time the stone will be
    • the plants belong together, and that each portion of soil bears those
    • years all agricultural products have become decadent. Not long ago
    • human consumption in fifty years' time.
    • plants, and this plant world appears to him as related to the
    • whereas the child rejoices inwardly if he hears about the plant world
    • sheep-nature, tiger-nature and donkey-nature. He bears all these
    • animal would arise. Thus man bears the whole animal kingdom within
  • Title: Kingdom of Childhood: Lecture 4
    Matching lines:
    • — these children I shall only meet in later years, again
    • can come back to in later years and make use of to arouse certain
    • seventh and eighth years, and later, perhaps in the fourteenth and
    • fifteenth years, to come back to it again in some way or other. Just
    • at seven years of age the children are given over to a teacher who
    • situation. A few years ago he had in his class a regular rascal (who
    • in the later school years.
    • through his early years, for you can come back to these pictures
    • with children of about eight years of age you can quite well do
    • years old, they will teach him how to think — to think for his
  • Title: Kingdom of Childhood: Lecture 5
    Matching lines:
    • (11-12 years). Details given of a clear, visual proof, based on
    • tiny little caricatures of demons, and our learned scholars would not
  • Title: Kingdom of Childhood: Lecture 6
    Matching lines:
    • In first seven years etheric body is an inward sculptor. After seven,
    • twelve years) should be based on modelling. Between seven and fourteen
    • change of teeth and puberty; we must know that in the years before
    • body in the first seven years has to put forward all the independent
    • artist in the child in the first seven years; it is a modeller, a
    • first seven years of life the etheric body has been carrying out
    • years of life, the child learns everything by imitation, but now he
    • of will in his own body. This can be seen in the very early years
  • Title: Kingdom of Childhood: Lecture 7
    Matching lines:
    • the children through these early years of school life.
    • child or without him bears the character of a unity. I have shown you
    • the stars, the clouds, the stones, everything is absorbed by the
    • later years. See Rudolf Steiner: The
    • child develops from the head downwards in the early years of his
    • have spoken, from eleven-and-two-thirds to fourteen years; we must
    • 1/2 years old, and the third,
    • /2 years. One has ten years, another twenty and so on, but
    • years together certainly have no meaning; they will all of them be
    • free long before the 75 years are over, so that it has no reality at
    • each. For years I have been watching this, and it has always proved
    • suppose a teacher has a child of between nine and ten years in the
  • Title: Kingdom of Childhood: Questions and Answers
    Matching lines:
    • multiplication and division which here appears most clearly.
    • first school years it is really only in the method of expression that
    • multiplication and division in the first school years, but it should
    • turning point of the ninth and tenth years. Up to this time keep to
    • have done that for two or two-and-a-half years and have really seen
    • and tenth years of which I have spoken.
    • the ninth and tenth years when abstract number as such can be
    • surfaces in light and shade, and out of these a face appears. To
    • the first few years most of our scholars came from a factory (the
    • before the time between the ninth and tenth years of which I have
    • and only much later, between the twelfth and thirteenth years, we
    • life during the course of the years; it contributes in a very special
    • because through this naturalistic religion during the early years the
    • If the children come to a Kindergarten Class at five or six years
    • children of four or five years do already come to school (which
  • Title: Spiritual Science and Medicine -- Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • Hippocratic of all — as it appears to us today — namely “black bile”
    • gorilla appears to stand upright only with an effort. But there is the
  • Title: Spiritual Science and Medicine -- Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • polarity which bears within it a non-correspondence, an irregularity,
    • sun — the light radiates in all directions, and finally disappears
  • Title: Spiritual Science and Medicine -- Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • only seek to calm the man's fears, and carry out the customary
    • Granted that the medical student hears preliminary lectures on natural
    • introduction of arsenic or tin into the human organism. But, first and
    • activity here is quite similar to organic production; what appears
  • Title: Spiritual Science and Medicine -- Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • so isolated regarding their sickness, as appears to be the case today.
    • his coarser organisation which has descended below the birds — then,
    • marshaled which are contrary to those of the pituitary, the
  • Title: Spiritual Science and Medicine -- Lecture VI
    Matching lines:
    • For what the stars do is faithfully copied by the plant.
    • upward impulse in plants, that depends upon the sun. The stars
    • Mars, Jupiter and Saturn. (Uranus and Neptune are only members of the
    • of of the Sun's influence and that of Mars, Jupiter and Saturn.
    • There are not only these two elements in co-operation. Marshalled
    • say that the plant expresses and bears the imprint of our whole
    • Now let us carefully examine the sphere that in plants appears visibly
    • years (one may, of course, become much older). In that case we shall
    • Vernal Equinox; this amounts to 25,920 of our terrestrial years. Here
    • outer planets of our system, to Mars, Jupiter and Saturn. And as all
    • interior of material structure: or rather, it did so twenty years ago,
    • i.e., when the Sun, Mars, and other
    • he formed there differing from that due to the action of Mars under
    • Earth's substances are the combined result of forces from the stars In
    • that of Jupiter, iron from Mars, copper from Venus, and what is now
    • gravity, and therefore tends to salt formation, from that which bears
  • Title: Spiritual Science and Medicine -- Lecture VII
    Matching lines:
    • astral body's activity in the illnesses peculiar to the early years of
    • Jupiter, Saturn and Mars, and in later life the inner planets, Venus,
    • appears later on.
    • Hydrocephaly has simply been shifted downward in the body, and appears
    • later years; they may recur later on, but do so in their polar form.
    • years. This etheric body is expelled again during certain processes,
    • outer planets, Saturn, Jupiter, and Mars; and those of the inner
  • Title: Spiritual Science and Medicine -- Lecture VIII
    Matching lines:
    • pointing to the stars, to the extra-telluric). And even apart from
    • amateurish term — into the atmosphere, so that this bears in itself
    • likewise bifurcated. This appears in the tendency of the digestive
    • man) appears as a duality that is dammed up in the heart, and in it
  • Title: Spiritual Science and Medicine -- Lecture IX
    Matching lines:
    • basic principle as appears in smell is at work in the formative
    • no more than fifteen years have gone by, people will think more
  • Title: Spiritual Science and Medicine -- Lecture X
    Matching lines:
    • associated with carbon and carbon dioxide — bears in itself the
  • Title: Spiritual Science and Medicine -- Lecture XI
    Matching lines:
    • nature — or in what I might term the nature that appears extra-human
    • vegetable carbon) the polar effect appears, of the morbid process in
    • bears the source of an extra-telluric activity within himself. This
    • But again man bears within him something analogous to this
    • been the high-powered motor cars that brought them here! You see,
  • Title: Spiritual Science and Medicine -- Lecture XII
    Matching lines:
    • from these spas, and the addition of arsenic, as though to make their
    • appears as albumen in the animal organism or especially in that of
    • man, and what appears as the same substance in the organism of plants?
    • defective at an early age. As soon as the first tooth appears, the
    • small and sparsely set — we shall deal with these symptoms in detail,
    • in the earliest years of life, there is this interaction between
    • substance — for during the first years of life, man is mainly a link
  • Title: Spiritual Science and Medicine -- Lecture XIII
    Matching lines:
    • thus what appears to be a “neoplasm” is formed; and the mistletoe
    • can, e.g., try to expose vegetable carbon to the action of marsh-gas
    • for some time, to immerse it in marsh-gas and then when it is
    • physiological effects) the mental behaviour of men bears the definite
  • Title: Spiritual Science and Medicine -- Lecture XIV
    Matching lines:
    • Recently, however, it appears to have dawned on some other people that
    • this opinion can no longer be held, but that Anthroposophy appears to
  • Title: Spiritual Science and Medicine -- Lecture XV
    Matching lines:
    • spider bears within him. Now the bird has not attained such a degree
    • the blossom, and re-marshals them in the fruit and the manifold
    • investigations of spiritual science, the spleen appears as the agent
  • Title: Spiritual Science and Medicine -- Lecture XVI
    Matching lines:
    • aroused much interest of recent years. It is significant that we
    • during the years of youth. We form and build up our bodies in youth,
    • furnish intimate particulars which are then used as bases for
  • Title: Spiritual Science and Medicine -- Lecture XVII
    Matching lines:
    • with children from six to seven years of age. Something — but
    • a child of from four to six years old is clumsy and awkward with arms,
    • of life. It appears externally in childhood and reacts on the whole
    • dental condition, in later years as well. We shall deal further with
  • Title: Spiritual Science and Medicine -- Lecture XVIII
    Matching lines:
    • but the solar action — through the outer planets, Mars, Jupiter and
    • quite differently from the unimpeded action of the Sun, when Mars,
    • in its growth and formation. Especially in the earliest years of life,
    • that condition to the quartile aspect of such and such stars — that
    • years of age. And then appear the activities connected with the life
  • Title: Spiritual Science and Medicine -- Lecture XIX
    Matching lines:
    • questions put to me, one continually reappears, and it must, of
    • family descent among hæmophiliacs bleeding itself only appears in
    • substances, so that it often appears in combination with other
    • quantities of belladonna are administered. This is because it bears a
  • Title: Spiritual Science and Medicine -- Lecture XX
    Matching lines:
    • illness in question, for each specific kind of bacillus appears under
  • Title: Lecture: Curative Education: Lecture 1
    Matching lines:
    • second teeth, he grew to be fourteen years old and attained puberty,
    • seven or eight years. This renewal is, however, particularly
    • build it. In the course of the first seven years we thrust off this
    • Between the seventh and fourteenth years the very strongest activity
    • body he bears from the seventh year onward. This truth we must master
    • the seventh and fourteenth years every human being passes through a
    • during these years the wonderful unfolding of the forces of the
    • has passed his twenty-first year, an abnormality appears in the liver
    • less possible the further one goes back into the years of childhood.
    • the first seven years. There may be defects due to heredity. It is
    • the first seven years, neither can he transform it rightly. The
  • Title: Lecture: Curative Education: Lecture 2
    Matching lines:
    • earlier years (associated, as it was in him, with an inferiority
    • have seen how during the first seven years the body presents a model,
    • years), we find nothing at all in the human organisation that could
  • Title: Lecture: Curative Education: Lecture 3
    Matching lines:
    • been describing — and especially so in the years of childhood.
  • Title: Lecture: Curative Education: Lecture 5
    Matching lines:
    • organisation. If I receive an impression from without, it disappears
    • beginning to announce themselves in the organism in the years of
    • tender years of childhood, lest later on they become the pet victims
    • hears it spoken — it is more weakly thought; it
    • feeble-minded. Since in such conditions the body bears too
  • Title: Lecture: Curative Education: Lecture 6
    Matching lines:
    • boy has been with us since 11th September, 1923, and was nine years
    • breast-fed for three months only, and from nine months to three years
    • three years. The boy was all this time backward in his development
    • the right educational treatment for this child in very early years?
    • and a half years old was given into my care. I have written about him in
    • up to the twelfth, thirteenth and fourteenth years, a great deal can
    • give baths or lotions. Now, arsenic has a powerful effect on the
    • undergone arsenic cures that their astral body just slips into the
    • ether and physical bodies, arsenic baths will be your obvious remedy.
    • [A Spa water containing iron arsenic.] of a particular
    • particularly powerful in the earliest years of life, but it is still
    • arsenic baths and Curative Eurythmy. With these three working
  • Title: Lecture: Curative Education: Lecture 7
    Matching lines:
    • disturbance. Not until two years old was he able to stand. Throughout
    • the first four years he was apathetic, but greedy for food. The first
    • is now six and three-quarters — not far off seven years old. As
    • the model body of the first seven years. The boy is behind-hand also
    • earliest years, the boy was apathetic and developed nothing but the
    • me remind you that what ought to happen during the first years of
    • him at four years of age, that whenever speech exercises are done in
    • eleven years old. And now let me tell you where the trouble lies. The
    • course in the first three years without any marked individual
    • cannot have been quite as represented, for at three years old the
    • developed for a long time, for he is eleven years old; but the
    • years was without any peculiar features or symptoms. What seems to me
    • in the first three years.
    • during the first seven years the ego and astral body are unable to
    • years of age — turn out to be stunted in their growth. Why
  • Title: Lecture: Curative Education: Lecture 8
    Matching lines:
    • still an embryo. Details of mother and child. Child's astral bears
    • who appears normal but is a kleptomaniac. His ingenuity. His head
    • the size of the head by looking at the little ears which are of
    • child carries in him an astral body which bears clearly and
    • mother still bears a strong resemblance to its development in the
    • when she was three and a half years old — note that this is
    • exactly half-way through the epoch of the first seven years and is a
    • the second epoch, half-way between the seventh and fourteenth years
    • when three and a half years old, the child had headaches with high
  • Title: Lecture: Curative Education: Lecture 9
    Matching lines:
    • described. The girl seen previously and her clinical history. Arsenic
    • will remember the boy of twelve years old who was brought before us
    • attach any meaning at all to what he hears people say about
    • of such a trait in future years. Far more important for the doctor as
    • course, during the period between the seventh and fourteenth years, a
    • of course, long been known as a remedy; for thousands of years those
    • years that the sun takes to go round the universe — these
    • 25,000 years we have in the circulation, in the pulsation of the
    • grown to be thirty years old. He would then be an adult human being.
    • of six years old. We used to meet constantly, for he was always there
    • seven or eight years old; but then, on the other hand, the man was,
    • told you how I had to treat the hydrocephalic boy of eleven years old
    • achieve this end, we always give arsenic baths — that is, we
    • use arsenic externally; and occasionally we administer arsenic
    • ensure that the externally administered arsenic shall really strike
    • enters into man, wherein beings live whose whole life bears
    • bears the stamp of the ego organisation. These beings inspire us;
    • good if he hears well-formed speech spoken around him — unless
  • Title: Lecture: Curative Education: Lecture 10
    Matching lines:
    • years old, and in whom we can clearly recognise an inferiority
    • several years older. The first thing that claims our attention in his
    • given. The girl is fifteen years old.”)
    • without it. For years it has been so terribly painful to me, the way
    • girl had, when three or four years old, an occult fever. It is even
    • period round about the third and fourth years, the astral body was
    • to study in two of your children. One of them is fifteen years old
    • twenty years old and the father twenty-two, died young of pneumonia.
  • Title: Lecture: Curative Education: Lecture 11
    Matching lines:
    • reappears on earth as Ernst Haeckel. The latter's speech at Jena on
    • was a little girl of ten years old, who was suffering from loss of
    • would be mostly about seven years old.) She has adenoids. The symptom
    • immediately patent. The girl is ten years old — that is to say,
    • organisation of the body; for the coarser, cruder organisation cannot
    • substantial success can be looked for under three or four years
    • influences of Venus. The strongest influences of Mars serve
    • Intellectual Soul — Mars
    • with Venus and Mars. You will not really need to carry your
    • considerations any further than this triangle. Here then are Mars,
    • Venus and Uranus. Consider first Mars. For this child, who was born
    • in 1909, Mars stands in complete opposition to the Moon. Mars, which
    • is Mars. And Mars pulls along with it Uranus and Venus.
    • influence is still further reduced through the fact that Mars (which
    • Venus and Uranus and Mars near together, the three of them covering
    • horoscope, Mars, Venus and Uranus are in close proximity, exactly as
    • before; but when we examine more nearly the position of Mars, we find
    • to Mars, which latter drags Uranus and Venus along with it. We have
    • Mars,
    • principle and is connected with love. Mars tears this out of its true
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Art of Healing: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • childhood onwards. The child first appears in the world showing
    • person it might take a week, and with another three years, and
    • of the soul appears the remembrance of our past experiences.
    • ten or twenty years ago with the same inner forces and strength
    • years. The material in us is something that is in constant
    • the Stars. That cannot be done; for to wish to apply natural
    • seven years; but that which we are in our individual being has
    • hundred years, a thousand years. But what is it which is there
  • Title: Art of Healing: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • bears within himself the next member, the astral
    • years before I began to speak about it openly — which was
    • years) — to the fact that one can regard the human
    • forty years ago, and to-day human hearts are more than ever
    • verify with the coarse instruments at our disposal, though all
    • be verified. Thus we have the coarser process on the
    • body — works over into the physical body and appears there
    • the particulars which will show that we are not evading modern
  • Title: Art of Healing: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • complicated as it appears when we really penetrate into the
    • the month of May; for what man bears within him during the
    • were, into eyes, ears and the other senses during this period.
  • Title: Spiritual Science and the Art of Healing: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • onwards. The child first appears in the world showing outwardly
    • might take a week, and with another three years, and so on
    • childhood. Rising out of undefined depths of the soul appears
    • experience again what we experienced ten or twenty years ago
    • substances within periods of time of from seven to eight years.
    • Stars. That cannot be done; for to wish to apply natural laws
    • change it every seven years; but that which we are in our
    • has been there a hundred years, a thousand years. But what is
  • Title: Spiritual Science and the Art of Healing: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • is a sentient being, he bears within himself the next member,
    • years before I began to speak about it openly — which was
    • have just said that the study took me thirty years) — to
    • to ask myself the question — it is now nearly forty years
    • process which we are not able to verify with the coarse
    • which it can be verified. Thus we have the coarser process on
    • physical body and appears there as typhoid. Here we see into
    • more into the particulars which will show that we are not
  • Title: Spiritual Science and the Art of Healing: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • but it is by no means so complicated as it appears when we
    • bears within him during the course of twenty-four hours, namely
    • Ego ‘shot,’ as it were, into eyes, ears and the
  • Title: Report: An Outline of Anthroposophical Medical Research - 1
    Matching lines:
    • several hundred years, because if it had been otherwise, mankind would
    • Some three thousand years ago, during the flowering of the most
    • bears an etheric body. This is not to be confused with that which, in
    • mineral kingdom alone appears purely physical to us. In it we can
    • one hears with the ears. The ordinary memory, too, and ordinary
    • organism appears as though too much exposed to the centrifugal forces
    • — goitre appears.
    • mistletoe appears; and now there occurs through this plant, which has
  • Title: Report: An Outline of Anthroposophical Medical Research - 2
    Matching lines:
    • several hundred years, because if it had been otherwise, mankind would
    • Some three thousand years ago, during the flowering of the most
    • bears an etheric body. This is not to be confused with that which, in
    • mineral kingdom alone appears purely physical to us. In it we can
    • one hears with the ears. The ordinary memory, too, and ordinary
    • organism appears as though too much exposed to the centrifugal forces
    • — goitre appears.
    • mistletoe appears; and now there occurs through this plant, which has
  • Title: Threefold Order: Part II: Lecture: The Impulse Towards the Threefold Order
    Matching lines:
    • unconsciousness of this storm, one hears the reply, —
    • forward with this thing, after having spent long years in one
    • twenty or thirty years past in working at what I call Spiritual
    • What stood so menacingly before my eyes, long years ago, as the
    • things that arose out of the events of these last few years,
    • thirty years, that all this has come together in the thing,
    • must come, is one who hears the cry that goes up from the whole
    • years, the whole tangle of national, that is to say
    • the causes that contributed to set the world on fire. For years
  • Title: Principle/Economy: Lecture I: The Principle of Spiritual Economy in Connection with Questions of Reincarnation: An Aspect of the Spiritual Guidance of Mankind
    Matching lines:
    • and astral bodies of the great initiates and avatars that were
    • us in earlier days and today still appears as fantastic
    • successors in later periods, such as the Jupiter, Mars,
    • Mars, and so on. In a way, a copy of those initiates, a
    • were not scholars and did not rank so highly in terms of
    • ideas, a fact that confounds most traditional scholars. The
  • Title: Principle/Economy: Lecture II: Christianity in Human Evolution: Leading Individualities and Avatar Beings
    Matching lines:
    • and astral bodies of the great initiates and avatars that were
    • as our own. Thus it can happen that such a being appears; if
    • human evolution and beings whom we call avatars. The latter
    • thirty years of age. This Being, who did not come into
    • incarnated for three years in a body of flesh and has since
    • and the lower avatars does not lie in the fact that the
    • woven into the etheric bodies of the pillars of Christianity
    • bodies of the most important pillars of Christianity. In
    • and all other pillars of medieval mysticism.
  • Title: Principle/Economy: Lecture III: More Intimate Aspects of Reincarnation
    Matching lines:
    • and astral bodies of the great initiates and avatars that were
    • Mars also knows a great deal about the spiritual mysteries of
    • proclaim to human beings the mysteries of Mars, whereas the
    • acquired through the knowledge of Mars. Other groups had to
    • People” or “Mars People,” and there were
    • which today's great leaders in, say, scholarship, art,
    • the pillars of Atlantean culture. We have already stressed
    • scholarship and external industrial life—the great
    • Leader of the Sun Oracle, the etheric body of the Mars
    • of the Sun, Mars, Saturn, and so forth. Hence they appeared
    • from it, and the grain is multiplied into the ears of grain.
    • avatar on earth was Christ Himself, who lived for three years
  • Title: Principle/Economy: Lecture IV: Results of Spiritual Scientific Investigations of the Evolution of Humanity: I
    Matching lines:
    • and astral bodies of the great initiates and avatars that were
    • today. In prehistoric times, thousands of years in the past,
  • Title: Principle/Economy: Lecture V: Results of Spiritual Scientific Investigations of the Evolution of Humanity: II
    Matching lines:
    • and astral bodies of the great initiates and avatars that were
    • the astral body was organized for many years. Then the
    • years before Christ, and initiations no longer took place
    • his childhood years, he did not experience doubt or lack of
  • Title: Principle/Economy: Lecture VI: On the Occasion of the Dedication of the Francis of Assisi Branch
    Matching lines:
    • and astral bodies of the great initiates and avatars that were
    • satisfied with the last few years of our endeavors.
    • compared to today's leading scholars and natural
    • spiritual world. These people, despised by the great scholars
    • by the great scholars and inventors. Yet it was precisely
    • and today's natural scientists and scholars. On the other
    • the pillars of external culture, active as inventors and
    • discoverers, as scholars and natural scientists. They look
    • ridicule and disdain that the so-called pillars of
    • mission. Even if we have to review thousands of years and
    • Nazareth and lived three years in this sheath as Christ, the
    • the ground, reappears in many copies according to the mystery
    • six hundred years from that event and then compare the earth
    • to what it was six hundred years after Christ, a period
    • spanning some twelve hundred years. First, let us look at
    • Buddha, who lived six hundred years before Christ. In him we
    • six hundred years before Christ. Let us fix in our minds the
    • and stands face to face with death. It was six hundred years
    • The believers of the Christian community six hundred years
    • body six hundred years before Christ, and then six hundred
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Principle/Economy: Lecture VII: The Macrocosmic and the Microcosmic Fire: The Spiritualization of Breath and Blood
    Matching lines:
    • and astral bodies of the great initiates and avatars that were
    • spoke to him in the lightning fire of Mt. Sinai appears as
    • spiritual beings — the great avatars — descend
    • end; I am the Sun among the stars, fire among the elements,
    • avatars saved mankind through the forces they caused to
    • blush, the world appears to us dark and full of riddles, but
    • the light of the stars, the splendor of the sun, and with
  • Title: Principle/Economy: Lecture VIII: The Event of Golgotha. The Brotherhood of the Holy Grail. The Spiritualized Fire.
    Matching lines:
    • and astral bodies of the great initiates and avatars that were
    • expression of the avatars, the divine spiritual forces who
    • preached to deaf ears and would not have been understood by
    • hundred years each before and after the birth of Christ. We
    • years before Golgotha, let us now call special attention only
    • us immediately consider the time six hundred years after the
    • of life. By contrast, the human beings six hundred years
    • the Christ Jesus six hundred years after the Event of
    • suffering; six hundred years before the Mystery of Golgotha a
    • considered as suffering six hundred years before the Event of
    • grows a stalk, and many ears of wheat, and the many, many
    • pillars of Christianity were called upon to promote the
    • Everything in the life of Francis of Assisi that appears to
    • Some day when Maitreya-Buddha appears, the imperishable body
  • Title: Principle/Economy: Lecture IX: Ancient Revelation and Learning How to Ask Modern Questions
    Matching lines:
    • and astral bodies of the great initiates and avatars that were
    • process took place. Christ lived only three years in the
    • We see in the story of Parsifal the course of a young
    • epoch. Parsifal had been instructed not to ask too many
    • questions, just as Parsifal ultimately learned to inquire
    • to ask questions and to search are the Parsifal souls. And
    • who bear the core of the Parsifal nature within themselves.
  • Title: Principle/Economy: Lecture X: The God of the Alpha and the God of the Omega
    Matching lines:
    • and astral bodies of the great initiates and avatars that were
    • perceive with our physical eyes and ears. Such theories and
    • it with physical eyes and ears. I can experience it only with
    • the East six hundred years before Christ. Buddha had to be
    • years before Christ, Zarathustra was born again in the land
    • years in the bodies of Jesus of Nazareth. And this is how
  • Title: Principle/Economy: Lecture XI: From Buddha to Christ
    Matching lines:
    • and astral bodies of the great initiates and avatars that were
    • between oracles of the Moon, Mercury, Venus, Sun, Mars,
    • suitable to them. The beings of Mars, Mercury, Venus, and so
    • scholars and scientists, nor from the clairvoyants and Magi
    • comparable to the scientists and scholars of our time were
    • years on our physical earth. This is the being who will in
    • from His wounds at Golgotha. At that time He appears in the
  • Title: Lecture I: Man in the Past, the Present and the Future
    Matching lines:
    • three to five thousand years ago. Thinking was more dreamlike; when
    • marvelous dramatic quality that is so often typical of dreams, bears
    • stars with their telescopes, spectroscopes and other instruments. They
    • remark which might pierce through the case immediately appears
    • sort in human life. The people who lived about three thousand years
    • we have farmers' calendars which tell the farmer that on such and such
    • the good gods, normal plant-growth results. If it appears in hoar
    • something peculiar appears like a genuine memory of earlier times,
  • Title: Lecture II: Man in the Past, the Present and the Future
    Matching lines:
    • particular region. If we go back three or four or five thousand years
    • reflected from flowers and stars. Farmers know this better than the
    • of the Sun, Mars, Saturn, and so forth. Nowadays man is — if you
    • above ground, a creature, that is, which bears the Sun-forces within
    • everywhere permeated by spirit-beings and bears the gifts of the gods
    • for close on a thousand years, and men had gone far into that darkness
    • and the knowledge he still had of the stars showed him that their
    • shining down physically from sun or stars, became impenetrable for
    • years, becoming thicker and thicker, and how this expressed itself in
    • possible to be initiated into the secrets of the stars by this means.
    • restored by an effort of will; and as a result the wisdom of the stars
    • the Moon appears in men who live at a time when, because this deep
    • appears as somnambulism, especially as ordinary sleep-walking. Then
    • course extend for some thousands of years) cease through inner concentration
    • sight is changed. When this atavistic capacity appears, he sees
    • Swedish Society. The most distinguished scholars in Sweden are
  • Title: Lecture III: Man in the Past, the Present and the Future
    Matching lines:
    • years before; you may dream of it in all its vividness, though
    • an event of twenty-five years before, a character appears whom we will
    • the smallest atoms. What appears in our dreams is not just the
    • which appeared a good many years ago and is typical of the spiritual
    • being, and, even though it appears only in the fleeting form of the
    • even five or six hundred years ago no genuine Christianity, and
    • for instance, was twenty or 200 million years ago. The arithmetical
    • him that it would take fifteen years, and then he would be cured.
    • But ... he died two years later. That was the reality; the other
    • condition and the answer is 300 years. Then we can calculate backwards
    • 300 years and see what our heart looked like 300 years ago.
    • years ago, and we shall not be alive 300 years hence. Equally the
    • held his peace for several years, but a high reputation had preceded
  • Title: Lecture IV: The Sun-Initiation of the Druid Priest and His Moon-Science
    Matching lines:
    • Nature, especially when in the sky at night-time the stars stood over
    • of Northern and Central Europe about 3,000 or 3,500 years ago. Men had
    • regions, where man still appears to us living and reading in the
    • configuration of the shadow of the Sun, and reads what appears in the
  • Title: Descriptive Sketches: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • namely, that hatred creates obstacles and love clears them away, does
    • rest, which appears to be easier, comes much later — after much
  • Title: Descriptive Sketches: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • on during the early years of human life. Clairvoyantly one sees the
    • is not too much to say that, although in later years this work
    • which has been his favourite pursuit for many years and strictly
    • self-denial deliberately to give it up for seven whole years. You see,
    • begin to stir after a period of seven years. A beginning has now been
    • prenatal life — which generally lasts several hundreds of years
    • profound truth. Suppose that a man is well advanced in years; it would
    • hears a name or an era or a nation mentioned, and is thereby
    • the latter. Man himself appears as a very important being in the
    • Misunderstanding — they face us like two pillars between which we
  • Title: Lecture: The Cycle of the Year: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • of the Moon in relation to the planets and fixed stars.
    • In this way the position of the stars, especially in relation to the
    • the constellations and the stars stood in relation to one another,
    • what was conveyed by the stars in their relation to the Moon and apply
    • stars. The intent of the Logos, which had been written into space by
    • itself with the forces of the Sun and the stars. The Christ, Who is
    • with the forces of the stars and the Sun, surging there in the
    • forces of the stars, of the Sun, of all that is in the cosmos outside
    • Sun, we live with the stars. And when we direct our gaze back upon the
    • rather than with the Earth. What appears in world space springing and
    • relation to the stars is no longer spatial, but temporal, so that the
    • world, permeates and saturates himself with the quality of the stars,
  • Title: Lecture: The Cycle of the Year: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • the rest of the Christian festivals. In the course of the years we
    • number of years, and that these years present the return of certain
    • earthly life. Therefore the Christ appears, Who sets before thine eyes
    • the stars, when today all higher knowledge is darkened, when man no
    • the stars. Men have drawn down from the stars the power to establish
  • Title: Lecture: The Cycle of the Year: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • everything appears — I might say — as a pantheistic mixture,
  • Title: Lecture: The Cycle of the Year: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • the soul-spiritual level. This then, in all particulars, was taken to
  • Title: Lecture I: The Balance in the World and Man, Lucifer and Ahriman
    Matching lines:
    • as we otherwise feel to our eyes or ears. The physical body in its
    • the physical body just as in ordinary life we are related to our ears
    • Luciferic being appears in the soul. In such an ether-body there is
    • groping in a phantasmagoria. But this way of working coarsens and
    • scholars, point either to the Mephistophelean, the Ahrimanic, or to
    • is aware of something that penetrates into him and as it were tears
  • Title: Lecture II: The Balance in the World and Man, Lucifer and Ahriman
    Matching lines:
    • phantasmagoria of external appearance. There he appears of course as a
    • that man has two eyes and two ears and yet does not see or hear
    • with two ears.
    • Man is really coarsely organized; we can sometimes find evidence of
    • and two ears. Hence we do not speak of two noses, but of one nose;
    • expression, a right-and-left symmetry. Had he not two ears, two eyes,
    • eyes or two ears. Every time we make a sense perception, we perceive
    • example, our eyes were situated near our ears and we had no
    • downwards, the similarity gradually disappears. In the case of the
    • also we find that man is not the being of space he appears to be. For
    • consider it merely as it appears at first sight; we only understand it
  • Title: Lecture III: The Balance in the World and Man, Lucifer and Ahriman
    Matching lines:
    • man as he appears in the external world. We do not know — so say the
  • Title: Poetry/Speech: Lecture I: The Art of Recitation and Declamation
    Matching lines:
    • Mit klarstem Lichtessein
    • the same motif is presented in both versions, and to a coarse
    • own hoarse murmurs, no reply.
    • Obedience to a harsh, imperious lord,
  • Title: Poetry/Speech: Lecture II: The Art of Recitation and Declamation
    Matching lines:
    • Pursue the stars that shoot athwart the
  • Title: Poetry/Speech: Lecture III: The Art of Recitation and Declamation
    Matching lines:
    • he hears the footsteps
    • Hears the tread of
    • my fellows who warden the marshlands
  • Title: Poetry/Speech: Lecture IV: Poetry and the Art of Speech
    Matching lines:
    • tears!
    • ears
    • fears,
    • tears!
    • hears no more those evening bells!
    • it with our ears, through what our imagination has picked up from
    • what otherwise appears in the recitation and declamation with
    • the maiden Rosepetal. And then there appears a man with a long
  • Title: Poetry/Speech: Lecture VI: Speech-Formation and Poetic Form
    Matching lines:
    • characteristic of Goethe, who used to rehearse the actors in his
    • bears within it a thought- and a will-element. The thought tends
    • a form, such as appears in the first two strophes. But we are then
    • Whose ears have heard
    • earlier “Introduction” appears again there –
    • Iphigeneia, tears would roll down his cheeks. Goethe found
    • contrast to what Goethe, particularly in his later years, received
    • marschalc;              
    • bothe     be barst neih hure
    • supernal here; only cow-parsley:
    • backward rears its head and huffs its glance
  • Title: Poetry/Speech: Lecture V: Poetry and Recitation
    Matching lines:
    • qualities we admire so much in his youth, even when he appears to
    • soul-being, into the breath, it appears to us as the more forceful
    • speech-formation. To rehearse the iambics of his Iphigeneia,
    • for what he hears declaimed to him and thereby sensitivity to what
    • moves spiritually over the waves of sound he hears. Only when he
    • As to that false appearance which appears to the
    • How differently this appears in our other poet,
  • Title: Poetry/Speech: Lecture VII: The Uttering of Syllables and the Speaking of Words
    Matching lines:
    • rehearse his iambic verse-dramas, Goethe stood in front of his
    • Wunderbarste, dieses feste,
    • he soars above.
    • she hears the light’s
  • Title: Poetry/Speech: Lecture VIII: The Interaction of Breathing and Blood-Circulation
    Matching lines:
    • The wan stars danced between.
  • Title: From Jesus to Christ: Lecture II: Rosicrucian Training and Anthroposophical Training
    Matching lines:
    • years, when he came to the idea of repeated earth-lives, he had
    • take; when it reappears in a later time it carries the fruits of its
    • reappears in other external forms, and so is reincarnated. With him,
    • matters is more important than perhaps appears. It is better to test
    • feeling: ‘This physical body as it is, as it appears to me, has
    • thing which appears there as the changed form of my physical being.
    • him appears to us in the great Imaginative picture of Christ Jesus
    • experienced all the immeasurable fears and anguish that we ourselves
    • us like two great pillars on the occult path, the story of the
  • Title: From Jesus to Christ: Lecture III: Sources of Knowledge of Christ, Lord of Karma
    Matching lines:
    • the possibility that in the course of the next 3,000 years, and
    • people, without esoteric development, in the next 3,000 years,
    • really appears quite like Him. When, for instance, we hear that this
    • and thirty-third years of the life of Christ Jesus, between the
    • surpassed them before he was thirty years of age — but no
  • Title: From Jesus to Christ: Lecture IV: Experiencing the Christ Impulse, Jerome and the Gospel of St. Matthew
    Matching lines:
    • out that within the next 3,000 years, beginning from our own epoch,
    • evolution, as it appears in world history, and the Christ-Event
    • towards these truths than there was perhaps twenty years ago. This
    • atmosphere of earthly humanity, we could not have had his Parsifal.
    • imparted that a mouth simply pronounces them and an ear simply hears
    • Spiritual Science during the last few years, or are rightly disposed
  • Title: From Jesus to Christ: Lecture V: Redemption of the Physical Body
    Matching lines:
    • the sources of existence appears complicated, people turn away from
    • seems at first as if the physical body simply disappears into the
    • over to the grave or to the fire, disappears without trace, however
    • and disappears into the elements, after the most significant
    • and millions of years, during the Saturn, Sun and Moon periods, in
    • the earth, and, so to speak, disappears. Thus in the answer of Job's
    • upon through millions and millions of years — is that lost in
  • Title: From Jesus to Christ: Lecture VI: St. John and St. Paul, First Adam and Second Adam
    Matching lines:
    • Apostle John in his last years expressed the quintessence of
    • over almost two thousand years and ask people of the present day how,
    • minute particulars, as we have just seen in the passage read to you.
    • appears before our eyes when we meet a man with our ordinary vision?
    • upon the Maya which appears to us as the physical body. We must think
    • clairvoyance it appears as Phantom only when we look away from all
    • overcome by Lucifer's temptation, but Jesus no longer bears an
    • Ego within Him; instead, He bears the Christ-Being. So that from this
    • time, beginning with the Baptism in Jordan, Jesus bears within
    • Ego, so that during the three years up to his death he was not
  • Title: From Jesus to Christ: Lecture VII: The Mystery of Golgotha, Greek, Hebrew and Buddhist Thought
    Matching lines:
    • concerning the Gospels in the course of years, and also from what has
    • human Ego but by a Cosmic Being, the Christ-Being. Through years of
    • something which appears to the modern man as such folly: that a
    • had risen out of the grave to do with what every man now bears in
    • understand Buddhism very well. About five hundred years before the
  • Title: From Jesus to Christ: Lecture VIII: The Two Jesus Children, Zoroaster and Buddha
    Matching lines:
    • body which did not wait until later years to work on these faculties,
    • recent years have led to the recognition of a very important
    • Buddha gave to men about 500 years before the Christian era, but on
    • when this Nathan Jesus-child was twelve years old, the Zarathustra
    • years, from the Baptism by John in Jordan onwards to the Mystery of
    • taken into the bodily organism. Throughout the three years from the
  • Title: From Jesus to Christ: Lecture IX: The Exoteric Path to Christ
    Matching lines:
    • appears to be something quite new. If, however, we look away from the
    • box on the ears. This is something that happens on the physical
    • years must seem grotesque.
    • appears, only matter is present. How could this come about? In no
    • building-stones for it during past years. We will crown our
  • Title: From Jesus to Christ: Lecture X: The Esoteric Path to Christ
    Matching lines:
    • lets it live there for months, perhaps even for years, will see that
    • in the course of the coming years or the next age. Thus we see the
    • onwards, through the next 1,000 years, more and more people will have
    • live with them. And in the next three thousand years the truth that
    • them into error. Christianity had to develop for nearly 2,000 years
    • now understand why the Buddhist view, about 500 years before the
    • During the next 3,000 years the opportunity will be given to men of
    • upon it as a moral impulse. After the next 3,000 years it will be
    • hearts of men. During the next 3,000 years the human race must become
    • peculiarity of this Bodhisattva that when he reappears in a new
    • embodiment — and he always reappears thus in the course of the
    • particularly between the thirtieth and thirty-third years. It can
    • distinctive feature is precisely that the later years are so unlike
    • reappear and rise to the Buddha dignity exactly 5,000 years after the
    • years from now, this Bodhisattva, looking back on all that has
    • incarnations on the physical plane. This Bodhisattva, 3,000 years
  • Title: Deed of Christ: Lecture 2: The Deed of Christ and the Opposing Spiritual Powers. Lucifer, Ahriman, Asuras.
    Matching lines:
    • variations one hears this easy-going way of talking: Why should I
    • appears to oppose the progress of mankind subsequently turns out to be
  • Title: Deed of Christ: Lecture 1: Mephistopheles and Earthquakes
    Matching lines:
    • facts — a figure who appears in the drama as the seducer and tempter
    • resound as it were across thousands of years. Goethe has let words
    • is to identify the figure of Mephistopheles as he appears in Goethe's
    • deception were fearsome and terrible.
    • with his hosts appears as a figure with the most diverse names among
    • applies also to one who is receiving wrongful training) appears to him
    • spiritual world a great deal appears the connections of which are not
    • humanity for thousands and millions of years cannot be paralyzed by
    • one hears are the purest trash, because, as I say, it is one of the
  • Title: Lecture: (On) Apocalyptic Writings - I
    Matching lines:
    • Unto the angel of the church of Ephesus write; These things saith he that holdeth the seven stars in his right hand, who walketh in the midst of the seven golden candlesticks; \
    • 2:2 I know thy works, and thy labour, and thy patience, and how thou canst not bear them which are evil: and thou hast tried them which say they are apostles, and are not, and hast found them liars: \
    • he that holdeth the seven stars in his right hand, who walketh in the
    • not, and hast found them liars; And hast borne, and hast patience, and
  • Title: Lecture: (On) Apocalyptic Writings - II
    Matching lines:
    • see with eyes, hear with ears, apprehend with the intellect. That
    • with ears, grasped with the understanding, and this infinite Being had
    • is great similarity. This similarity in the Annunciation, in the years
  • Title: Lecture: (On) Apocalyptic Writings - III
    Matching lines:
    • historic actuality of the happenings in Palestine between the years 1
    • years after cannot annul, that it should make the promise of none
    • moon, and the third, part of the stars; so as the third part of them
  • Title: Education: Lecture I: Science, Art, Religion and Morality
    Matching lines:
    • cannot grasp him. Why is this? Heretical as it sounds to modern ears,
  • Title: Education: Lecture II: Principles of Greek Education
    Matching lines:
    • nay even thousands of years, these souls have passed. The attempt
    • there appears an educational ideal for the men of highest
    • “universal human.” Men had eyes and ears only for what
    • humanity for thousands of years in Asia, in the East, found its final
    • not the word) for years if the man be industrious, for months if he
    • ideal of one epoch appears to the eyes of another. For what steps
  • Title: Education: Lecture III: Greek Education and the Middle Ages
    Matching lines:
    • seven years. (I will take an extreme illustration for the sake of
    • approximately every seven years! The old teeth would fall out and be
    • to the fourteenth years he is a being of body-soul with a separate
    • physical human being in the first seven years of life is the vesture
    • seven years the child is released from the heavens, still bearing its
    • years — cast off for the first time, that is to say, in the
    • seventh year. In the first seven years of life the bodily sheaths
    • seventh to the fourteenth years onwards.
    • with it in the first seven years of life. It can grow up in the
    • the seventh and fourteenth years — the forces of childhood
    • between the seventh and the fourteenth years, to draw forth from the
    • which belong to the period when the fourteenth and fifteenth years
    • strongly in revolt, when indeed it bears within itself the forces of
    • tradition and memory. Between the seventh and the fourteenth years
    • fourteenth years of life against the conservation of
    • seventh and the fourteenth or fifteenth years. The
    • period between the seventh and the fourteenth years of life. It was
    • fifteenth year. Then there appears in the human being something which
    • consciousness before the fourteenth or fifteenth years, before the
    • fundamental fact. It was this fundamental fact, which appears after
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Education: Lecture IV: The Connection of the Spirit with Bodily Organs
    Matching lines:
    • life. That which appears at the top merely symbolically, and within
    • to observe this modern thought as it appears, let us say, in John
    • in John Stuart Mill and Herbert Spencer appears merely, so to say, as
    • effect, the force that appears in the soul as thinking lies within
    • seventh and fourteenth years of life, with particular regard to his
    • characteristic qualities of soul, we find that what now appears
    • between the seventh and fourteenth years as qualities of soul, namely
    • already happens during the first seven years, for the whole process
    • years. Just as we must seek in the growth-forces of the teeth, in the
    • fourteenth years, still bound up with the body. All the feelings of
    • all-important point of life, the male bears within him the etheric
    • about the fourteenth and fifteenth years a third human member
    • fourteenth or fifteenth years, this astral body works through the
    • the seventh or eight years and then gradually frees itself. It is
    • the child reaches his twelfth, thirteenth or fourteenth years, this
    • twenty-one years old in the third period of life. It is enough to-day
    • expression in human speech, in words, actually appears in its true
    • between the seventh and fourteenth years, therefore, can only
  • Title: Education: Lecture V: The Emancipation of the Will in the Human Organism
    Matching lines:
    • independent at about the seventh and fourteenth years of life
    • and twenty-first years they should be acquiring not only outer
    • years. For at the seventh year, the head, which is the bearer of
    • the other, between the seventh and fourteenth years. In the middle
    • between the seventh and fourteenth years we set up a true
    • seventh and fourteenth years, we have to bring his thinking into a
    • earliest years of life and allowing the arms and legs so to move in
    • appears in full freedom as a quality of soul about the twentieth
    • the seventh and fourteenth years will be an outer significant sign of
    • Bacon. In the doctrine of idols which appears with Bacon lies the
    • men. The Logos disappears. What is called perception or observation,
    • this longing appears in its most symptomatic form in Montaigne, John
  • Title: Education: Lecture VI: Walking, Speaking, Thinking
    Matching lines:
    • years of life man learns more than in all his subsequent student
    • years. In his time there were only three academic years.
    • three years, and from then onwards to the seventh year, are much the
    • not at all the same being as in later life. In his earliest years the
    • years, for instance, man tastes his food in his mouth, tongue and
    • with the child, and especially so during these early years, this is
    • earliest years — the faculties of walking, speaking, and thinking.
    • for during the first years of life everything must be learnt from
    • physically in later life. Years later it makes itself evident in the
    • appears as speech.
    • the time when a child is learning to speak, for in those years the
    • of his life the child bears within him the inner effects upon the
    • intellectual faculties are developed before the fourth or fifth year bears
    • imagination in which his early years are passed. For if we allow his
  • Title: Education: Lecture VII: The Rhythmic System, Sleeping and Waking, Imitation
    Matching lines:
    • man bears within him throughout his earthly life the results of the
    • evident that during the early years of school life (that is to say after
    • all-important early school years our teaching has a basic artistic
    • or fifteenth years, to the age of puberty, he must unfold a free
    • benefited if between the seventh and fourteenth years (approximately,
    • which, as we have seen, must be pre-dominant in the earlier years.
    • instance, between the ninth and tenth years, though with one child it
    • the ninth and tenth years. Outwardly, the child becomes restless; he
    • and tenth years; he cannot formulate this question mentally, he
    • watch for this moment between the ninth and tenth years and act
  • Title: Education: Lecture VIII: Reading, Writing and Nature Study
    Matching lines:
    • the outer world between the ninth and tenth years. Hence when he
    • years. They are years when the sentient life of the soul must flow
    • between the ninth and tenth years, gradually carrying it further
    • earth-substances permeate the root; the root then tears itself away
    • if up to the eleventh or twelfth years he is not introduced to the dead
    • tenth and the eleventh or twelfth years. If we can give the child
    • forty years of age, it should not be a mere repetition of something
    • we learnt at ten years of age. It ought to have changed its form,
    • ten, eleven or twelve years concerning the animal world must be
    • of an organic system in man, so that the whole animal world appears as
    • then understand that because man bears the spirit within him, he is
    • mirrored in the various species of animals. Only because man bears
    • Thus he bears
    • child has entered between the ninth and tenth years, into a
  • Title: Education: Lecture IX: Arithmetic, Geometry, History
    Matching lines:
    • begin by saying to the child: “You are now ten years old, so
  • Title: Education: Lecture X: Physics, Chemistry, Handwork, Language, Religion
    Matching lines:
    • ninth and tenth years. Only now does the child begin to realize
    • and twelfth years, and not until then, we may begin to teach about the
    • eleventh and twelfth years.
    • himself and the world at large. Between the ninth and tenth years we
    • be introduced until the child is between eleven and twelve years of
    • work when the child has reached the fourteenth and fifteenth years. In the
    • children are fourteen or fifteen years old, we begin to give
    • years ago, the so-called “Social Movement” of to-day
    • efficiency during the last sixty or seventy years. Great progress has
    • the last sixty or seventy years the outer configuration of
    • point lying between the ninth and tenth years the child still bears within
    • years the child is pre-eminently an imitative being. He learns his
    • it is of such far-reaching importance not to let the first three years
    • self-consciousness. Between the ninth and tenth years the child
    • when the change occurs between the ninth and tenth years in order to lead
    • between the ninth and tenth years and generally speaking the
    • or three preceding years in order to introduce the teaching of languages
    • between the ninth and tenth years is laid down.
    • tenth years onwards the glory of Christ Jesus if before this age he
  • Title: Education: Lecture XI: Memory, Temperaments, Bodily Culture and Art
    Matching lines:
    • years of life therefore the memory must be left to develop without
    • kind of teaching that is suited to his years. In the Waldorf School,
    • achieved in this direction between the seventh and twelfth years
    • between the eleventh and twelfth years, and that is the proper time,
  • Title: Human Values in Education: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • quite a number of years now Education has been one of those
    • schools have existed only a few years, so I cannot speak of an
    • here in Holland, where many years ago I had the opportunity of
    • change according to whether one swears by liberalism,
    • beings to bring their sacrificial offerings to the altars, so
    • of fact in today's unsocial world-order, which only wears an
    • us study the human being as he appears to us today, beginning
  • Title: Human Values in Education: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • in his earliest years, or is drawn out of him during those
    • years, will sometimes appear in the latest years of life; and
    • many years I made an intensive study of both of them. I am
    • in his middle years. Goethe was born in 1749 and he died in
    • 1832, so he lived to be 83 years old. He reached middle age,
    • years between 1790 and 1800 we have the middle decade of his
    • here everything appears as the result of Karma. Or the opposite
    • predispositions; he bears these within him. Let us assume that
    • bears within him. Here we have something which shows the true
    • than 20 years ago. But I was greatly concerned about this
    • of studying what Schiller achieved in the last ten years of his
    • do we get our second teeth, not every seven years. With the
    • change of teeth, we shall see that during these years he learns
    • circulatory and breathing systems is for the first seven years.
    • these first years of life something is at work which is only
    • so must the soul in the first years of life play its part in
    • meet someone with a rough, harsh voice, with a voice like the
    • pleasant, or harsh and discordant, and when one knows that this
  • Title: Human Values in Education: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • process, or whether this only appears outwardly to be so. We
    • life impulse. At the same time there appears in the child's
    • to light in gesture, in movement. For gesture is what appears
    • and fourth years of life, he does so through gesture;
    • something which is unfitted for his tender years, but belongs
    • who imitates these things will in his later years, from the age
    • errors made in the very earliest years of childhood.
    • permeated with soul. The animal's experiences are coarser and
    • this perception is awakened there appears simultaneously
    • an interest in speech. During the first seven years of life
    • movement; in the years between seven and fourteen there is an
    • to speech, and in the lower school years from seven to fourteen
    • the same way as in the earliest years of life the child only
    • seeing that 30 years ago I wrote my
    • Learned scholars, who devote themselves to research into
    • children monkeys or bears. To be sure, neither do these toys
    • ten and eleven years old, we take as a subject in our
    • others, so that what was present as the original stage appears
    • developed in later years can only do so to a limited extent.
  • Title: Human Values in Education: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • died when my father was between eighteen months and two years
    • years old and long afterwards, when the latter was in his 45th
    • appearance in the course of twenty-one years is however already
    • developed mainly in the first third of these years, that is to
    • say in the first 2⅓ years. The main development
    • predisposition takes place after 2⅓ years. The actual
    • years old. Naturally all this must be taken as an average. From
    • germinally between 4⅔ and 7 years old. The
    • forming of gestures continues of course throughout these years,
    • gestures right back to the first 2½ years. What is
    • imitation works in the very first years of life.
    • 1½ and 2 years old. Now this is precisely the time
    • a soul that is “bound” during the first seven years
    • seven years of life is imperceptibly bound up with the physical
    • body during the first seven years; this is why nothing of a
    • works in the first seven years of life must be gained from
    • experience one would have to say: In the first seven years of a
    • only as a model; after the first seven years, after the change
    • of course, but now he does so consciously. These years,
    • years ago in Europe — and how they look today! Today we
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Human Values in Education: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • One can have a child in the class who appears to be
    • childhood, say at about 7, 8 or 9 years old the ease with which
    • is perceptible to the eye, but also bears within him the
    • 8 years old, certain attributes are making their appearance.
    • not only undernourished, but have suffered for years from
    • the family, and at that time one of the boys was 11 years old
    • also all the other mess thrown there. At 11 years old he still
    • he was already 11 years old. The parents were distressed. They
    • only come about in the course of the years, is an interesting
    • which are extended over several years. Between the ages of 13
    • his exercise hooks, seizes his neighbour by the ears and tweaks
  • Title: Human Values in Education: Lecture VI
    Matching lines:
    • years of age a child must have reached a certain standard, and
    • all what will be good in the Waldorf School in 5 years time for
    • in these 5 years they will have learned a great deal and out of
    • receiving a child of school age, about 7 years old, into his
    • the course of a few years' teaching — where should he
    • understand when I was 8 years old, but which I accepted solely
    • an experience, for in later years it is the source of
    • developed during the first 7 years, speech during the second 7
    • years, so during the third 7 years of life thinking comes fully
    • or that in the years before he is 7? Because he wants to
    • to the first 7 years of life.
    • period it will now be easy between the 7th and 14th years to
    • first years of life and that love is active in the whole human
    • outwardly is active between the years of 7 and 14 as the
    • conception of anthroposophy is studied. There he hears from
    • body, astral body and ego. Between the 7th and 14th years the
    • wears this sort of tie, and since the year so-and-so one no
    • but bears the other sex in the etheric body. So that the woman
    • in his totality is bi-sexual; he bears the other sex within
  • Title: Human Values in Education: Lecture VII
    Matching lines:
    • only works if the educator bears within his soul a true and
    • we must consider this, at any rate for the years after birth.
    • can say: During the first years of a child's life both these
    • Superstition sometimes appears in strange guise. I once had an
    • opportunity of demonstrating how in the very first years of
  • Title: Human Values in Education: Lecture VIII
    Matching lines:
    • the processes of nourishment, and which, in the early years of
    • first 7 years of life this physical body is cast off, but
    • inherited nose, then in the course of the first seven years its
    • the second 7 year period as it had in the first 7 years. In
    • the course of the first 7 years creates the second physical
    • body, that in its turn also lasts for 7 years. The etheric body
    • of history between the 10th and 12th years.
    • taken as the approximate date, we find he lived 1120 years before
    • hundred years. We can show these 3 or 4 generations by
  • Title: Human Values in Education: Lecture IX
    Matching lines:
    • go through years of practical training. But it is absurd that
    • students during their first years are not taught in such a way
    • scarce. He perforce sells one of the cars and soon after the
  • Title: Human Values in Education: Lecture X
    Matching lines:
    • Call to mind the Mystery of Golgotha. Only a hundred years
    • traditions of the previous several thousand years, even there
    • us take several hundred years later. What earlier had spread
    • thought one looks forward a few hundred years, one may at any
    • years to maintain the lower classes also.
    • few years the school grew in such a way that children were
  • Title: Practical Course/Teachers: Lecture I: Introduction - Aphoristic remarks on Artistic Activity, Arithmetic, Reading, and Writing
    Matching lines:
    • between seven and fourteen years of age the feeling for
    • in which it appears in legend is quite false; the truth is that
    • most active in children in their third and fourth years.
    • eurhythmy in the third and fourth years. The whole individual
    • his being. And if he hears plenty of stories to rejoice over
  • Title: Practical Course/Teachers: Lecture II: On Language - the Oneness of man with the Universe
    Matching lines:
    • rises every spring appears to proceed gradually every year, and
    • the sun takes in this way 25,920 years to go round its whole
    • is our life poised in the world? We live 72 years on an
    • sun's revolution round the worlds, which takes 25,920 years,
    • existence; our seventy-two years of life are one day for that
  • Title: Practical Course/Teachers: Lecture III: On the Plastically Formative Arts, Music, and Poetry
    Matching lines:
    • from seven to fifteen years of age; in these years a great deal
    • fourth years in a gift for dancing, is essentially an element
  • Title: Practical Course/Teachers: Lecture IV: The First School-lesson - Manual Skill, Drawing and Painting - the Beginnings of Language-teaching
    Matching lines:
    • sentimentality, feel tears in their eyes, for instance, at
  • Title: Practical Course/Teachers: Lecture V: Writing and Reading - Spelling
    Matching lines:
    • few years ago there was some agitation — the younger
    • — in accordance with quite strict scholarship. The method
    • of this scholarship is so good that everyone who writes an
  • Title: Practical Course/Teachers: Lecture VI: On the Rhythm of Life and Rhythmical Repetition in Teaching
    Matching lines:
    • Movement. You know how much I have protested for years
    • to come back years later in a positive way to what was
    • instilled into the children's souls years before. In any case,
    • children in earlier years. It is part of the teaching method
    • memory, which has perhaps remembered things from years ago, in
    • people who can remember a thing for a long time, even years,
  • Title: Practical Course/Teachers: Lecture VII: The Teaching in the Ninth Year - Natural History - the Animal Kingdom
    Matching lines:
    • each individual child between seven and fifteen years.
    • “The child at nine years of age can be told little
    • your eyes, your ears, your nose, your mouth, in your head. You
    • see with your eyes, you hear with your ears, you smell with
    • food; what you hear with your ears goes into your trunk as
    • disproportionately large ears of the mouse, then come to its
    • body; consequently, it does not need such big ears as the
    • of stories, now that he is past nine years of age you can show
    • fifteenth years should be employed to give the child what
    • appears to children between seven and fifteen years of age and
  • Title: Practical Course/Teachers: Lecture VIII: Education After the Twelfth - History - Physics
    Matching lines:
    • rulers and wars, and the dates of battles and famous
    • years of age, but it ruins human nature, it really un-suits it
    • thirty years), to be always only a composed and rigid person,
  • Title: Practical Course/Teachers: Lecture IX: On the Teaching of Languages
    Matching lines:
    • children of thirteen, fourteen, and fifteen years, we carefully
    • considered, from thirteen to fourteen years old. You will have
  • Title: Practical Course/Teachers: Lecture X: Arranging the Lesson up to the Fourteenth Year
    Matching lines:
    • at about nine years of age. At the same time, of course, the
    • school course, that is to fourteen and fifteen years of age.
    • for this at about twelve years of age. Before this we study
    • understand things later. Consequently, in the years comprised
    • was to find out how far people are liars. This is quite
    • can write, and particularly after twelve years of age, tell
  • Title: Practical Course/Teachers: Lecture XI: On the Teaching of Geography
    Matching lines:
    • years of age familiarize the child chiefly with economic
    • perfectly. We describe to him first, from nine to twelve years
    • nine to ten years of age; but it will be left to you to choose
    • begins school up to nine years of age, from nine to twelve, and
  • Title: Practical Course/Teachers: Lecture XII: How to Connect School with Practical Life
    Matching lines:
    • that the child learns during his school years should ultimately
    • if you avoid showing him in his last years at the school the
  • Title: Practical Course/Teachers: Lecture XIII: On Drawing up the Time-table
    Matching lines:
    • years of age, of course, by our methods our children should
    • appears in a reforming capacity, as with the Scouts
    • beginning and end of the school years. We must do our utmost to
    • in practice. This feature reappears in the second year in a
    • lost ground, particularly in these last years. We shall have to
  • Title: Practical Course/Teachers: Lecture XIV: Moral Educative Principles and their Transition to Practice
    Matching lines:
    • the time-tables which were issued fifty or sixty years ago, you
    • When you receive a child in the first years at the elementary
    • last years of the school course. In his first years he is still
    • in their very first years, that they still have very sound
    • first years at school. These cease in the interests of human
    • development with the last years of school life. When puberty
    • last school years of the growing being. Here you can still
    • health. That is why particularly the last years of the
    • From this explain to him in his last years of school the
    • undertake this instruction precisely in these years. At
    • That is why you can teach the child in these years about the
    • these years about matters of nutrition and health they will
    • nutrition and health in his last years at the elementary
    • must save them up for the last school years, when the fire of
    • dietetics and health, as I have explained, in the last years at
    • But if in the last years at the elementary school you only
    • something to the children in the years from twelve to fourteen.
    • school years. Imagination or fantasy is not enough without
    • have traced: first, up to nine years of age, when we introduce
  • Title: Study of Man: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • first years of the child's education. But when we receive the children
    • which have been done wrongly, or left undone, in the first years of
    • the spiritual side generally appears to be in contradiction to the
    • all that he sees with his eyes, and hears with his ears, and does with
    • teaching — lies in what the teacher bears within him, as his
  • Title: Study of Man: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • psychologists simply because to the psychologist will appears as
    • something which appears later. I beg you to bear clearly in mind the
    • cosmos. When the cosmos has such aversion for what man bears within
    • man really bears the copy of the cosmos in him. The roundly formed
  • Title: Study of Man: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • school constitution of recent years has been the habit of keeping the
    • which he alone and no other earthly being bears within him from birth
  • Title: Study of Man: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • Thus the body is involved in the stream of inheritance and bears the
    • has already happened. In the Lunatscharsky school reform there is
  • Title: Study of Man: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • the consciousness above the threshold, and our willing itself appears
  • Title: Study of Man: Lecture VI
    Matching lines:
    • as it is now called, a consideration of the human being as he appears
    • Suppose you have here two posts set up like pillars. (See drawing.)
    • these two pillars through certain forces support the beam that is
    • and if men believe that they “know” why the two pillars
  • Title: Study of Man: Lecture VII
    Matching lines:
    • childhood man principally Body; in middle years Soul; in old age
    • Zeller). Man may belie Soul in middle years. Willing united with
    • disciple of Hegel, who was over ninety years old. And as he was
    • human being bears within him thinking-cognition feeling and willing.
    • This indeed is what the process appears at first to be. But this
    • Thus sensation, as it appears within the human being, is
    • seventies. After some years we met and had a conversation about light.
  • Title: Study of Man: Lecture VIII
    Matching lines:
    • condition which appears especially in this way in childhood.
  • Title: Study of Man: Lecture IX
    Matching lines:
    • teeth the child bears a very distinc